Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One
In the Collection of Minor Texts
Commentary on the Chronicle of the Buddhas
Introductory Discussion on the Undertaking of the Work
I bow to the Teaching, the restraint from becoming, the excellent, and to the Community, a mine of virtues, free from blemish.
He asked the Teacher, who had gone beyond the near and far shore, free from blemish, in the midst of the company of relatives.
Made known by the Tathāgata, who had destroyed all occasion, with the power of concentration.
The sons of the Fortunate One collected the connection of the discourse just as it was heard.
Because the exposition has proceeded in due order, generating confidence and wisdom.
I have been requested for a very long time, therefore I shall begin its exposition.
And for the purpose of the rise and growth of merit for me too, and for the confidence of the great public.
This exposition of the Buddhavaṃsa will be in brief, being of essential substance.
It is the inspiring of confidence for those delighting in the virtues of the Buddha, and the washing away of the great stain of evil.
Lend your ears and listen sweetly to the beautiful exposition being expounded.
Be engaged in hearing and also in speaking, for this discourse is exceedingly rare.
Therein, because it was said "the exposition of the Buddhavaṃsa will be of essential substance," the Buddhavaṃsa should first be defined. Herein is the defining - The detailed traditional discourse by way of the sections beginning with the cosmic cycle in which they arose, of the twenty-five Buddhas who arose during the four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles before now, should be known as "the Buddhavaṃsa."
This is delimited and defined by these twenty-two sections that have come in the Pāḷi: the section on the cosmic cycle, the section on the name, the section on the clan, the section on the birth, the section on the city, the section on the father, the section on the mother, the section on the Bodhi tree, the section on the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching, the section on the full realisation, the section on the assemblage of disciples, the section on the chief disciples, the section on the attendant, the section on the chief female disciples, the section on the retinue of monks, the section on the radiance, the section on the measure of the body, the section on the Bodhisatta's aspiration, the section on the prediction, the section on the Bodhisatta's striving, the section on the life span, and the section on the final Nibbāna.
But the miscellaneous occasion not included in the Pāḷi should also be brought in here. That is defined in ten ways: the section on the household life, the section on the three mansions, the section on the dancing women, the section on the chief queen, the section on the son, the section on the vehicle, the section on the renunciation, the section on the striving, the section on the attendant, and the section on the dwelling-place.
Having shown it, we shall proceed, here and there in brief.
He, thus defined, however -
For what purpose, when, whose word, and by whom was it conveyed.
Afterwards I shall compose the explanation of meaning of the Buddhavaṃsa.
Therein, "by whom was this taught" means by whom was this Buddhavaṃsa taught? It was taught by the one of ten powers whose knowledge moves unobstructed among all phenomena, who is confident with the four grounds of self-confidence, the King of the Teaching, the Lord of the Teaching, the Tathāgata, the Omniscient One, the perfectly Self-awakened One.
"Where was it taught?" It was taught in the great city of Kapilavatthu, in the great monastery of the Nigrodha Park, a supremely beautiful sight, a place where the eyes of gods and humans fell, while walking up and down on the jewel walking path.
"For whose benefit was it taught?" It was taught for the benefit of eighty-two thousand relatives and many crores of gods and humans.
"For what purpose was it taught?" It was taught for the purpose of crossing over the four floods.
"When was it taught?" For the Blessed One, during the first twenty years after enlightenment, was without a fixed residence, and having gone wherever it was convenient, he dwelt right there. How? The first rains retreat, having set in motion the wheel of the Teaching at Isipatana, having given the deathless drink to eighteen crores of brahmās, he dwelt in dependence on Bārāṇasī at Isipatana in the Deer Park. The second rains retreat, in dependence on Rājagaha, in the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove. The third and fourth also right there. The fifth, in dependence on Vesālī, in the Pinnacled Hall in the Great Wood. The sixth, on Mount Makula. The seventh, in the Tāvatiṃsa realm. The eighth, among the Bhaggas, in dependence on Saṃsumāragiri, in the Bhesakaḷā Grove. The ninth, at Kosambī. The tenth, in the Pālileyyaka jungle thicket. The eleventh, at Nāḷā, a brahmin village. The twelfth, at Verañjā. The thirteenth, on Mount Cāliya. The fourteenth, in the great monastery of Jetavana. The fifteenth, in the great city of Kapilavatthu. The sixteenth, having tamed Āḷavaka, having given the deathless drink to eighty-four thousand living beings, at Āḷavī. The seventeenth, at Rājagaha itself. The eighteenth, on Mount Cāliya itself. Likewise the nineteenth; but the twentieth rains retreat he dwelt at Rājagaha itself. Therefore it was said - "The Blessed One, during the first twenty years after enlightenment, was without a fixed residence, and having gone wherever it was convenient, he dwelt right there." From that point onwards, however, in dependence on Sāvatthī itself, he dwelt in the great monastery of Jetavana and in the Eastern Park by way of regular use.
But when the Teacher, having become a Buddha, having dwelt at Isipatana in the Deer Park at Bārāṇasī for the first rains retreat, having finished keeping the rains retreat, having performed the invitation ceremony, having gone to Uruvelā, dwelling there for three months, having tamed the three-brother matted-hair ascetics, with a retinue made up of a thousand monks, having gone to Rājagaha on the full moon of the month of Phussa, dwelt right there for two months, by then five months had passed since his departure from Bārāṇasī. The entire winter had passed. Seven or eight days had passed since the day of the Elder Udāyī's arrival. He then, on the full-moon day of Phagguṇī, thought - "The winter has passed, the spring has arrived, it is the right time for the Tathāgata to go to the city of Kapila." He, having thought thus, praised the beauty of the journey with about sixty verses for the purpose of going to the ancestral city. Then the Teacher, having heard his words, being desirous of performing good treatment towards kinsmen, surrounded by ten thousand sons of good family dwelling in Aṅga and Magadha, and ten thousand dwelling in Kapilavatthu - thus by all twenty thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions - having departed from Rājagaha, travelling one yojana each day, having reached the city of Kapilavatthu, sixty yojanas from Rājagaha, in two months, there performed the Twin Miracle for the purpose of causing the relatives to pay homage. At that time this Buddhavaṃsa was taught.
Whose word is it? It is the word of the perfectly Self-awakened One alone, not shared with disciples and Individually Enlightened Ones.
By whom was it conveyed? It was conveyed through the teacher's lineage. For this was conveyed by the Elder Sāriputta, Bhaddaji, Tissa, Kosiyaputta, Siggava, Moggaliputta, Sudatta, Dhammika, Dāsaka, Soṇaka, Revata, and so on, up to the time of the Third Council; and beyond that too by the pupils and pupils' pupils of those very ones - thus it should be understood as conveyed through the teacher's lineage up to the present day.
Thus far -
For what purpose, when, whose word is it, and by whom was it conveyed?"
This verse has its meaning fully explained.
Introduction
External Introduction
Now there is the explanation of meaning of this which was thus conveyed; and since this explanation of meaning, when explained only after having shown these three origins - the distant origin, the not-so-distant origin, and the proximate origin - is well explained indeed. And those who hear it, since it becomes well cognised by them, being cognised from its arising onwards, therefore we shall explain it only after having shown those origins.
Therein, from the beginning, first the delimitation of those origins should be known. Herein this is the illustration of the meaning in brief - The narrative that has proceeded from the time the Great Being who made his resolution at the feet of Dīpaṅkara, the One Possessed of the Ten Powers, up to the time he passed away from the individual existence as Vessantara and was reborn in the Tusita realm, is called the distant origin. The narrative that has proceeded from passing away from the Tusita realm up to the attainment of omniscient knowledge at the seat of enlightenment is called the not-so-distant origin. "On one occasion the Blessed One was dwelling at Sāvatthī in Jeta's Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika's park" and "He dwells at Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the Squirrels' Feeding Ground" and "He dwells at Vesālī in the Great Wood in the Pinnacled Hall" - thus, from the attainment of omniscient knowledge at the great seat of enlightenment up to the bed of final Nibbāna, in whatever place the Blessed One dwelt in between, each of those should be understood as the proximate origin. Thus far, the explanation of the external origin by way of the three origins - the distant, the not-so-distant, and the proximate - is complete in brief.
Internal Introduction
1.
Commentary on the Ratanacaṅkamana Chapter
But now -
There are beings here with little dust in their eyes, teach the Dhamma, have compassion on this generation."
This is the explanation of the meaning of the proximate origin proceeding by the method beginning thus.
Here, unlike in discourses beginning with "On one occasion the Blessed One was dwelling at Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the Squirrels' Feeding Ground" - "On one occasion the Blessed One was dwelling among the Sakyans at Kapilavatthu in the Nigrodha Monastery. Then the Venerable Sāriputta approached the Blessed One; having approached, he asked the Blessed One about the lineage of the Buddhas" - why, instead of stating the origin by such a method as this, was the origin stated by the method beginning with "Brahmā, the lord of the world, Sahampati, with joined palms, requested the Blessed One"? It is said - It was stated for the purpose of demonstrating Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Dhamma, which was the cause of the Blessed One's teaching of all the Dhamma.
When, where, and by whom was this verse uttered?"
It is said - In the eighth week after the Blessed One had become a Buddha, the Teacher was requested and implored by Brahmā for the purpose of teaching the Dhamma. Herein this is the progressive discourse - The Great Man, it is said, one who had formed a resolution, on the day of the Great Renunciation, having seen the dancing women who were maidservants of the bedchamber lying in openly exposed, revealed, and repulsive postures on their beds and seats, with an exceedingly agitated heart, having addressed Channa who was covered in one part of his body - "Bring the excellent steed named Kaṇḍaka, the crusher of the finest enemy warriors" - having had Kaṇḍaka brought, with Channa as companion, having mounted the excellent steed, when the city gate was opened by the deity dwelling at the city gate, having departed from the city, having crossed over three kingdoms by that remainder of the night, the being of no mean nature, standing on the bank of the river named Anomā, said thus to Channa - "Channa, you take these ornaments of mine not shared with others and the excellent steed Kaṇḍaka and go to the city of Kapila" - having dismissed Channa, having cut off his hair-topknot with a sword resembling a dark serpent or a blue water-lily, having thrown it up into the sky, having taken the bowl and robe given by the gods, having gone forth by himself, wandering on a journey gradually, having crossed the river Ganges with its unobstructed current of waves tossed up by the force of the wind, having entered the city named Rājagaha, Rājagaha illuminated by the net of rays from clusters of gems, there as if humbling the people intoxicated with the pride of sovereignty, and as if arousing shame in the people of haughty appearance, and as if binding the hearts of the city people to himself by the beauty of his youth, and as if seizing the eyes of all people by the splendour of beauty adorned with the thirty-two marks of a great man, and as if a walking accumulation of merit moving on beautiful feet, and as if a mountain, unattached in his going, with peaceful faculties and peaceful mind, looking only a yoke's length ahead, having walked for almsfood in Rājagaha, having taken just sufficient food for sustenance, having departed from the city, having sat down on the slope of Mount Paṇḍava in a secluded place that was supremely delightful, endowed with shade and water, on a clean piece of ground, having eaten the mixed food by the power of reflection, Bimbisāra the great king of Magadha, following the direction of Mount Paṇḍava, having gone to the presence of the Great Man, having asked his name and clan, with a delighted heart, being invited with the kingdom saying "Accept a share of my kingdom" - "Enough, great king, I have no need of a kingdom; I have gone forth having abandoned the kingdom, having devoted myself to striving for the welfare of the world, thinking 'I shall become a Buddha who removes the veil in the world'" - having said this, and being told by him "Having become a Buddha, may you first come to my realm," having given him the acknowledgment "Very well," having approached Āḷāra and Udaka, not finding substance in their teaching of the Dhamma, having departed from there, even though performing austerities at Uruvelā for six years, being unable to attain the Deathless, he nourished his body by resorting to gross food.
At that time, however, at Uruvelā in the village of Senāni, a girl named Sujātā, the daughter of the householder of Senāni village, having come of age, made an aspiration at a certain banyan tree - "If I, having gone to a family house of equal birth, shall obtain a son in my first pregnancy, I will make an oblation." That aspiration of hers was fulfilled. She, on the full moon day of Vesākha, thinking "Today I will make an oblation," right early prepared milk-rice, effortlessly, supremely sweet. The Bodhisatta too, on that very day, having attended to his toilet, waiting for the time for the alms round, having gone right early, sat down at that banyan tree-root. Then a slave woman named Puṇṇā, her nurse, who had gone for the purpose of cleaning the tree-root, saw the Bodhisatta seated looking towards the eastern world system, with the bodily splendour resembling a peak of an excellent golden mountain tinted by the radiance of the evening glow, dispelling the mass of darkness, causing the lotus forest to bloom, like the sun that has reached an opening in the clouds, the sun among sages who had reached an excellent tree. And having seen that entire tree golden-coloured by the radiance emanating from his body, this occurred to her - "Today our deity, having descended from the tree, wishing to receive the oblation with her own hand, is seated." She, having gone with speed, reported this matter to Sujātā.
Then Sujātā, having become filled with faith, having adorned herself with all ornaments, having filled a golden dish worth a hundred thousand with supremely sweet honey milk-rice, having covered it with another golden dish, having taken it on her head, went towards the banyan tree. She, while going, having seen from afar that Bodhisatta, like a tree deity, having made that entire tree golden-coloured by the radiance of his body, handsome like an accumulation of merit, seated, Sujātā, filled with joy and happiness, with the perception "a tree deity," from the place where she saw him onwards, going bowed down again and again, having lowered that golden dish from her head, having placed it in the hands of the Great Being, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration - "Just as my wish has been fulfilled, so may it be fulfilled for you too" - having said this, she departed.
Then the Bodhisatta too, having taken the golden bowl, having gone to the bank of the river Nerañjarā, having placed the golden bowl on the bank of a ford named Suppatiṭṭhita, having bathed, having come out, making forty-nine portions, having eaten that milk-rice - "If I today shall become a Buddha, let this golden bowl go against the stream," he threw it. That bowl, having gone against the stream, having entered the abode of the serpent king named Kāḷa, having pushed up the dishes of the three Buddhas, it stood beneath them.
The Great Being, having spent the day residence right there in a jungle thicket, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a grass-carrier named Sotthiya who had known the manner of the Great Man, having ascended the ground of enlightenment, stood on the southern side. But that spot trembled like a drop of water on a lotus leaf. The Great Man - "This spot is unable to bear my virtue," went to the western side. That too trembled in the same way. Again he went to the northern side. That too trembled in the same way. Again he went to the eastern side. There, a place the size of a cross-legged seat was motionless. The Great Man - Having reached the conclusion "This is the place for the destruction of mental defilements," grasped those grasses at the top and shook them. They were as if outlined by the tip of a brush. The Bodhisatta - Having determined the fourfold energy, thinking "Without attaining enlightenment, I will not break this cross-legged posture," having folded his legs crosswise, having placed the trunk of the Bodhi tree behind him, facing east, sat down.
At that very moment, Māra, the conqueror of all the world, having created a thousand arms, having mounted the excellent elephant, the noble war-elephant named Girimekhala, one hundred and fifty yojanas in height, resembling a peak of the Himalaya mountain, surrounded by an exceedingly thick force of Māra extending nine yojanas, with an army of bows, swords, axes, arrows, and spears, overwhelming on all sides like a mountain, approached the Great Being as if he were a great rival. The Great Man, while the sun was still remaining, having scattered the forces of Māra down to their very roots, being venerated as if with rapture by the sprouts of the Bodhi tree - beautiful to behold, resembling red coral shoots - falling upon his robe which was like a blossomed victory jasmine flower, in the first watch having attained the knowledge of recollecting past lives, in the middle watch having purified the knowledge of the divine eye, in the last watch having brought down knowledge into dependent origination, comprehending the round of rebirths and its end, at the break of dawn having become a Buddha -
Seeking the house-builder, painful is birth again and again.
All your ribs are broken, the peak of the house is demolished;
The mind has gone to the unconditioned, it has reached the elimination of cravings."
Having uttered this inspired utterance, having spent a week experiencing the bliss of liberation, on the eighth day, having emerged from the attainment, having known the uncertainty of the deities, for the purpose of dispelling their uncertainty, having flown up into the sky, having displayed the Twin Miracle, having dispelled their uncertainty, having stood in the northern direction slightly inclined to the east from the divan - Thinking "On this divan indeed the knowledge of omniscience was penetrated by me," gazing with unwinking eyes at the divan and the Bodhi tree - the place of attaining the fruit of the perfections fulfilled over four incalculable aeons and a hundred thousand cosmic cycles - he spent a week; that place became known as the Unwinking Shrine.
Then, between the divan and the place where he stood, walking up and down on the jewel walking path extending from east to west, he spent a week; that place became known as the Jewel Walking Path Shrine. Then in the western direction, the deities built a jewel house; there, having sat down on a divan, investigating the Canon of the Higher Teaching, and in particular herein the Paṭṭhāna of infinite methods, he spent a week. That place became known as the Jewel House Shrine. Thus, having spent four weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, in the fifth week he went from the foot of the Bodhi tree to the goatherd's banyan tree; There too, investigating the Teaching and experiencing the bliss of liberation, he spent a week at the goatherd's banyan tree.
Thus he sat for another week at Mucalinda. Just as the Blessed One had sat down, a great untimely rain cloud arose, filling the entire interior of the world-circle. But when it had arisen, Mucalinda the king of serpents thought - "This great cloud has arisen just as the Teacher entered my dwelling; it is fitting to obtain a shelter for him." He, though able to create a divine mansion made of the seven precious things, resembling a heavenly palace of the gods, thinking that if this were done - "There would be no great fruit for me; I shall perform bodily service for the Possessor of the Ten Powers," having assumed a very great individual existence, having encircled the Teacher seven times with his coils, having made a great hood above, he stood. Then the Blessed One dwelt as if dwelling in a perfumed chamber, inside the very enclosure in a great space, upon a costly divan made of all jewels, with a canopy overhead from which various fragrant flower-garlands were streaming forth, scented with various fragrances. Thus the Blessed One, having spent that week there, then sat for another week at the Rājāyatana tree. There too, experiencing the very bliss of liberation. By this much, seven weeks were completed. In the interval, the Blessed One spent the time with the happiness of meditative absorption and the happiness of fruition.
Then, at the passing of the seven weeks - The thought arose: "I shall wash my face." Sakka, the lord of the gods, having brought medicinal myrobalan, gave it. Then Sakka gave him a betel-creeper wooden toothbrush and water for washing the face. Then the Blessed One, having chewed the wooden toothbrush, having washed his face with water from Lake Anotatta, sat down at the foot of the Rājāyatana tree. At that time, having accepted and consumed parched corn-flour and honey-balls from the merchants Tapussa and Bhallika in costly stone bowls brought by the four world-guardians, having returned, he sat down at the foot of the goatherd's banyan tree. Then, for him who had just sat down there, while reviewing the profound nature of the Teaching attained by himself, the habitual practice of all Buddhas - The reflection arose, having reached the appearance of unwillingness to teach the Teaching to others: "This Teaching attained by me is deep, difficult to see, difficult to understand, peaceful, sublime, unattainable by mere reasoning, subtle, to be experienced by the wise."
Then Brahmā Sahampati, having known with his mind the reflection in the mind of the Possessor of the Ten Powers - Uttering the words "Alas, the world is perishing, alas, the world is being destroyed," surrounded by the company of Brahmās from ten thousand world-systems, accompanied by Sakkas, Suyāmas, Santusitas, and those of the Paranimmitavasavattī realm, having come, appeared before the Blessed One. He, having created earth for his own support, having placed his right knee-cap on the ground, having made on his head a salutation with joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, resembling an unblemished, intact lotus bud born of water - "Let the Blessed One teach the Teaching, venerable sir, let the Fortunate One teach the Teaching. There are beings with little dust in their eyes; through not hearing the Teaching they are declining; there will be those who understand the Teaching" -
Open this door to the Deathless, let them hear the Teaching awakened to by the Stainless One.
so too, O wise one, having ascended the palace made of the Teaching, O all-seeing one;
Free from sorrow, look upon the populace sunk in sorrow, overcome by birth and ageing.
Let the Blessed One teach the Teaching, there will be those who understand."
"Surely you said: 'As a Buddha I would awaken, as one who has crossed over I would help others cross, as one freed I would free others'" -
Having attained omniscience, I shall help the world with its gods to cross over."
Having made the aspiration, having fulfilled the perfections, he attained the state of omniscience - and also: "When the Teaching is not being taught by you, who indeed else will teach the Teaching? What other refuge, shelter, rock cell, and ultimate goal is there for the world?" - by these and many other methods he requested the Blessed One for the purpose of teaching the Teaching. Therefore it was said - "But in the eighth week after the Blessed One had become a Buddha, the Teacher was requested by Brahmā for the purpose of teaching the Teaching."
Now the occasion has arrived for the answering of the questions: "When, where, and by whom was this verse uttered?" Therein, when was it spoken? It was spoken at the time of the First Great Rehearsal. This First Great Rehearsal should be understood according to the method stated in the Rehearsal Section. Where and by whom was it spoken? It should be understood that when the Blessed One had attained final Nibbāna, in the city of Rājagaha, at the entrance of the Sattapaṇṇī Cave on the side of Mount Vebhāra, when a rehearsal of the Teaching had been arranged by Ajātasattu, the great king of Magadha, who had conquered all enemies, in a pavilion resembling the disc of the full moon, beautiful to behold, this verse "Brahmā, the lord of the world" was spoken by the Venerable Elder Ānanda, who had taken the seat of the Teaching. This here is the connection of the verse.
Thus far -
When, where, and by whom was this verse uttered?"
This verse too has its meaning already stated. Now, having been stated with this connection, we shall provide the explanation of its obscure terms.
Therein, "Brahmā" means one who is developed by those various distinguished qualities - thus "Brahmā." But this word "brahma" is found in the senses of Great Brahmā, brahmin, Tathāgata, mother and father, the foremost, and so on. For in such passages as "the Twofold-thousandfold Brahmā" and so on, the Great Brahmā is intended.
Without mental corruptions, who has abandoned all suffering, truly named, O brahmin, he is attended by me."
Here it means a brahmin. In "Brahmā, monks, is a designation for the Tathāgata," here it means the Tathāgata. In "Mother and father are called Brahmā, and first teachers," here it means mother and father. In "sets in motion the divine wheel," here the foremost is intended. But here, the Great Brahmā who, having developed the first meditative absorption as superior, was reborn in the plane of the first meditative absorption and whose life-span is a cosmic cycle, is intended. The word "and" has the purpose of combining - the meaning is Brahmā and other Brahmās in the ten thousand world-systems too; or it is merely an expletive particle. "Lord of the world" - here "the world" means three worlds: the world of activities, the world of beings, and the world of space. Among these, here the world of beings is intended. Its lord, its ruler - thus "lord of the world"; even one who is ruler of a portion of the world is called "lord of the world," like "lord of the gods" or "lord of men."
"Sahampati" - it is said that in the Dispensation of the Blessed One Kassapa, the elder named Sahaka, having produced the first meditative absorption, not having fallen away from the absorption, at the end of life, having become a Great Brahmā with a lifespan of a cosmic cycle in the plane of the first meditative absorption, was reborn; there they perceive him as "Brahmā Sahampati." Where "Sahakapati" should be said, by making a grammatical insertion and by conventional usage, they say "Sahampati." "With joined palms" means one who has made salutation with joined palms; the meaning is having made the folded fingers upon the head. "The Blessed One" - an absolute excellence, a supreme excellence, does not exist for him, thus he is the Blessed One; or there is no excellence superior to that, thus he is the Blessed One; the meaning is unsurpassed; that Blessed One. "Requested" means he requested, he entreated.
Now, to show the purpose for which he requested the Blessed One, "there are beings here" and so on was stated. Therein, "there are" means they exist, they are found; the meaning is they are there, coming into the range of the Buddha-eye. "Here" is an indeclinable particle denoting a place or region. This is sometimes used with reference to the Dispensation. As he said - "Here only, monks, is an ascetic, here is a second ascetic, here is a third ascetic, here is a fourth ascetic; the other doctrines are empty of other ascetics." Sometimes with reference to a place, as he said -
Life has been obtained by me again, know this, sir."
Sometimes it is merely an expletive particle. As he said - "Here, monks, suppose I had eaten, having been invited to admonish." Sometimes with reference to the world, as he said - "Here a Tathāgata arises in the world for the welfare of many people, for the happiness of many people." Here too it should be understood as stated with reference to the world. Therefore the meaning is "in this world of beings." "Beings" - beings attached, strongly attached, clinging, stuck, fastened by desire and lust to the aggregates beginning with matter, thus they are beings; "beings" means living creatures. But by conventional usage, this expression applies even to those free from lust.
"With little dust in their eyes" - in the eye made of wisdom, there is little, slight dust of lust, hate, and delusion in them; those of such intrinsic nature are "with little dust in their eyes"; or those for whom there is only little dust of lust and so on, they have little dust in their eyes; those of such intrinsic nature as having little dust in their eyes are "with little dust in their eyes" - thus the meaning here should be understood. Of those with little dust in their eyes. Having made a change of grammatical case from "of beings" - The meaning should be understood by making the connection with "teach the Dhamma." "Teach" - this is a word of request; the meaning is teach, speak, point out. "Dhamma" - here this word "dhamma" is seen in the senses of the Scriptures, concentration, wisdom, nature, intrinsic nature, emptiness, merit, offence, what is to be known, the four truths, and so on. For thus - "Here a monk learns the Teaching thoroughly - discourse, mixed prose and verse, explanation, etc. catechism" and so on, it is seen in the sense of the Scriptures. In such passages as "Those Blessed Ones were of such teachings" and so on, it means concentration.
Truth, the Teaching, steadfastness, generosity - he overcomes the foe."
And so on, it is used in the sense of wisdom. In such passages as "Subject to birth, subject to ageing, and also subject to death" and so on, it is used in the sense of nature. In such passages as "Wholesome mental states, unwholesome mental states, indeterminate mental states" and so on, it is used in the sense of intrinsic nature. In such passages as "Now at that time there are mental states, there are aggregates" and so on, it is used in the sense of emptiness. In such passages as "The Teaching well practised brings happiness" and so on, it is used in the sense of merit. In such passages as "Two undetermined rules" and so on, it is used in the sense of offence. In such passages as "All phenomena in every way come into the range of the Buddha, the Blessed One's knowledge-door" and so on, it is used in the sense of what is to be known. In such passages as "One who has seen the Teaching, attained the Teaching, understood the Teaching" and so on, it is used in the sense of the Teaching of the four truths. Here too it should be seen in the sense of the Teaching of the four truths. "Have compassion" means show compassion, show sympathy. By saying "this" he points out the generation. "Generation" because of being born, it is generation; that generation, the order of beings - the intention is: liberate from the suffering of the round of rebirths. Some, however -
With joined palms, requested by the company of Brahmās."
So they read. To this extent, this verse has its meaning fully explained in every respect.
Then, having heard that word of request of Brahmā Sahampati, for the Blessed One - the One of Ten Powers, whose strength of compassion had arisen over an immeasurable period, whose conduct of mind was skilled in bringing about the welfare of others - great compassion arose towards all beings merely by the occasion being made. Now, to show that arising of compassion in the Blessed One, by the Elders who held the convocations at the time of the communal recitation -
For the Tathāgata, the matchless one, compassion arose towards all beings."
This verse has been placed here.
Therein, "accomplished in true knowledge and conduct" - "accomplished" is threefold by way of complete, endowed with, and sweet. Therein -
I announce to you, brahmin, I am not able to prevent them."
This is called accomplished in the sense of complete. "One is endowed with this Pātimokkha restraint, fully endowed, approached, fully approached, accomplished, possessed of it" - this is called accomplished in the sense of endowed with. "Venerable sir, the lower surface of this great earth is accomplished, just as pure bee's honey, such is its sweetness" - this is called accomplished in the sense of sweet. Here, both accomplished in the sense of complete and accomplished in the sense of endowed with are applicable. "True knowledge" means true knowledge in the sense of piercing opposing states, in the sense of making known, and in the sense of being to be found. These, however, are either the three true knowledges or the eight true knowledges. The three true knowledges should be understood according to the method given in the Bhayabherava Sutta, the eight in the Ambaṭṭha Sutta. For therein, together with insight knowledge and mind-made supernormal power, having included the six direct knowledges, the eight true knowledges are stated. "Conduct" means these fifteen qualities should be known: restraint by morality, guarding the doors of the sense faculties, moderation in eating, pursuit of wakefulness, faith, shame, moral fear, great learning, putting forth strenuous energy, establishment of mindfulness, accomplishment in wisdom, and the four fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions. For since by these very fifteen qualities a noble disciple practises, goes towards the Deathless direction, therefore they are called "conduct." As he said - "Here, Mahānāma, a noble disciple is virtuous" - all this should be understood according to the method stated in the Middle Fifty. True knowledge and conduct are true knowledge and conduct; he whose true knowledge and conduct are accomplished, complete - he is one accomplished in true knowledge and conduct; or one accomplished in true knowledge and conduct means one who is accomplished with, endowed with, possessed of true knowledge and conduct. The meaning fits in both ways, of that one accomplished in true knowledge and conduct.
"Such a one" means of such a one by the characteristic of such-likeness given in the Mahāniddesa by the method beginning with "such a one regarding the desirable, such a one regarding the undesirable"; the meaning is of one who is such, unchanging regarding the desirable, undesirable, and so on. "The resplendent one" means of the brilliant one; the meaning is of one who bears the effulgence of a body whose splendour surpasses even more than the sun arisen in the autumn season at Yugandhara. Or it is proper to say "the bearer of the light of wisdom." For this was said:
The sun shines by day, the moon radiates at night.
The Perfectly Self-awakened One is the best of those that shine, this radiance is unsurpassed."
Therefore the meaning is "one who bears the confidence of both bodily and wisdom effulgence" in both ways. "Bearing the final body" means bearing the very last body, of one who has no renewed existence - this is the meaning.
"Of the Tathāgata" - here the Blessed One is called "Tathāgata" for eight reasons. Which eight? He who has thus come is a Tathāgata; he who has thus gone is a Tathāgata; he who has arrived at the true characteristic is a Tathāgata; he who has fully awakened to the true phenomena as they really are is a Tathāgata; by his true seeing he is a Tathāgata; by his true speaking he is a Tathāgata; by his true acting he is a Tathāgata; in the sense of overcoming he is a Tathāgata.
How is the Blessed One a Tathāgata in the sense of "he who has thus come"? Just as by whatever resolution, having fulfilled the perfection of giving, having fulfilled the perfections of morality, renunciation, wisdom, energy, patience, truth, determination, friendliness, and equanimity, having fulfilled these ten perfections, ten secondary perfections, and ten ultimate perfections - thus thirty perfections, having relinquished these five great relinquishments - the relinquishment of limbs, the relinquishment of life, the relinquishment of wealth, kingdom, sons, and wife - just as Vipassī and the other Perfectly Self-awakened Ones came, so too our Blessed One came - thus he is a Tathāgata. As he said -
So too this Sage of the Sakyans has come, therefore the One with Vision is called the Tathāgata."
How is "one who has thus gone" the Tathāgata? Just as Vipassī and the others, immediately upon being born, having stood firmly on even feet on the earth, facing north, went with seven strides, so too our Blessed One went - thus he is a Tathāgata. As he said -
He, Gotama, strode seven steps, and the gods held over him a white umbrella.
He uttered a speech endowed with eight factors, like a lion standing on a mountain peak."
How is he a Tathāgata in the sense of "having arrived at the true characteristic"? He who has arrived at the individual characteristic and the common characteristic of all material and immaterial phenomena, the true, the unerring, by the course of knowledge, without failing, having attained, having understood - he is the Tathāgata.
He has arrived at just as they truly are, therefore the Teacher is the Tathāgata."
How is it that he who has fully awakened to the true phenomena as they really are is the Tathāgata? The true phenomena are namely the four noble truths. As he said - "There are these four things, monks, that are true, unerring, not otherwise. What are the four? 'This is suffering,' monks - this is true, this is unerring, this is not otherwise" - in detail. And the Blessed One has fully awakened to them; therefore, because of having fully awakened to the true, he is called "Tathāgata." For here the word "gata" has the meaning of "fully awakened to".
Therefore, because of having fully awakened to the true truths, he is a Tathāgata."
How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true seeing? For the Blessed One, the Tathāgata, knows and sees in every respect the objects of visible form, sound, odour, flavour, tangible object, and mind-object coming into the range of the eye-door, ear-door, nose-door, tongue-door, body-door, and mind-door of immeasurable beings in immeasurable world systems - thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true seeing. Or else, whatever is true in the world, that he shows to the world just as it is. For that reason too the Blessed One is a Tathāgata. Here the origination of the term "Tathāgata" in the sense of true seeing should be understood.
Being a true seer, the self-enlightened one, therefore he is called a Tathāgata."
How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true speaking? And whatever was spoken and talked by the Tathāgata during the period of forty-five years between the enlightenment and the final Nibbāna, included in the nine divisions beginning with discourses - all that, as if weighed with a single balance, is just so, unerring. Therefore he said -
"And, Cunda, on the night when the Tathāgata fully awakens to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, and on the night when he attains final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging, whatever he speaks, talks, and points out in between - all that is just so, not otherwise. Therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."
But here the word "gata" has the meaning of "speech." Thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true speaking. Speaking is "āgada"; the meaning is "utterance." His utterance is true, undistorted - thus he is a Tathāgata. It is stated by changing the letter "da" to the letter "ta."
And his utterance is true, therefore the Buddha is a Tathāgata."
How is he a Tathāgata by virtue of true acting? For the Blessed One, whatever speech he spoke, that very thing he does by body; the body is in accordance with speech, and speech also with the body. Therefore he said -
"Monks, the Tathāgata speaks as he acts, acts as he speaks, etc. Therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."
As his speech has gone, so too his body has gone; as his body has gone, so too his speech has gone. Thus he is a Tathāgata by virtue of true acting.
By virtue of true speaking, the self-enlightened one, the Teacher, therefore is a Tathāgata."
How is he a Tathāgata in the sense of overcoming? Making the summit of existence above and Avīci below as the limits, and across in immeasurable world systems, he overcomes all beings by morality, by concentration, by wisdom, by liberation, and by the knowledge and vision of liberation; there is no balance or measure of him; rather he is unequalled, immeasurable, unsurpassed. Therefore he said -
"In the world with its gods, monks, etc. the Tathāgata is the overlord, unvanquished, the all-seeing, wielding power; therefore he is called 'Tathāgata'."
Therein the derivation of the term should be understood thus: Like a medicine, it is a medicine. But what is this? Both the beauty of instruction and the accumulation of merit. For by that, this physician of great might overcomes all proponents of other doctrines and the world including the gods, as if with a divine medicine against snakes. Thus, because of overcoming the entire world, the beauty of instruction and the accumulation of merit are actual, not distorted, and are a medicine - by changing the letter "da" to the letter "ta," he should be understood as "Tathāgata." Thus he is a Tathāgata in the sense of overcoming.
Because he is the wielder of power, that Teacher is a Tathāgata."
"Of the matchless one" means of one devoid of a rival; there is no person whatsoever able to give the acknowledgment "I am a Buddha" - thus he is matchless; of that matchless one. "Arose" means it arose, it came into being. "Compassion" means the state of compassion is compassion. "Towards all beings" is an expression encompassing all beings without remainder; the meaning is towards the entire order of beings. To this extent, this verse too has its meaning already stated.
Then the Blessed One, requested by Brahmā for the purpose of teaching the Teaching, having given rise to compassion towards beings, wishing to teach the Teaching, addressed the Great Brahmā in verse:
Perceiving harm, I did not speak the well-practised, sublime Teaching among humans, O Brahmā."
Then Brahmā Sahampati, knowing "I have created the opportunity for the Blessed One to teach the Teaching," having made on his head a salutation with joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, having paid respect to the Blessed One, having circumambulated him keeping him on his right, surrounded by a company of brahmā gods, departed. Then the Teacher, having given his acknowledgment to that Brahmā - while reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" - having given rise to the thought "Āḷāra is wise; he will understand this Teaching quickly," looking again, having known his state of being deceased a week ago, and having known the state of Udaka being deceased the previous evening, again - reflecting "Where indeed are the group of five monks dwelling now?" turning his attention to the group of five, having known "At Isipatana in the Deer Park at Bārāṇasī," on the Āsāḷhī day, when the night became light, early in the morning, having taken his bowl and robe, having set out on the eighteen-yojana road, having seen on the way a naked ascetic named Upaka, having made known to him his own Buddhahood, on that very day in the evening he went to Isipatana. There, having made known his own Buddhahood to the group of five, having gone to the excellent Buddha-seat that was prepared, having addressed the group of five monks, he taught the Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching.
Among them, the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña, sending forth knowledge in accordance with the teaching, at the conclusion of the discourse, became established in the fruition of stream-entry together with eighteen crores of brahmā gods. The Teacher, having entered the rains retreat right there, on the following day established the Elder Vappa in the fruition of stream-entry. By this very method, having established all of them in the fruition of stream-entry, again on the fifth of the fortnight, having assembled all five elders, he taught the Discourse on the Characteristic of Non-self; at the conclusion of the teaching, all five elders became established in arahantship.
Then the Teacher, right there, having seen the decisive support of Yasa the son of good family, having seen him who had departed abandoning his home - having called him saying "Come, Yasa," in that very night-time having established him in the fruition of stream-entry, on the following day having established him in arahantship, having given the going forth by the "Come, monk" ordination to a further fifty-four of his companions too, he established them in arahantship. Thus, when sixty-one Worthy Ones had arisen in the world, the Teacher, having finished keeping the rains retreat and having performed the invitation ceremony, having addressed the monks, said this:
Declaring the Teaching to human beings, wander forth, monks.
Making known my Good Teaching to the world constantly.
For the sake of the peace of beings, being of good conduct, my word.
Open the door to the path of heaven and liberation, O matchless ones.
Increase the full understanding and faith of the world in every respect.
Make a reciprocal service to them by the gift of the Teaching.
Having done what should be done as your task, undertake the welfare of others."
And having said thus, the Blessed One, having sent those monks off to the various directions, while himself going to Uruvelā, on the road in a cotton-tree jungle thicket trained thirty young men of the Bhadda group. Among them, the very last was a stream-enterer, the foremost was a non-returner; not even one was either a Worthy One or a worldling. Having given the going forth to all of them too by the "Come, monk" ordination, having sent them to the various directions, himself having gone to Uruvelā, having shown three and a half thousand wonders, having tamed the three-brother matted-hair ascetics headed by Uruvelakassapa with their retinue of a thousand matted-hair ascetics, having given them the going forth by the "Come, monk" form, having had them sit down at Gayāsīsa, having established them in arahantship by the teaching of the Discourse on the Burning, the Blessed One, surrounded by that thousand of Worthy Ones, thinking "I shall fulfil the acknowledgment of King Bimbisāra," went to the park named Laṭṭhivana in the precincts of the city of Rājagaha. Thereupon the park keeper informed the king. The king - Having heard "The Teacher has arrived," surrounded by twelve myriads of brahmin householders, having approached the One of Ten Powers - the excellent sage-sun who had entered the opening of the forest, like the sun that had entered an opening in the clouds - having fallen with his head, shining with the radiance of the gems of his crown, at the feet of the One of Ten Powers, which were soft as unblemished, intact lotuses born of water on their wheel-adorned soles, sat down to one side together with the assembly.
Then this occurred to those brahmin householders - "Does the Great Ascetic live the holy life under Uruvelakassapa, or does Uruvelakassapa under the Great Ascetic?" Then the Blessed One, having known with his mind the reflection in their minds, addressed the Elder in verse -
I ask you, Kassapa, about this matter - for what reason has your fire sacrifice been abandoned?"
The Elder, having known the Blessed One's intention -
Having known this as a stain among the clingings, therefore I did not delight in what is sacrificed or offered."
Having spoken this verse, for the purpose of making known his state of being a disciple, having fallen with his head at the Tathāgata's feet - Having said "The Blessed One is my Teacher, venerable sir; I am his disciple," one palm tree, two palm trees, etc. Having risen up into the sky seven times to the measure of seven palm trees, having performed a wonder, having descended from the sky, having paid homage to the Blessed One, he sat down to one side.
Then the great multitude, having seen that wonder of his - "Oh, of great majesty are the Buddhas! Even Uruvelakassapa, who was one of firmly-held views, thinking himself to be a Worthy One, having broken through the net of wrong views, has been tamed by the Tathāgata" - thus they spoke praise of the virtues of the One of Ten Powers. Having heard that, the Teacher - "It is not only now that I tame this Uruvelakassapa; in the past too he was indeed tamed by me" - thus he said. Then that great multitude, rising from their seats, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having raised joined palms on their heads, spoke thus - "Venerable sir, now we have seen him tamed; but how was he tamed by the Blessed One in the past?" Thereupon the Teacher, requested by that great multitude, having related the Mahānāradakassapa Jātaka, concealed by another existence, made known the four noble truths. Thereupon, having heard the Teacher's talk on the Teaching, King Bimbisāra became established in the fruition of stream-entry together with eleven myriads; one myriad announced their state as lay followers. The king, having gone for refuge, having invited the Blessed One together with the community of monks for the morrow, having circumambulated the Blessed One three times, having paid homage, departed.
On the following day, the Blessed One, surrounded by a thousand monks, like the king of gods with a thousand eyes surrounded by a company of deities, like the Great Brahmā surrounded by a company of Brahmās, entered Rājagaha. The king, having given a gift to the community of monks headed by the Buddha, at the end of the meal said this to the Blessed One - "I, venerable sir, shall not be able to live without the three jewels; whether at the proper time or at an improper time, I shall come to the presence of the Blessed One. The Laṭṭhivana is too far away. But this Bamboo Grove Park of ours, for those desiring solitude, is not too far, not too near, accessible for coming and going, secluded from crowds, conducive to the happiness of solitude, endowed with shade and water, adorned with cool stone surfaces, a supremely delightful piece of ground, uninterrupted with fragrant flowers and excellent trees, adorned with delightful mansions, long buildings, palaces, dwelling-places, lean-to shelters, pavilions and so on. May the Blessed One, venerable sir, accept this from me." Taking crystal-coloured water scented with fragrant flowers with a golden water-vessel resembling freshly heated embers, while bestowing the Bamboo Grove Monastery, he poured water on the hands of the One of Ten Powers. At that acceptance of the park, this great earth trembled as if dancing, overcome by joy, thinking "The roots of the Buddha's Dispensation have descended." But in Jambudīpa, apart from the Bamboo Grove Great Monastery, there is no lodging that was accepted with the trembling of the earth. Then the Teacher, having accepted the Bamboo Grove Monastery, gave thanksgiving for the king's gift of a dwelling-place -
Other than the Buddhas, the protectors of the world, even if endowed with a myriad of mouths.
He gives all these, so it is said, the man who gives a dwelling-place to the Community.
Since he protects the life of that one, he is a giver of life - so the virtuous declare.
Therefore the giver of a dwelling-place gives power and beauty and discernment itself.
A warding off of the manifold, constantly a giver of happiness is the giver of a dwelling-place.
Since the giver of a dwelling-place wards off these, therefore he finds happiness hereafter.
Whoever gives to those distinguished by virtues beginning with morality and other qualities, he is called a giver of everything.
As if thrown there by others into heaven, he is born as if carried there, free from sorrow.
He should give them food and drink and cloth, with a clear mind, attentively, constantly.
By the fruit of the gift of a dwelling-place, attain afterwards the peaceful, sorrowless happiness."
Thus the king of sages, having given thanksgiving for the gift of a dwelling-place to the king of men, Bimbisāra, having risen from his seat, surrounded by the community of monks, with the supremely beautiful radiance of his own body making the cities, forests, mansions, and so on appear as if sprinkled with a stream of liquid gold, with incomparable Buddha's grace, with boundless Buddha's glory, entered the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove.
The wise one dwelt with various abidings, looking out for those who could be guided."
Now while the Blessed One was dwelling there, the great King Suddhodana, having heard "My son, having practised the performance of austerities for six years, having attained the supreme highest enlightenment, the one who has set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having reached Rājagaha, is dwelling in the great monastery in the Bamboo Grove," addressed a certain chief minister - "Come, my good man, with a retinue of a thousand men, having gone to Rājagaha, having said in my name 'Your father, the great King Suddhodana, wishes to see you,' having taken my son, come back." He, having promised the king saying "Very well, Sire," with a retinue of a thousand men, having gone a distance of sixty yojanas, entered the monastery at the time of the teaching of the Teaching. He, thinking "Let the message sent by the king stand aside for now," standing at the edge of the assembly, having heard the Teacher's teaching of the Teaching, just as he stood, together with the thousand men, having attained arahantship, requested the going forth. The Blessed One - stretched out his hand saying "Come, monks." All of them, at that very moment, bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power, having become accomplished in deportment like elder monks of sixty rains retreats, surrounded the Blessed One. The king, having thought "Neither does the one who went come back, nor is any message heard," sent ministers nine times in that very same manner. Among those nine thousand men, not even one reported to the king, nor sent a message. All, having attained arahantship, went forth.
Then the king thought - "Who now will carry out my word?" - looking over all the royal forces, he saw Udāyī. He, it is said, was the king's accomplisher of all purposes, an intimate, exceedingly trustworthy minister, born on the very same day as the Bodhisatta, a playmate in the dust, a companion. Then the king addressed him - "Dear Udāyī, I, wishing to see my son, sent nine thousand men; not even one man, having come, reports even a mere message; there is none. Difficult to know indeed is the danger to my life; while still living I wish to see my son. Will you be able to show me my son?" He said "I shall be able, Sire, if I shall be permitted to go forth." "Dear son, whether having gone forth or not having gone forth, show me my son." He, saying "Very well, Sire," having taken the king's message, having gone to Rājagaha, having heard the Teacher's teaching of the Teaching, together with the thousand men, having attained arahantship, having become established in the state of a "come-monk," on the full-moon day of Phagguṇī thought - "The winter has passed, the spring season has arrived, the jungle thickets are fully in bloom, the roads are fit for travelling upon; it is time for the One of Ten Powers to perform good treatment towards kinsmen" - having thought thus, having approached the Blessed One, he praised the beauty of the journey for the purpose of going to the Blessed One's ancestral city with about sixty verses -
They shine forth as if aflame, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Resplendent like a jewel-blazing pavilion, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The trees shine on both sides, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They dispel hunger and thirst, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The trees shine on both sides, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They please beings wearied by the journey, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They please beings like jewelled pavilions, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Enticing indeed with their sweet fragrance, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They please with their sweet voices and delights, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They run about in all directions, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With flowering trees adorned as with a crown, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Illuminating the directions all around, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Shining, pure and splendid, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Fragrant, the forest is delightful, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Full of clear, cool water, beautiful, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Delighting both men and deities, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They rejoice endowed with their mates, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The fragrance of honey diffuses in every direction, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The rivers flow, beautifully shining, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They illuminate the directions like kings of elephants, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They coo with various sweet voices, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Standing on the mountain they resound, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The mountains shine in all directions, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The rivers flow, beautifully shining, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The rivers shine, flowing well, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With decorated tops, and beautiful as celestial maidens, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Delighting the mind, constantly for travellers, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Easily obtained and delightful in villages along the paths, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Decorated as if with red indagopa insects, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
People in great numbers right there all around, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The lotus roots diffuse a flavour like milk, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Risen high, become a multitude of beings, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With flowers of excellent fragrance in all seasons, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Thronging with people, with food and drink easily obtained, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Spacious halls and many assembly halls, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Well built, with excellent sweet fragrance, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
And all the directions shine forth, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
And in the sky the sun's heat is but mild, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They run about in the directions, trumpeting, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Most astonishing for those who gaze upon it, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
And all the directions outshine, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They wander in that delightful forest wilds, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Prosperous with monasteries and parks, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They increase the joy of concentration, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
In each and every town there are excellent villages, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
There the populace is prosperous and many, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With abundant wealth, of various kinds they dwell, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
And at night the wind is soft and cool, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They rejoice together with their dear ones, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
And all the directions were of pure appearance, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
All around for those desirous of the quality of fragrance, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
It shone like a woman garlanded on every limb, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
They make their calls in the delightful forest wilds, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Praised everywhere, bestowing every happiness, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
It constantly generates joy for ascetics, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The ancestral city here is resplendent, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
The city is most delightful with its variegated moats, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With delightful streets resembling the world of the gods, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Like young gods in the world of the lord of gods, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Together with a great force, O lord of sages, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
I wish to please the lord of men, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
Please him, O great sage, foremost in virtues, it is the right time, O great hero, O resplendent one.
With hope merchants go to the ocean, wealth-carriers;
By which hope I stand, may that hope of mine succeed.
The ground is covered with fresh grass and green, this is the time, O great sage."
Then the Teacher said to him - "Why indeed, Udāyī, do you describe the beauty of the journey?" "Venerable sir, your father, the great King Suddhodana, wishes to see you; perform good treatment towards your relatives." "Good, Udāyī, I shall perform good treatment towards kinsmen; therefore announce to the Community of monks, they shall fulfil the duty of travelling." "Good, venerable sir," the elder announced to the Community of monks.
The Teacher, surrounded by ten thousand sons of good family dwelling in Aṅga and Magadha, and ten thousand dwelling in Kapilavatthu - thus by all twenty thousand monks who had eliminated the mental corruptions - having departed from Rājagaha, travelling one yojana each day, in two months reached the city of Kapilavatthu. The Sākiyans too, when the Blessed One had arrived - "We shall see our foremost relative" - investigating the Blessed One's dwelling place, having observed "The park of the Sākiyan Nigrodha is delightful," having had all the arrangements for care made, with scents and flowers in hand, going out to meet him, their bodies adorned with all decorations, venerating with scents, flowers, bath powders and so on, having put the Blessed One in front, went to the Nigrodha park itself.
There the Blessed One, surrounded by twenty thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared. But the Sākiyans were by nature conceited, stubborn in conceit. Having thought "Prince Siddhattha is younger than us, our youngest brother, our son, our nephew, our grandson," they said to the younger boys and princes - "You pay homage; we shall sit behind you." When they had thus sat down, the Blessed One, having observed their disposition - "These relatives, on account of their vainly aged state, do not pay homage to me; nor do they know 'What kind is a Buddha? What kind is the power of a Buddha?' or 'Such is a Buddha, such is the power of a Buddha.' Come, let me show my own Buddha's power and supernormal power and perform a wonder; having created in the sky a walking path made entirely of jewels, extending across ten thousand world-systems, walking up and down there, having observed the disposition of the great multitude, let me teach the Teaching" - thus he reflected. Therefore it was said by the Elders who held the convocations, for the purpose of showing the Blessed One's reflection -
3.
What kind of power of supernormal abilities and what kind of power of wisdom, what kind of Buddha's power for the welfare of the world.
4.
What kind of power of supernormal abilities and what kind of power of wisdom, what kind of Buddha's power for the welfare of the world.
5.
I will create a walking path, adorned with jewels in the sky."
3-5.
Therein, "na hete jānanti" means "na hi ete jānanti" (for these do not know).
The syllable "na" has the meaning of negation.
The syllable "hi" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of reason.
Since these gods and humans, who are my relatives and others, do not know - because my Buddha's power and supernormal power have not been made manifest by me - "such is the Buddha, such is the supernormal power," therefore the meaning is: I shall show my Buddha's power and supernormal power.
"Sadevamānusā" - here, "gods" means gods by rebirth are intended.
"Together with gods" means "including the gods."
Who are they?
Humans; humans together with gods are "together with gods and humans."
Or, "god" means a conventional god; King Suddhodana is intended.
"Together with the god, King Suddhodana" means "including the god."
"Humans" means human relatives; humans together with Suddhodana are "together with gods and humans"; or these human relatives of mine together with kings do not understand my power - this is the meaning.
The remaining gods too are indeed included in the classification.
All gods too are called "gods" in the sense of being gods.
The meaning of the root "deva" is play and so on.
Or, gods and humans are "gods-and-humans"; together with gods-and-humans is "together with gods and humans."
Who are they?
"Worlds" should be seen as the remainder of the expression.
"Buddha" means one who has awakened to the phenomena of the four truths, one who has understood - thus he is the Buddha.
As he said -
What should be abandoned has been abandoned by me, therefore I am the Buddha, brahmins."
Here, however, the derivation of the word "Buddha" should be seen in the agent case. By gods and humans who have attained distinction, because of being known thus "The Blessed One is indeed a perfectly Self-awakened One," he is the Buddha because of being known as awakened. Here the derivation of the word "Buddha" should be seen in the object case. Or, he is the Buddha because awakening belongs to him; the meaning is "one who possesses awakening." All that should be understood in accordance with the science of grammar. "Kīdisako" means of what kind, resembling what, similar to what, of what appearance, of what form, whether tall or short - this is the meaning.
"Naruttamo" means the highest, the most excellent, the foremost among men or among men - thus he is the highest of men. "Iddhibala" - here, succeeding is supernormal power; supernormal power in the sense of accomplishment and in the sense of attainment. Or, by means of this, beings succeed, become prosperous, grown, and gone to excellence - thus it is supernormal power. That, however, is tenfold. As he said -
"Supernormal power" means ten supernormal powers. What ten? Supernormal power of determination, supernormal power of transformation, mind-made supernormal power, supernormal power through the pervasion of knowledge, supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration, noble supernormal power, supernormal power born of the result of action, supernormal power of one with merit, supernormal power made of true knowledge, supernormal power in the sense of success through the condition of right exertion here and there.
Their diversity is as follows - By nature being one, he adverts to many, having adverted to a hundred or a thousand, he determines with knowledge "May I become many" - thus the supernormal power shown by having classified, being produced by the power of determination, is called supernormal power of determination. The meaning of that is as follows - Having attained the fourth meditative absorption which is the foundation for direct knowledge, having emerged from that, if he wishes for a hundred, having done the preliminary work with sensual-sphere preliminary work consciousnesses "May I become a hundred, may I become a hundred," having again attained the meditative absorption which is the foundation for direct knowledge, having emerged from that, having again adverted, he determines; together with the consciousness of determination itself, he becomes a hundred. In a thousand and so on too, the same method applies.
Therein, the consciousness of the foundation meditative absorption has the sign as its object; the preliminary work consciousnesses have either a hundred as their object, or in the case of a thousand and so on, one or another as their object; and those are by way of colour, not by way of concept. The consciousness of determination too has just a hundred as its object; but that arises immediately after the change-of-lineage, like absorption consciousness, belonging to the fine-material-sphere fourth meditative absorption. But he, having abandoned his natural appearance, displays the appearance of a boy or displays the appearance of a serpent. Or the appearance of a supaṇṇa, etc. Or displays various massing of the army - thus the supernormal power that has come in this way, because it occurs by the power of alteration through abandoning one's natural appearance, is called the supernormal power of transformation.
"Here a monk creates from this body another body, material, mind-made, complete with all limbs and faculties, not defective in any faculty" - the supernormal power that has come by this method, because it occurs by the power of the production of another mind-made body within the body itself, is called mind-made supernormal power.
The distinction arisen through the power of the knowledge of arahantship to be attained in that individual existence, either before or after or at that very moment of the arising of knowledge, is called supernormal power through the pervasion of knowledge. The Venerable Bākula and the Venerable Saṃkicca had supernormal power through the pervasion of knowledge; their stories should be told here.
The distinction arisen through the power of serenity, either before or after or at that very moment of concentration, is called supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration. The Venerable Sāriputta had supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration, the Venerable Sañjīva had supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration, the Venerable Khāṇukoṇḍañña had supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration, the female lay follower Uttarā had supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration, the female lay follower Sāmāvatī had supernormal power through the pervasion of concentration - their stories should be told here, but they have not been expanded by me for the purpose of avoiding the fault of excessive length of the text.
What is the noble supernormal power? Here, if a monk wishes "May I dwell perceiving the non-repulsive in the repulsive," he dwells there perceiving the non-repulsive; if he wishes "May I dwell perceiving the repulsive in the non-repulsive," he dwells there perceiving the repulsive, etc. He dwells there equanimous, mindful and fully aware. For this, because it arises only in noble ones who have attained mastery of mind, is called noble supernormal power.
What is supernormal power born of the result of action? Of all birds, of all gods, of first-aeon human beings, and of some beings in states of misfortune, going through the sky and so on is called supernormal power born of the result of action. What is supernormal power of one with merit? A universal monarch goes through the sky together with his fourfold army. For the householder Jaṭilaka, a golden mountain eighty cubits high arose. This is called supernormal power of one with merit. The state of being healthy of the householder Ghosaka, even when attempts were made to kill him in seven places, is supernormal power of one with merit. The manifestation of rams made of the seven precious things in an area measuring eight karīsas for the millionaire Meṇḍaka is supernormal power of one with merit.
What is supernormal power made of true knowledge? Sorcerers, having recited their spells, go through the sky; in space, in the atmosphere, they display even an elephant, etc. they display even various massing of the army. Supernormal power proceeding by way of the beginning and so on is called supernormal power made of true knowledge. The distinction arisen from having done this and that action is "supernormal power in the sense of success through the condition of right exertion here and there" - this is called supernormal power in the sense of success through the condition of right exertion here and there. The power of this tenfold supernormal power is called the power of supernormal abilities; the meaning is "they do not know this power of supernormal abilities of mine."
"Power of wisdom" means the power of wisdom of the path of arahantship that bestows the distinction of all mundane and supramundane qualities is intended; they do not know that either. Some say "power of wisdom is a designation for the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others." "Buddha's power" - here the Buddha's power means the majestic power of the Buddha, or the ten power knowledges. Therein, the ten power knowledges are: the knowledge of the possible and impossible, the knowledge of knowing the results of actions past, future, and present, the knowledge of the practice leading to all destinations, the knowledge of knowing the world with its many and various elements, the knowledge of the various dispositions, the knowledge of the inclinations and underlying tendencies, the knowledge as it really is of the defilement, cleansing, and emergence from meditative absorptions, deliverances, concentrations, and attainments, the knowledge of recollecting past lives, the knowledge of the passing away and rebirth, and the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions - these are the ten. "Buddha's power" is a designation for these ten knowledges. "Such" (edisa) means "such" (īdisa), or this itself is the reading.
"Well then" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release. "I" points out oneself. What is meant? Since these relatives of mine do not know either the Buddha's power or the virtues of the Buddha, and merely in dependence on their own vainly aged state, through the force of conceit, do not pay homage to me, the foremost and supreme in all the world. Therefore there is a banner of conceit in them; having broken that, he would show the Buddha's power for the purpose of homage - this is what is meant. "I shall show" (dassayissāmi) means "I would show" (dasseyyaṃ). "I shall show" (dassessāmi) is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Buddha's power" means the majestic power of the Buddha, or the distinction of the Buddha's knowledge. "Unsurpassed" (anuttara) means without anything higher (niruttara). "Walking path" (caṅkama) is said to be the place where one should walk up and down. "I shall create" (māpayissāmi) means "I would create" (māpeyyaṃ). "I shall create a walking path" (caṅkamanaṃ māpessāmi) is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "In the sky" (nabhe) means in space. "Adorned with all jewels" (sabbaratanamaṇḍita) means adorned and decorated with all precious things in the sense of generating delight - pearls, gems, lapis lazuli, conch shells, stones, coral, silver, gold, cat's eye gems, and rubies - with each of the ten, adorned with all jewels; that is "adorned with all jewels." Some read "adorned with jewels in the sky" (nabhe ratanamaṇḍita).
Then, at the mere moment of the Blessed One's thinking thus, the gods beginning with the terrestrial gods dwelling in the ten thousand world-systems, with delighted hearts, gave applause. By the Elders who held the convocations, making known that matter -
The Paranimmita and also those belonging to the company of Brahmās, delighted, made a great sound."
The beginning verses should be understood as having been set aside.
Therein, "terrestrial" means situated on the earth, dwelling in rocks, mountains, forests, trees, and so on. "Mahārājika" means belonging to the faction of the great kings. Having heard the sound of the earth-dwelling deities, the sky-dwelling deities, then the cloud rain cloud deities, then the hot rain cloud deities, then the cold rain cloud deities, then the rain rain cloud deities, then the wind rain cloud deities, then the four great kings, then the Tāvatiṃsa, then the Yāma, then the Tusita, then the Nimmānaratī, then the Paranimmitavasavattī, then the Brahmakāyika, then the Brahmapurohita, then the Great Brahmās, then the gods of Limited Radiance, then the gods of Immeasurable Radiance, then the Radiant gods, then the gods of Limited Beauty, then the gods of Immeasurable Beauty, then the gods of Streaming Radiance, then the Vehapphala, then the Aviha, then the Atappa, then the Sudassā, then the Sudassī, then the Akaniṭṭha deities, having heard the sound, made a great sound. Except for the unconscious beings and the immaterial-sphere beings, all gods, humans, nāgas, and so on, in every place where the ear sense base operates, with hearts overcome by joy, made a shout of acclamation - this is the meaning. "Delighted" means with delighted hearts, having become those in whom joy and pleasure had arisen - this is the meaning. "Extensive" means broad.
Then the Teacher, immediately after thinking, having entered the attainment of the white kasiṇa - "Let there be light in the ten thousand world-systems" - thus he determined. Together with that consciousness of determination itself, there was light from the earth up to the Akaniṭṭha realm. Therefore it was said -
And the dense darkness was then destroyed, having seen the wonderful miracle."
Therein, "illumined" means made manifest. "Earth" - here this earth is fourfold: hard earth, earth with its constituents, sign earth, and conventional earth. Among these, "And what, friend, is the internal solid element? Whatever internally, individually, is hard, solidified" - the hard earth is stated in such passages as these and is so named. "Whatever monk should dig the earth or have it dug" - the earth with its constituents is stated in such passages as these, and the twenty portions beginning with head hairs, and the external ones beginning with iron and copper; That too, together with its constituents such as colour and so on, is called earth - thus it is named earth with its constituents. In such passages as "One perceives the earth kasiṇa" and so on, the sign earth is also called "object earth." One who has attained the meditative absorption of the earth kasiṇa, having been reborn in the heavenly world, obtains the name "earth god" by virtue of the means of coming. For this was said: In such passages as "The water gods and earth gods" and so on, this should be understood as conventional earth, named concept earth. But here, earth with its constituents is intended.
"Including the gods" means including the world of the gods. "Sadevatā" is also a reading; if it is more beautiful, the meaning is the human world including the gods was illumined. "Many" means numerous. "World-interstices" - this is a designation for the asura-bodied hells; between every three world-circles there is one world-interstice, like the space in the middle of three cart-wheels placed touching one another, each world-interstice hell is eight thousand yojanas in extent. "Uncovered" means without support below. "And darkness" means gloom. "Dense" means thick, compact. Due to the absence of the light of the moon and sun, it is perpetual darkness. "Destroyed" means demolished. "Then" means when the Blessed One, dependent on compassion for beings, pervaded light for the purpose of performing a miracle, then that dense darkness situated in the world-interstices was destroyed, demolished. This is the meaning.
"Wonderful" means worthy of snapping the fingers; the meaning is worthy of snapping the fingers by way of astonishment. "Miracle" - it is a miracle because of the removal of opponents. Or it is a miracle because it removes the minds of beings that have resorted to wrong views and conceit; or it is a miracle because it brings back confidence to beings without confidence. "Pāṭihera" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. Here this is a designation for the special arrangement of light. "Having seen the wonderful miracle" - here the meaning should be understood by bringing in this statement: gods and humans and also beings born in the world-interstices, having seen that miracle of the Blessed One, attained supreme joy and happiness; otherwise, neither does the preceding connect with the following, nor the following with the preceding.
Now, to show that there is light not only in the human worlds alone, but everywhere in the world designated as the threefold world of activities, beings, and space -
A lofty and extensive radiance arose;
In this world and the other, in both,
Below and above and across, spread out." This verse was spoken.
Therein, "gods" means conventional gods, rebirth gods, and purification gods - all gods are included here. Gods and gandhabbas and humans and demons are gods-gandhabbas-humans-demons. "Together with gods-gandhabbas-humans-demons" means "with its gods, gandhabbas, humans, and demons." But what is that? The world; in that world with its gods, gandhabbas, humans, and demons. "Radiance" means light. "Lofty" - here this word "uḷāra" is seen in the senses of sweet, foremost, extensive, and so on. Thus it is seen in the sense of sweet in such passages as "they eat and enjoy lofty solid and soft foods" and so on. In such passages as "Indeed the venerable Vacchāyana praises the ascetic Gotama with lofty praise" and so on, in the sense of foremost. In such passages as "Surpassing the divine power of the gods, an immeasurable, eminent light" and so on, in the sense of extensive. This one here should be understood in the sense of foremost. "Extensive" means immeasurable. "Arose" means it arose, it originated, it proceeded. "In this world and the other" means in this human world and in the other heavenly world - this is the meaning. "In both" means in those two; it should be understood as in such cases as internal-external and so on. "And below" means in the hells such as Avīci and so on. "Above" means above even the highest point of existence, even in unoccupied space. "And across" means across also, in the ten thousand world-systems. "Spread out" means diffused. Having dispelled the darkness, having submerged the world and the region of the aforesaid manner, the radiance proceeded - this is the meaning. Or else, "and across, spread out" means the radiance, having pervaded across a great, immeasurable region, stood - this is the meaning.
Then the Blessed One, having pervaded light in the ten thousand world-systems, having attained the fourth meditative absorption which is the foundation for direct knowledge, having emerged from that, having adverted, having risen up into the sky with the consciousness of determination, as if scattering the dust of his feet upon the heads of those relatives, displays the Twin Miracle in the midst of the great assembly of gods and humans. Now that should be understood thus from the Pāḷi text -
"What is the Tathāgata's knowledge of the twin miracle? Here the Tathāgata performs the twin miracle not shared with disciples; from the upper body a great mass of fire proceeds, from the lower body a torrent of water proceeds. From the lower body a great mass of fire proceeds, from the upper body a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the eastern side of the body a great mass of fire proceeds, from the western side of the body a torrent of water proceeds. From the western side of the body a great mass of fire proceeds, from the eastern side of the body a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right eye a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left eye a torrent of water proceeds. From the left eye a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right eye a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right ear a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left ear a torrent of water proceeds. From the left ear a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right ear a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right nostril a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left nostril a torrent of water proceeds. From the left nostril a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right nostril a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right shoulder a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left shoulder a torrent of water proceeds. From the left shoulder a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right shoulder a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right hand a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left hand a torrent of water proceeds. From the left hand a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right hand a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right side a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left side a torrent of water proceeds. From the left side a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right side a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From the right foot a great mass of fire proceeds, from the left foot a torrent of water proceeds. From the left foot a great mass of fire proceeds, from the right foot a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From each finger a great mass of fire proceeds, from the spaces between the fingers a torrent of water proceeds. From the spaces between the fingers a great mass of fire proceeds, from each finger a torrent of water proceeds, etc. From each hair a great mass of fire proceeds, from each hair a torrent of water proceeds. From each pore a great mass of fire proceeds, from each pore a torrent of water proceeds - Of six colours: blue, yellow, red, white, crimson, and luminous.
The Blessed One walks up and down, the created one stands or sits down or lies down. The Blessed One stands, the created one walks up and down or sits down or lies down. The Blessed One sits down, the created one walks up and down or stands or lies down. The Blessed One lies down, the created one walks up and down or stands or sits down. The created one walks up and down, the Blessed One stands or sits down or lies down. The created one stands, the Blessed One walks up and down or sits down or lies down. The created one sits down, the Blessed One walks up and down or stands or lies down. The created one lies down, the Blessed One walks up and down or stands or sits down - this should be known as the Tathāgata's knowledge of the twin miracle.
But for that Blessed One, by the power of the fire kasiṇa attainment, a great mass of fire proceeds from the upper body. By the power of the water kasiṇa attainment, a torrent of water proceeds from the lower body - again, to show that a great mass of fire proceeds from the place where the torrent of water proceeds, and a torrent of water proceeds from the place where the great mass of fire proceeds, it should be known that "from the lower body a great mass of fire proceeds, from the upper body a torrent of water proceeds" was said. This same method applies to the remaining terms as well. Here, however, the great mass of fire was entirely unmixed with the torrent of water. Likewise the torrent of water with the great mass of fire. But among the rays, the second and second ray proceeds as if twin with the former and former, at a single moment. There is no occurrence of two consciousnesses at a single moment; but for the Buddhas, because of the swiftness of the life-continuum's duration and because of the mastery practised in five ways, these rays proceed as if at a single moment; but for each ray, the adverting, preliminary work, and determination are each separate. For the purpose of blue rays, the Blessed One attains the blue kasiṇa. For the purpose of yellow rays and so on, he attains the yellow kasiṇa and so on.
Thus, while the Blessed One's twin miracle was being performed, it was as if it were the time of adorning the entire ten-thousand world system. Therefore it was said -
Of great might, possessing the signs of innumerable merits, he showed a wonderful miracle."
Therein, "the highest of beings" means the highest, the most excellent, the foremost among all beings through his own virtues such as morality and so on - thus the highest of beings; or the highest among beings - thus the highest of beings. For "satta" is a name for knowledge; by that knowledge reckoned as the ten powers, the four grounds of self-confidence, and the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others, he is the foremost, the highest - thus the highest of beings; or by way of co-referential predication, a being who is highest - thus the highest of beings. If so, "uttamasatta" should be said, according to the reading where the word "uttama" comes first. But this difference should not be seen as fixed, because of the absence of a fixed rule and because of the plural expression, just like the words "naruttama," "purisuttama," "naravara," and so on. Or, he for whom knowledge is highest, he is the highest of beings; and here too the word "uttama" comes first. "Uttamasatta" - according to the reading where the qualifier comes first, as in "cittagū paddhagū" - thus this is not a fault. Or it should be seen as a reading with both qualifiers, like the reading "āhitaggi" and so on. "The great leader" means he who trains and tames beings by many means of training - thus the great leader. "The Teacher" means he who instructs beings as is fitting through benefits pertaining to the present life and the future life - thus the Teacher. "Ahū" means was. "Worshipped by gods and humans" - they sport and play with the five divine types of sensual pleasure - thus they are gods. Human beings are so called because of the abundance of mind; gods and humans are gods and humans; venerated by gods and humans - thus worshipped by gods and humans. Venerated through the veneration of flowers and so on and through the veneration of requisites; the meaning is esteemed. But why was only the mention of gods and humans made? Was not the Blessed One venerated also by animals such as Āravāḷa, Kāḷa, Apālāla, Dhanapāla, Pālileyyaka elephants and so on, and by demons such as Sātāgira, Āḷavaka, Hemavata, Sūciloma, Kharaloma and so on, and also by those in the nether worlds? This is indeed true; but it should be understood that this was said by way of the superior delimitation and by way of the delimitation of all persons. "Of great might" means possessed of the great majestic power of the Buddha. "Possessing the signs of innumerable merits" - in infinite world-systems, all beings would each perform each meritorious action a hundred times; the Bodhisatta alone, by himself, having made a hundredfold of the action done by that many people, was reborn. Therefore he is called "possessing the signs of innumerable merits." Some, however, say "each mark produced by a hundred-fold of meritorious action." "If it were so, anyone could become a Buddha" - that has been rejected in the commentaries. "He showed" means he showed the Twin Miracle, which caused extreme astonishment to all gods and humans.
Then the Teacher, having performed the wonder in the sky, having observed the disposition of the minds of the great multitude, wishing to teach a talk on the Teaching suitable to their disposition while walking up and down, created in the sky a jewelled walking path made entirely of all jewels, extending across ten thousand world-systems. Therefore it was said -
The leader of the world created a walking path, well finished, fashioned from all kinds of jewels."
Therein, "he" means he, the Teacher. "Asked" means the meaning is asked at the very first, in the eighth week, for the teaching of the Teaching. "By the best of gods" means by the Brahmā Sahampati. "The one with vision" - here, "it tastes" (cakkhati) - thus it is the eye (cakkhu); the meaning is it makes clear what is even and uneven. That eye, however, is twofold - the eye of knowledge and the physical eye. Therein, the eye of knowledge is fivefold - the Buddha-eye, the eye of the teaching, the all-seeing eye, the divine eye, and the eye of wisdom. Among these, the Buddha-eye is the knowledge of inclinations and underlying tendencies and the knowledge of the degree of maturity of faculties, which has come as "surveying the world with the Buddha-eye." The eye of the teaching is the lower three paths and the three fruits, which has come as "the stainless, spotless eye of the teaching arose." The all-seeing eye is the knowledge of omniscience, which has come as "so too, O wise one, having ascended the palace made of the Teaching, the all-seeing one." The divine eye is the knowledge associated with the consciousness of direct knowledge arisen through the increase of light, which has come as "with the divine eye, which is pure." The eye of wisdom - in "vision arose, knowledge arose," here the knowledge of past lives and so on has come as the eye of wisdom.
The physical eye - in "dependent on the eye and forms," here the sensitive-matter physical eye is stated. That, however, is twofold - the eye with its constituents, and the sensitivity-eye. Among these, that lump of flesh in the eye-socket surrounded by the eye-membranes, wherein there are in brief thirteen constituents: the four elements, colour, odour, flavour, nutritive essence, origination, life, sex, eye-sensitivity, and body-sensitivity. In detail, however, those originating from the four origins are thirty-six, and life, sex, eye-sensitivity, and body-sensitivity - these four being originated by action - thus they are the constituents; this is called the eye with its constituents. But that which, in the sphere of sight surrounded by the dark circle delimited by the white circle, is established as mere sensitivity capable of seeing visible matter - this is called the sensitivity-eye. But all these are of one kind as impermanent and conditioned; twofold as with mental corruptions and without mental corruptions, as mundane and supramundane; threefold by plane and by the triad of the clung-to; fourfold by way of exclusively limited, immeasurable, and undetermined objects; fivefold by way of matter, Nibbāna, immaterial, all objects, and non-objects; and sixfold by way of the Buddha-eye and so on. Thus, since these eyes of the kinds described exist for this Blessed One, the Blessed One is called "the one with vision." "Having considered the benefit" - having created the walking path, the intention is having examined and reflected upon the welfare of gods and humans for the purpose of teaching the Teaching. "Māpayī" means he created. "The leader of the world" - he leads the world towards heaven and liberation - thus he is the leader of the world. "Well finished" means well completed; the meaning is concluded. "Fashioned from all kinds of jewels" means made of ten kinds of jewels.
Now, for the purpose of showing the Blessed One's achievement of the threefold wonder -
The leader of the world created a walking path, well finished, fashioned from all kinds of jewels." Was said.
Therein, "supernormal power" means the various kinds of supernormal power, called the wonder of supernormal power. That operates according to the method beginning with "having been one, he becomes many; having been many, he becomes one" and so on. "Prophesy" means having known the disposition of another's mind, the telling is the wonder of mind-reading; that is the constant teaching of the Teaching by both disciples and Buddhas. "Instruction" means the wonder of instruction; the meaning is exhortation suitable to the disposition of each and every one. Thus these are the three wonders. Therein, the wonder of instruction together with the wonder of supernormal power was the habitual practice of Mahāmoggallāna; the wonder of instruction together with the wonder of mind-reading was that of the General of the Teaching; but the wonder of instruction is the constant teaching of the Teaching by the Buddhas. "In the three miracles" means in these three wonders - this is the meaning. "Blessed One" - this is a designation for the venerable one who is the highest of beings distinguished by qualities, worthy of respect. For this was said by the ancients:
He is venerable, endowed with respect, therefore he is called 'Blessed One.'"
"Master" means one who has attained mastery in this threefold wonder also; the meaning is one who has mastery through practice. The masteries are five masteries - Reckoned as adverting, attainment, determination, emergence, and reviewing. Therein, whatever meditative absorption one adverts to, in whatever way one wishes, whichever one wishes, for as long as one wishes - there is no hesitation in adverting - the ability to advert quickly is called mastery in adverting. Likewise, whatever meditative absorption, in whatever way one wishes, etc. One attains - there is no hesitation in attainment - the ability to attain quickly is called mastery in attainment. The ability to maintain for a long time is called mastery in determination. In the same way, the ability to emerge quickly is called mastery in emergence. But mastery in reviewing - they are only reviewing impulsions; since those arise immediately after adverting, they are stated under mastery in adverting itself. Thus, having mastery through practice in these five masteries is called being a master. Therefore it was said - "The Blessed One was a master in the three miracles."
Now, for the purpose of showing the process of creating that jewelled walking path -
He showed, like pillars in succession, a walking path made of jewels." These and other verses are stated;
Therein, "in the ten-thousandfold world system" means in the ten thousand world-systems. "Upon the highest Sineru mountains" means upon the foremost mountains known as Great Meru. "Like pillars" means the Sineru mountains in the ten thousand world-systems, making them like golden pillars standing in succession, having created a walking path on top of them, he showed it - this is the meaning. "Made of jewels" means made of jewels.
13.
"Having passed beyond the ten-thousand world-system" means that the Blessed One, when creating the jewelled walking path, created it having made one end extend beyond the entire eastern rim of the world-circle and one end extend beyond the western rim of the world-circle.
Therefore it was said -
With sides entirely made of gold, on the walking path made of jewels."
Therein, "Conqueror" means the Conqueror because of conquering the enemy of defilements. "With sides entirely made of gold" means that on both sides of that walking path thus created, there was a supremely delightful boundary ground made of gold, while the middle was made of precious stones - this is the intention.
14.
"Tulāsaṅghāṭā" means pairs of rafters; these should be understood as made of various jewels.
"Anuvaggā" means matching.
"Sovaṇṇaphalakatthatā" means covered with golden planks; the meaning is that above the rafter-joints there was a golden board-covering.
"Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇā" means the railing was entirely made of gold; but this railing enclosing the walking path was solely of gold, unmixed with other jewels - this is the meaning.
"Dubhato passesu nimmitā" means created on both sides.
The letter "da" serves as a word-connector.
15.
"Strewn with sand of gems and pearls" means strewn with sand made of gems and pearls.
Or else, gems and pearls and sand are gem-pearl-sand.
Strewn, spread with those gem-pearl-sands - thus "strewn with sand of gems and pearls."
"Created" means created, made in this manner.
"Made of jewels" means made of all jewels; the meaning is the walking path.
"Illuminates all directions" means it illuminates, makes radiant all ten directions.
"Like the sun" means like the sun of a thousand rays.
"Risen" means arisen.
Just as the risen sun of a thousand rays illuminates all ten directions, even so this walking path made of all jewels illuminates - this is the meaning.
16.
Shining, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, the Conqueror walked on the walking path.
17.
They scatter on the walking path, all the gods assembled.
18.
Paying homage they fall down, satisfied, joyful and delighted. These verses are stated;
16-18.
Therein, "the wise one" means one endowed with energy.
"Bearing the thirty-two excellent characteristics" means endowed with the thirty-two characteristics of a great man, beginning with firmly established soles of the feet and so on. This is the meaning.
"Divine" means that which exists in the heavenly world, born there, is divine.
"Pāricchattaka" means as the outcome of the coral tree of the gods of the Thirty-three, the Pāricchattaka tree arose, supremely beautiful, measuring a hundred yojanas all around.
When it is in bloom, the entire city of the gods is pervaded with a single fragrant scent, and its new golden mansions, strewn with flower pollen, appear reddish.
Moreover, the flower of this Pāricchattaka tree is also called "pāricchattaka" - thus it was said.
"They scatter on the walking path" means they scatter on that jewel walking path; the meaning is they venerate the Blessed One walking up and down on that walking path with flowers of the kind described above.
"All the gods" means the gods of the sensual-sphere of existence and so on.
Therefore it is said "the hosts of gods see him."
The meaning is they see that Blessed One walking up and down on the jewel walking path even from their own abodes.
"The ten-thousand world-system" is a nominative case used in the locative sense; the meaning is the hosts of gods in the ten-thousand world-system see him.
"Pamoditā" means greatly delighted.
"Nipatanti" means they gather together.
"Satisfied and joyful" means satisfied and joyful by means of rapture.
"Pamoditā" - the connection should be seen as "together with the gods of the Thirty-three and so on who are about to be mentioned now"; otherwise it does not escape the fault of repetition.
Or else, delighted they see that Blessed One, satisfied, joyful and delighted they gather together here and there. This is the meaning.
Now, to show in their own form those who saw and those who gathered together -
19.
The gods who delight in creation, those gods who wield power;
With elated minds, glad, they see the leader of the world.
20.
They see him, the compassionate one for the world's welfare, like the very high-risen disc of the moon in the sky.
21.
Wearing very pure white garments, they stand with joined palms.
22.
They wave cloths in the sky then, "Oh, the Conqueror, compassionate for the world's welfare!"
These verses were spoken.
19-22.
Therein, "with elated minds" means with elated minds by the power of joy and pleasure.
"Glad" means glad precisely because of having elated minds.
"Compassionate one for the world's welfare" means both the world's welfare and compassion for the world.
Or, compassionate by means of the world's welfare is "compassionate one for the world's welfare."
"Like the very high-risen disc of the moon in the sky" - here the meaning is they see him, shining with the Buddha's glory like the disc of the moon in the autumn season, newly risen in the sky, full, free from all blemishes, bringing delight to the eyes.
"Radiant" is said by way of the superior delimitation. It should be understood that all those born through the second meditative absorption - the gods of Limited Radiance, of Immeasurable Radiance, and the Radiant - by the division into limited, middling, and sublime, are all included. "Of Streaming Radiance" - this too is said by way of the superior delimitation alone; therefore it should be understood that all those born through the third meditative absorption - the gods of Limited Beauty, of Immeasurable Beauty, and of Streaming Radiance - by the division into limited and so on, are all included. "Of Great Fruit" means extensive fruit - thus "of Great Fruit." They are born through the fourth meditative absorption, dwelling on one level with the non-percipient beings. But below, those born through the first meditative absorption, the Brahmakāyika gods and so on, were shown. Therefore they are not shown here. Due to the absence of eye and ear, the non-percipient beings and the immaterial beings are not mentioned here. "And the Akaniṭṭha deities" - here too this is said by way of the superior delimitation alone. Therefore it should be understood that all five Pure Abodes, reckoned as the Aviha, Atappa, Sudassā, Sudassī, and Akaniṭṭha, are included. "Wearing very pure white garments" means well pure, very clean, white, bright. Very clean, white garments both worn as lower garments and draped as upper garments, by which they are wearers of very pure white garments; the meaning is having put on pure, spotless white garments. "Susuddhasukkavasanā" is also a reading. "With joined palms" means having made joined palms, having made a salutation resembling a lotus bud upon the head, they stand.
"They release" means they scatter. "Flowers moreover" means blossoms moreover. "Pupphāni vā" is also a reading; a change of grammatical number should be seen, but the meaning is the same. "Of five colours" means five-coloured - five-coloured by way of the colours blue, yellow, red, white, and crimson. "Mixed with sandalwood powder" means mixed with sandalwood powder. "They wave cloths" means they whirl garments. "Oh, the Conqueror, compassionate one for the world's welfare" - uttering words of praise such as "Oh, the Conqueror! Oh, the welfare of the world! Oh, the compassionate one for the world's welfare! Oh, the compassionate one!" The connection is: they release flowers and wave cloths.
Now, to show the words of praise employed by them, these verses were spoken -
23.
The ultimate goal and the support, the island and the best of bipeds.
24.
Having surrounded him, they pay homage, satisfied, joyful and delighted.
25.
With five-coloured flowers, they venerate the lord of men.
26.
With five-coloured flowers, they venerate the lord of men.
27.
Never before have I seen such a marvel, hair-raising.
28.
They laugh a great laugh, having seen the marvel in the sky.
29.
With joined palms they pay homage, satisfied, joyful and delighted.
30.
Delighted, they pay homage, they venerate the highest among men.
31.
They play leather-bound drums, having seen the marvel in the sky.
32.
Are beaten in the sky, having seen the marvel in the heavens.
33.
We shall surely obtain the accomplishment of our goal, the moment has been provided to us."
34.
Saying "Buddha, Buddha," they stand with joined palms.
35.
Various beings in the sky, with joined palms, engage in this.
36.
They release flowers of five colours, mandārava flowers mixed with sandalwood powder.
37.
Adorned with flags, thunderbolts, banners, crescents and goads."
23-37.
Therein, "Teacher" means one who instructs for the welfare of this world and the world beyond.
"Banner" means like a banner in the sense of being worthy of esteem - thus "banner."
"Flag" means like Indra's flag, in the sense of being elevated and in the sense of being beautiful to behold, you are like a flag - thus "flag."
Or just as indeed in the world, having seen the flag of anyone whatsoever -
"This is the flag of so-and-so" - thus the one possessing the flag, the flag-bearer, becomes known; just so, the Blessed One - for the attainment of Nibbāna through wisdom, upon seeing the Blessed One, the attainment of Nibbāna becomes known.
Therefore it was said -
"The flag and the sacrificial post."
The meaning is: you are the sacrificial post raised for the purpose of offering all the sacrifices stated in the Kūṭadanta Sutta, beginning with giving and ending with the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions.
"Ultimate goal" means shelter.
"Support" means just as the great earth is a support, having become a dependence for all living beings by way of being a foundation, even so you too have become a support.
"And the island" means a lamp.
Just as a lamp raised up for beings existing in the fourfold darkness is a revealer of material forms.
Thus the meaning is: you are a lamp, a revealer of ultimate reality, for beings existing in the darkness of ignorance.
Or just as an island in the ocean is a support for beings whose boats have broken in the great ocean, even so you too are like an island for living beings sinking in the ocean of saṃsāra where no support can be found - thus "island" is the meaning.
"The best of bipeds" means the highest of two-footed beings is the best of bipeds. But here, there is no prohibition of the genitive compound due to the absence of the characteristic of specification; the compound with the genitive having the characteristic of specification is prohibited. But the Perfectly Self-awakened One is indeed the highest of the footless, two-footed, four-footed, many-footed, material, immaterial, percipient, non-percipient, and neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient beings. If one asks: why then was "the best of bipeds" said here? By way of the more excellent. For in this world, one called the foremost, when arising, does not arise among the footless, four-footed, or many-footed, either. This one arises only among two-footed beings. Among which two-footed beings? Among human beings and gods. When arising among human beings, he is reborn having become a Buddha capable of bringing the three-thousandfold great-thousandfold world system under his control. When arising among gods, he is reborn having become a Great Brahmā wielding power over the ten-thousandfold world system. That one becomes his caretaker of legally allowable things or monastery attendant. Thus even from that, it was said "the best of bipeds" by way of the more excellent.
"Of the ten-thousandfold world system" means of the world system reckoned as ten thousand. "Of great supernormal power" means endowed with great supernormal power; the meaning is of great majesty. "Having surrounded" means having encircled the Blessed One all around. "With confidence" means those in whom faith had arisen. "The bull among men" means the noble bull among men. "Oh, how wonderful" - here "wonderful" means that which does not occur constantly, like a blind man's climbing of a mountain; or "wonderful" means worthy of snapping the fingers; the meaning is fitting to snap the fingers saying "Oh, what an astonishment!" "Marvellous" means what has not come to be before has come to be - thus "marvellous." Both of these are designations for what brings astonishment. "Hair-raising" means the making of the body hair stand upward. "Never before have I seen such" means never before by me has such a marvellous thing been seen - this is the meaning. The word "seen" should be understood by bringing it in. "Acchera" means wonderful.
"In their own abodes" means in their own respective dwellings. "Having sat down" means having taken a seat. "Deity" - this term, however, should be understood as a term common to both gods and goddesses. "They laugh" means those deities laugh a great laugh; the meaning is that, because their hearts had come under the control of joy, without making a mere smile, they laugh a loud laugh. "In the sky" (nabhe) means in space.
"Situated in the sky" means dwelling in mansions and so on in the sky; the same method applies to those situated on the earth as well. "Dwelling on grass-tips and paths" means those dwelling on the tips of grass and on roads. "Meritorious" means of great merit. "Of great supernormal power" means of great majesty. "They perform musical concerts" means they perform divine theatrical musical concerts, engaging in them for the purpose of venerating the Tathāgata - this is the meaning. "In the sky" (ambare) means in space. "In the wind-path" means in the path of the wind; because "ambara" has multiple meanings, "anilañjase" is said; it is merely a synonym for the former. "Leather-bound" means bound with leather. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is divine drums. "They play" means the deities play musical instruments.
"Conches" means conches that are blown. "Small drums" means a particular type of musical instrument with a slender middle. "Ḍiṇḍimas" are called small drums made of grass-fibre. "They sound" means they play. "Wonderful indeed for us" means marvellous indeed! "Arose" means it has arisen. "Hair-raising" means causing the hair to stand on end. "Certainly" - since this wonderful Teacher has arisen in the world, therefore certainly, inevitably, we shall obtain the accomplishment of our purpose - this is the intention. "We obtain" means we shall obtain. "Moment" means the ninth moment, free from the eight inopportune moments - this is the meaning. "No" means our. "Obtained" means attained.
"Having heard 'Buddha' of those" means having heard this word "Buddha," fivefold joy arose in those gods - this is the meaning. "At that very moment" means at that time. "Cries of acclamation" means sounds of acclamation; demons and others make the sound "hiṃhi" at times of delight. "Cries of approval" means sounds of approval occur. "Shouts of acclamation" means the sound of acclamation and the sound of roaring - this is the meaning. "Beings" means gods and others are intended. Some read "various banners wave in the sky." "They sing" means they sing songs connected with the virtues of the Buddha.
"They shout" means they make shouting sounds with their mouths. "They play" means they play and employ the great lute, the makara-mouthed instrument and other lutes and musical instruments for the purpose of venerating the Tathāgata. "They clap their arms" means they clap their arms. A perversion of gender should be understood. "And they dance" means they cause others to dance and they themselves dance.
In "Just as on your feet, O great hero, the wheel-mark," "just as" means in whatever manner. "Great hero" is because of the exertion of great energy. "The wheel-mark on the feet" means the meaning is that on both your soles of the feet the wheel-mark shines, having a thousand spokes, with rim, with nave, complete in every respect. Now this word "wheel" (cakka) is seen in the senses of success, part of a chariot, deportment, giving, jewel, the Teaching, razor wheel, characteristic, and so on. In "There are these four wheels, monks, endowed with which for gods and humans" and so on, it is seen in the sense of success. In "like a wheel the foot of the one who pulls" and so on, in the sense of part of a chariot. In "with four wheels and nine doors" and so on, in the sense of deportment. In "giving, enjoy, and do not be negligent, turn the wheel for all living beings," here in the sense of giving. In "a divine wheel treasure became manifest," here in the sense of the jewel wheel. In "the wheel set in motion by me," here however in the sense of the wheel of the Teaching. In "for the man destroyed by desire, the wheel revolves upon his head," here in the sense of a razor wheel; the meaning is a weapon wheel. In "wheels have arisen on the soles of the feet," here in the sense of characteristic. Here too it should be understood in the sense of the characteristic wheel. "Adorned with flags, thunderbolts, banners, crescents and goads" means the meaning is the wheel-mark on the feet, studded with, decorated with, and surrounded by flags and thunderbolts and banners and crescents and goads. But when the wheel-mark is taken, the remaining marks are already included. Likewise the eighty minor features and the fathom-radiance. Therefore the Blessed One's body, adorned with the thirty-two characteristics of a great man, the eighty minor features, and the fathom-radiance, like the coral tree in full bloom on every branch, like a lotus grove with blossomed lotuses, like a new golden archway decorated with various jewels, like the expanse of the sky resplendent with the rays of stars, emitting six-coloured Buddha rays running to and fro here and there, quivering, shines exceedingly.
Now, for the purpose of showing the Blessed One's achievement of the form body and the body of the Teaching -
In liberation, equal to the matchless, in setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching." This verse was spoken.
Therein, "in form" - this word "form" is seen in the senses of aggregate, existence, sign, condition, body, colour, shape, and so on. As he said - "Whatever materiality, past, future, or present" - here it is seen in the sense of the aggregate of materiality. "One develops the path for rebirth in the fine-material realm" - here in the sense of fine-material existence. "Not perceiving material forms internally, one sees forms externally" - here in the sense of the kasiṇa sign. "With a form, monks, evil unwholesome mental states arise, not without a form" - here in the sense of condition. "Space being enclosed, it goes by the term 'materiality'" - here in the sense of body. "Dependent on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises" - here in the sense of colour. "One who measures by appearance, one who is pleased by appearance" - here in the sense of shape. Here too it should be understood in the sense of shape. "In morality" means in the fourfold morality. "In concentration" means in the threefold concentration also. "In wisdom" means in mundane and supramundane wisdom. "Incomparable" means matchless, without comparison. "In liberation" means in fruition-liberation. "Equal to the matchless" means the matchless past Buddhas - equal to those matchless Buddhas in morality and so on - thus equal to the matchless. To this extent, the achievement of the physical body of the Blessed One has been shown.
Now, to show the bodily power and so on of the Blessed One -
Matchless in supernormal power, in setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching." Was said.
Therein, "the power of ten elephants" means the power of ten Chaddanta elephants. For the power of the Tathāgata is twofold - bodily power and knowledge-power. Therein, bodily power should be understood in accordance with the elephant species. How?
Gandha, Maṅgala, Hema, and Uposatha, Chaddanta - these last are the ten."
These ten elephant species should be known. "Kāḷāvaka" is the ordinary elephant species. Whatever is the bodily power of ten men, that is the power of one Kāḷāvaka elephant. Whatever is the power of ten Kāḷāvakas, that is the power of one Gaṅgeyya - by this very method it should be carried up to the power of a Chaddanta. Whatever is the power of ten Chaddantas, that is the power of one Tathāgata; this very same is called the power of Nārāyaṇa, the power of the thunderbolt. That same, by the reckoning of ordinary elephants, is the power of ten thousand koṭis of elephants, and by the reckoning of men, is the power of ten times ten thousand koṭis of men. This, for now, is the natural bodily power of the Tathāgata; but the knowledge-power is immeasurable - the knowledge of the ten powers, the knowledge of the four grounds of self-confidence, the knowledge of being unshakeable in the eight assemblies, the knowledge that distinguishes the four modes of generation, the knowledge that distinguishes the five destinations, the fourteen Buddha-knowledges - such and the like is the knowledge-power. But here, bodily power is intended. "In body, your natural power" means and that natural power in your body - this is the meaning. Therefore "the power of ten elephants" means the power of ten Chaddanta elephants - this is the meaning.
Now, showing the knowledge-power, he said "matchless in supernormal power, in setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching." Therein, "matchless in supernormal power" means matchless, incomparable, without comparison in supernormal power consisting of miraculous transformation, determination, and so on. "In setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching" means matchless also in the knowledge of teaching - this is the meaning.
Now, for the purpose of showing the injunction to pay homage to the Tathāgata, thus: "The Teacher who is endowed with such qualities and so on, he is the sole leader of the entire world; pay homage to that Teacher" -
Pay homage to the great sage, the compassionate one, the lord of the world." Was said.
Therein, "thus" (evaṃ) is an indeclinable particle indicating the manner already stated. "Endowed with all virtues" (sabbaguṇūpeta) - here "all" (sabba) is a word denoting without remainder. "Virtue" (guṇa) - this word "virtue" appears in many meanings. Thus he - In "I allow, monks, a twofold double robe of new cloths," here it appears in the meaning of layer. In "Times pass by, nights hurry on, the stages of life gradually give up," here it is in the meaning of heap. In "An offering of a hundredfold is to be expected," here it is in the meaning of benefit. In "Intestines and mesentery," "one might make many strings of garlands," here it is in the meaning of binding. In "Endowed with eight virtues, he brought the power of direct knowledge," here it is in the meaning of achievement. Here too it should be seen in the meaning of achievement. Therefore the meaning is endowed with, possessed of all mundane and supramundane virtues, all achievements. "Possessed of all qualities" (sabbaṅgasamupāgata) means approached to, possessed of all the virtues of a Buddha or the factors of virtue. "The great sage" (mahāmuni) - because of being superior to other sages such as Individually Enlightened Ones and so on, the great sage is called "the great sage." "The compassionate one" (kāruṇika) means compassionate because of being endowed with the virtue of compassion. "The lord of the world" (lokanātha) means the sole protector of the entire world; the meaning is that by all the worlds he is wished for thus: "This one has come as the remover of the affliction of suffering for us."
Now, for the purpose of showing the worthiness of all forms of homage to the Possessor of the Ten Powers -
41.
Veneration and worship, all this you deserve.
42.
O great hero, foremost of all, none equal to you is found." Was said.
41-42.
Therein, "paying respect" means causing others to pay respect to oneself.
"Praise" means praise in one's absence.
"Homage" means bowing down.
"Commendation" means commendation in one's presence.
"Veneration" means making a salutation with joined palms, or veneration with the mind.
"Worship" means worship with garlands, scents, ointments, and so on.
"All" means the meaning is: you deserve, you are worthy of, all that special honour of the aforesaid manner.
"Whoever in the world are worthy of reverence" means whoever in the world are to be honoured, worthy of honour, deserve homage.
"Whoever" means whoever in the world deserve homage.
This, however, is merely a synonym for the preceding term.
"Foremost of all" means the foremost, the highest of all those; the meaning is: O great hero, no one equal to you is found in the world.
Then, when the Blessed One, having displayed the Twin Miracle and having created a jewelled walking path, was walking up and down there, the Venerable Sāriputta was dwelling at Rājagaha on the Vulture's Peak mountain with five hundred attendant monks. Then the Elder, looking at the Blessed One, saw him walking up and down on the jewelled walking path in the sky above the city of Kapila. Therefore it was said -
Standing right there on the Vulture's Peak, sees the leader of the world." And so on.
Therein, "Sāriputta" means the son of a brahmin woman named Rūpasārī, thus Sāriputta. "Of great wisdom" means endowed with great wisdom of sixteen kinds, thus of great wisdom. "Skilled in concentration and meditative absorption" - here, "concentration" means it places the mind evenly, establishes it on the object, thus concentration. That is threefold: concentration with applied and sustained thought, concentration without applied but with sustained thought only, and concentration without applied and sustained thought. "Meditative absorption" means the first meditative absorption, the second meditative absorption, the third meditative absorption, and the fourth meditative absorption - by these, beginning with the first meditative absorption, the meditative absorption through friendliness and so on are also included; meditative absorption is also twofold: meditation on the characteristics and meditation on a single object. Therein, because it meditates upon the characteristic of impermanence and so on, insight knowledge is called "meditation on the characteristics." But that beginning with the first meditative absorption is called meditative absorption because of meditation on a single object or because of the burning of adverse mental states. "Skilled in concentrations and meditative absorptions" means skilled in concentration and meditative absorption; the meaning is skilled in concentration and meditative absorption. "On the Vulture's Peak" means standing right on the mountain so named, he sees - thus he saw.
44.
"Like a fully blossomed king of sal trees" means like a king of sal trees with an even, round trunk, with branches adorned with risen, extensive, soft fruits, young leaves and sprouts, fully in fruit and blossom - she looked upon the king of sal trees of the One of Ten Powers, whose root is morality, whose trunk is the aggregate of concentration, whose branches are wisdom, whose flowers are direct knowledge, and whose fruit is liberation - thus is the connection by means of the term "looked upon."
"Like the moon in the sky" means she looked upon the moon-maker of the noble sage - like the moon in the autumn season, full, free from the afflictions of clouds, frost, smoke, dust and Rāhu, surrounded by hosts of stars - the moon-maker that dispels the darkness of all mental defilements, that causes the opening of the forest of white water lilies that are the people accessible to instruction - this is the meaning.
"Yathā" is merely a particle.
"Like the midday sun" means shining like the sun at the noon period of the day, garlanded with rays of even more intense splendour.
"Narāsabhaṃ" means the bull among men.
45.
"Blazing" means gleaming, with the beauty of a charming face resplendent like the full moon in the autumn season, with an excellent body adorned with the marks and minor features, shining with the supreme Buddha's glory - this is the meaning.
"Like a lamp post" means like a lamp post with lamps placed upon it.
"Like a young sun risen" means like a newly risen sun, blazing with a gentle quality - this is the meaning.
The youthfulness of the sun, however, is said with reference to its rising.
For there is no decline and growth as with the moon.
"Brightened by the fathom-wide radiance" means beautified by the fathom-wide radiance.
"He sees the wise one, the leader of the world" means he sees the one who is the sole wise one in the entire world, the leader - this is the meaning.
Then the Venerable General of the Teaching, standing right there on the Vulture's Peak mountain - whose peak was kissed by a multitude of exceedingly cool water-bearing clouds, whose peak was scented by the blossoms of various kinds of fragrant trees, whose peak was supremely beautiful and marvellous - having seen the Blessed One surrounded by hosts of gods and Brahmās who had come from ten thousand world-circles, walking up and down on a walking path made of all jewels, with unsurpassed Buddha's glory, with incomparable Buddha's grace - "Come, let me approach the Blessed One and request the teaching of the lineage of the Buddhas, which illuminates the virtues of the Buddhas" - having thought thus, he assembled the five hundred monks dwelling with him. Therefore it was said -
Who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, he convoked in a moment."
Therein, "of five hundred monks" means five hundred monks; the genitive case should be seen as used in the accusative sense. "Who had fulfilled their obligations" means those whose sixteen functions had been fully accomplished by way of full understanding, abandoning, realisation, and meditative development through the four paths in regard to the four truths - this is the meaning. "Who had eliminated the mental corruptions" means of those whose four mental corruptions had been completely eliminated. "Spotless ones" means of those free from stain; or "spotless" because of being ones who had eliminated the mental corruptions, meaning those whose continuity of consciousness was supremely pure - this is the meaning. "In a moment" means in just a moment. "Convoked" means he assembled.
Now, to show the reason for those monks' assembling and going -
47.
We too, having gone there, will pay homage to the Conqueror."
48.
We will dispel doubt, having seen the leader of the world." These verses were spoken;
47-48.
Therein, "called 'Inspiring Confidence in the World'" means the miracle is called "Inspiring Confidence in the World" because of producing confidence in the world.
"Called 'Ullokappasādanaṃ'" is also a reading; its meaning is "the wonder of unveiling the world."
That, however, is called the determination for making one light from above the Akaniṭṭha realm down below as far as Avīci, and for causing all beings in between here to see one another.
"He displayed" means he showed.
"Us too" means we too.
"There" means having gone to where the Blessed One was - this is the meaning.
"Will pay homage" means we will pay homage with our heads at the feet of the Blessed One.
Here, however, of these two words "us too" and "we," the former should be seen as connected with the act of going, the latter with the act of paying homage.
Otherwise, it does not escape the fault of repetition.
"Come" means come here. "We will dispel uncertainty" - here one asks: But for those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, there is no uncertainty whatsoever; why then did the elder speak thus? This is indeed true; it has gone to eradication by the first path alone. As he said -
"What phenomena are to be abandoned through vision? The four arisings of consciousness associated with wrong view, the arising of consciousness accompanied by sceptical doubt, greed leading to the realms of misery, hate, delusion, conceit, and the co-existent mental defilements."
But this is not the uncertainty termed sceptical doubt; rather, it is called not knowing the concept. But the elder wished to ask the Blessed One about the lineage of the Buddhas; that, however, is the domain of Buddhas alone, not of Individually Enlightened Ones or disciples of Buddhas; therefore it should be understood that the elder spoke thus because it was not within his domain. "We will dispel" means we will dispel.
Then those monks, having heard the elder's words, having taken their own bowls and robes, like well-armoured great elephants, with defilements shattered, with bonds cut, of few wishes, content, secluded, aloof from society, accomplished in morality, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowledge and vision of liberation, assembled in haste. Therefore it was said -
Taking their bowls and robes, they approached in haste.
Therein, "sādhu" - this word "sādhu" is seen in the senses of requesting, accepting, gladdening, beautiful, and so on. Thus he - In passages such as "It would be good, venerable sir, if the Blessed One would teach me the Teaching in brief" and so on, it is seen in the sense of requesting. In passages such as "Sādhu, bhante - that monk, having delighted in and given thanks for what the Blessed One had said" and so on, in the sense of accepting. In passages such as "Good, good, Sāriputta" and so on, in the sense of gladdening.
Good is not betraying friends, happiness is the non-doing of evil."
In such passages and so on, in the sense of beautiful. Here, in the sense of accepting. Therefore the meaning is "having accepted the elder's words, saying 'Good! Well!'" "Prudent" means wise, possessed of wisdom. "With controlled faculties" means with guarded doors in the sense faculties; the meaning is endowed with sense-faculty restraint. "In haste" means quickly. "They approached" means they drew near to the elder.
50-51.
Now, by the Elders who held the convocations, showing the account of the General of the Teaching, the verses beginning with "with those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, with the unstained" were spoken. Therein, "with the tamed" means with those tamed in body and mind.
"In the highest taming" means in arahantship; the locative should be understood in the sense of cause.
"By those monks" means by five hundred monks.
"Having many followers" means one who has a great group by way of morality and so on and by way of number - thus "having many followers"; or, by way of various terms, a great group through virtues such as morality and so on - thus "a great group"; one who has a great group - thus "having many followers."
"Sporting like a god in the sky" means the meaning is: displaying grace through the splendour of supernormal power, like a god in the sky, he approached the Blessed One.
52.
Now, for the purpose of showing the manner of approaching, namely "they, being of such a nature, approached," "coughing and sneezing" and so on was commenced.
Therein, "and coughing" means and the sound of coughing.
"Sneezing" means and the sound of sneezing.
"Disregarding" means having been indifferent; the intention is not doing that both.
"Virtuous ones" means those with thoroughly pure ascetic virtues.
"Deferential" means with deference; the meaning is of humble conduct.
53.
"The Self-Become One" means the meaning is one who has attained Buddhahood by himself, having fulfilled the perfections without the guidance of another.
"Risen high" means newly risen.
"Like the moon" means like the moon; the connection of terms should be understood thus: they see the Blessed One shining in the sky like the moon in the heavens.
Here too the word "like" is merely an indeclinable particle.
54.
"Like lightning" means like a mass of lightning.
If lightning, which is of brief radiance, were long-lasting, it would be such - this is the meaning.
"In the sky like" means in the sky like; here too the word "like" is merely an indeclinable particle.
From here onwards too, in instances such as these, the word "like" should be understood as merely an indeclinable particle.
55.
"Clear like a lake" means undisturbed, very clear water, like an exceedingly deep and wide great lake.
"Like a fully blossomed lotus" - the meaning should be understood as like a lake with a forest of well-opened lotuses.
"Suphullaṃ kamalaṃ yathā" is also a reading; its meaning is like a forest of fully blossomed lotuses, on account of its lovely nature.
56.
Then those monks, headed by the General of the Teaching, having made the salutation with joined palms upon their heads, fell down at the feet of the One of Ten Powers on their wheel-adorned soles - this is the meaning.
Therefore it was said -
"Having raised their joined palms, satisfied, joyful and delighted" and so on.
Therein, "they fall down" means they fell down, they paid homage - this is the meaning.
"At the wheel-characteristic" means: the wheel is the characteristic on whichever foot - that foot is the wheel-characteristic; at that wheel-characteristic.
By reason of birth "feet" is said; they fell down at the feet of the Teacher on their wheel-adorned soles - this is the meaning.
57.
Now, to show the names of certain of those elders, the verses beginning with "Sāriputta of great wisdom, similar to the koraṇḍa flower" were spoken.
Therein, "similar to the koraṇḍa flower" means of a colour similar to the koraṇḍa blossom. If so, it should be said either "koraṇḍasama" or "koraṇḍasadisa"; why is "samasādisa" said twice?
This is not a fault; such a one, because of being similar to the koraṇḍa, is "koraṇḍasamasādisa" precisely by virtue of being like the koraṇḍa.
The intention is: but not by way of a redundant expression.
"Skilled in concentration and meditative absorption" - here this word "kusala" is seen in the senses of health, faultlessness, skilfulness, pleasant result, and so on.
For this is seen in the sense of health in such passages as "Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness" and so on.
"But, venerable sir, what bodily conduct is wholesome?
Whatever bodily conduct, great king, is faultless" - in such passages and so on, it is used in the sense of faultless.
In such passages as "You are skilled in the parts and components of a chariot" and so on, it is used in the sense of skilful.
In such passages as "Because of a wholesome action having been done and accumulated" and so on, it is used in the sense of pleasant result.
But here it should be understood in the sense of skilful.
"Pays homage" means he paid homage.
58.
"Gajjitā" means one who thunders, thus "gajjitā."
"Like a dark cloud" - the intention is: one who thunders like a bearer of dark water, in the domain of supernormal power.
"Nīluppalasamasādiso" means of a colour similar to a blue water-lily.
Here too the meaning should be understood by the method stated below.
"Moggallāna" - Kolita, who obtained this name thus by way of his clan.
59.
"And Mahākassapa" - with reference to Uruvelakassapa, Nadīkassapa, Gayākassapa, Kumārakassapa, and the lesser and minor elders, this one is great; therefore he is called "Mahākassapa."
"Pi ca" has the purpose of esteem and combination.
"Resembling molten gold" means having a complexion similar to heated gold.
"In the virtues of ascetic practice" - here, because of shaking off mental defilements, the quality is called "shaken off"; the virtue of ascetic practice means the ascetic quality.
But what is the ascetic quality?
Fewness of wishes, contentment, detachment, solitude, and having just this much as one's aim - these five qualities that constitute the retinue of the volition of the ascetic practices are called ascetic qualities because of the statement "in dependence on fewness of wishes alone" and so on.
Or else, because of shaking off mental defilements, knowledge is called "shaken off"; in that virtue of ascetic practice.
"Placed foremost" means placed as the foremost, the best, the ultimate.
The meaning is that he was placed in that particular position thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who advocate ascetic practices, namely Mahākassapa."
But this word "agga" is found in the senses of beginning, point, portion, foremost, and so on.
Thus he -
In such passages as "From this day forth, my dear doorkeeper, I close the door to the Jains and female Jains" and so on, it is seen in the sense of beginning.
In such passages as "One might touch that fingertip by that very fingertip," "the top of sugarcane, the tip of bamboo" and so on, in the sense of point.
In such passages as "The sour portion or the sweet portion," "I allow, monks, let him distribute by the dwelling allocation or by the residential cell allocation" and so on, in the sense of portion.
"As far as there are beings, monks, whether footless or two-footed" etc.
The Tathāgata is declared the foremost among them" and so on, in the sense of foremost.
This one here should be understood in the sense of foremost.
It also applies in the sense of point.
The Elder is both the foremost and the ultimate in his own position.
Therefore it was said -
"Placed foremost" - the meaning is the foremost, the best, the ultimate.
"Praised" means commended by gods, human beings, and others.
"Extolled by the Teacher" means praised and lauded by the Teacher; praised and commended by many discourse methods such as "Kassapa, monks, like the moon, approaches families - having drawn back the body, having drawn back the mind, always as a newcomer among families, not impudent" and so on. The meaning is that he too pays homage to the Blessed One.
60.
"Among those with the divine eye" (dibbacakkhūnaṃ) means those who have the divine eye are "those with the divine eye"; the meaning is the foremost, the best among those monks with the divine eye.
As he said -
"This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks possessing the divine eye, namely Anuruddha."
The Elder Anuruddha was the son of the Sakyan named Amitodana, the younger uncle of the Blessed One, the younger brother of Mahānāma, of great merit, supremely delicate. He, being the seventh himself, having gone forth from home into homelessness, went forth. The order of his going forth has come in the Chapter on Schism in the Community.
"Not far away" (avidūre vā) means near the Blessed One himself.
61.
"In offence and non-offence" means skilled in offence and in non-offence.
"In what is curable" means the meaning is both in what is remediable and in what is irremediable.
Therein, the remediable is sixfold, the irremediable is the offence of expulsion.
"Skilled in offence and non-offence, in what is curable" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
"In the monastic discipline" means in the Canon of monastic discipline.
"Placed foremost" means the meaning is placed in the foremost position thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who are experts in monastic discipline, namely Upāli."
"Upāli" means the Elder Upāli.
"Praised by the Teacher" means praised and commended by the Teacher.
The Elder, it is said, having learnt the Canon of monastic discipline in the presence of the Tathāgata himself, spoke of these three cases - the Bhārukacchaka case, the Ajjuka case, and the Kumārakassapa case - having compared them with the omniscient knowledge.
Therefore it is said that the Elder was praised by the Teacher by such a method as "the foremost of the experts in monastic discipline" and so on.
62.
"Having penetrated subtle and refined meaning" means one who has penetrated subtle and refined meaning; the meaning is one who has penetrated meaning that is difficult to see and refined.
"The most excellent among speakers" means the foremost among those who preach the Teaching.
He was placed in the Etadagga Pāḷi thus: "This is the foremost, monks, of my disciples who are monks who preach the Teaching, namely Puṇṇa Mantāṇiputta."
Therefore it was said "the most excellent among speakers."
"One with a following" means one together with a monastic community.
It is said that there were five hundred sons of good family who had gone forth in the presence of the Elder.
All of them too were natives of the birthplace of the One of Ten Powers, inhabitants of the country of his birth, all of them were ones who had eliminated the mental corruptions, and all of them were obtainers of the ten subjects of talk.
Therefore it was said "one with a following."
"A sage" means one who seeks, searches for wholesome mental states - thus a sage.
"Son of Mantāṇī" means the son of a brahmin woman named Mantāṇī.
"Puṇṇa" is his name.
"Renowned" means renowned through his own virtues such as fewness of wishes and so on.
Now the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña, when the Teacher had attained the highest enlightenment and the excellent wheel of the Teaching had been set in motion, having come gradually, while he was dwelling in dependence on Rājagaha, having come to Kapilavatthu, having given the going forth to his own nephew, a young man named Puṇṇa, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having asked permission, himself went to the Chaddanta lake for the purpose of dwelling. But Puṇṇa, having come together with the Elder for an audience with the Blessed One - Having stayed behind right in the city of Kapila, thinking "Having brought the task of the gone forth one to its very summit, I shall go to the presence of the One of Ten Powers," he, doing wise attention, before long, having attained arahantship, approached the Blessed One. But here the Elder Anuruddha and the Elder Upāli - these two elders are shown as if they had gone forth on the day of the gathering of relatives after the Blessed One had entered the city of Kapilavatthu; that, however, does not agree with the Khandhaka Pāḷi and its commentary. It should be accepted after investigation.
Then the Teacher, having understood the mental conduct of the five hundred monks beginning with the Elder Sāriputta, began to speak of his own virtues. Therefore it was said -
The great hero, cutter of uncertainty, spoke of his own virtues."
Therein, "skilled in similes" means skilled by means of simile. "Cutter of uncertainty" means the one who cuts through the doubt of all beings.
Now he spoke of his own virtues; in order to show those -
The totality of beings and space, and world-circles are infinite;
The Buddha's knowledge is immeasurable, these cannot be understood." Was said.
Therein, "four" is a numerical delimitation. "These" points out the meaning that is now to be spoken. "Incalculable" means incalculable because of being unable to be counted; the meaning is that they have passed beyond the path of counting. "Limit" and so on means either the end or the boundary. "Of which" means of which four incalculable things. "Is not known" means is not discerned. Now, to show those four incalculable things of the aforementioned kind, "the totality of beings" and so on was stated. "The totality of beings" means the multitude of beings; the totality of beings is infinite, immeasurable, and boundless. Likewise space - there is no end even of space. Likewise world-circles are indeed infinite. "The Buddha's knowledge" means the knowledge of omniscience is immeasurable. "These cannot be understood" means since these are infinite, therefore they cannot be understood.
65.
Now the Teacher, increasing the teaching of the Teaching to the gods, humans and others in whom wonder and marvel had arisen at his miraculous transformation of supernormal power, saying "What is this wonder indeed! There is a wonder and marvel even more prominent than this; listen to that from me" -
There are many other wonders, marvels that cause hair to stand on end." He said beginning with;
Therein, "how" is a word of rejection. "This" he said with reference to this miraculous transformation. "Ya" - this word "yaṃ" is seen in the accusative case in such passages as "What we asked you, you declared to us; we ask you another thing, please tell us that" and so on. "This is impossible, monks, there is no chance; that two Worthy Ones, perfectly Self-awakened Ones should arise in one world system" - here in the causal case. "That the Blessed One Vipassī arose in the cosmic cycle" - here in the locative case. In the nominative case in such passages as "What I have heard face to face with the gods of the Thirty-three, what I have received face to face, that I report to the Blessed One" and so on. Here too it should be understood in the nominative case. It explains that there are many other wonderful and marvellous distinctions of mine.
Now, showing those wonders -
The ten-thousand world-system having assembled, they request me with joined palms." He said beginning with;
Therein, "when" means at whatever time. "I" points out oneself. "In the Tusita realm" means in the order of gods termed Tusita. When I, having fulfilled the thirty perfections, having relinquished the five great relinquishments, having reached the summit of the conduct for the welfare of relatives, the conduct for the welfare of the world, and the conduct for the welfare of enlightenment, having given the seven hundred great gifts, having caused the earth to tremble seven times, having passed away from the individual existence as Vessantara, was reborn in the Tusita realm at the second mind-moment, even then I was a king of gods named Santusita. "The ten-thousand world-system having assembled" means the deities in the ten-thousand world-circles having gathered together. This is the meaning. "They request me with joined palms" means having approached me, "Sir, while fulfilling the ten perfections, you did not fulfil them aspiring for the success of Sakka, nor for the success of Māra, nor for the success of Brahmā, nor for the success of a universal monarch; but they were fulfilled by you aspiring for Buddhahood for the purpose of crossing over the world. This is your time, sir, for Buddhahood; this is the occasion, sir, for Buddhahood" - thus "they request me." Therefore it was said -
Helping the world with its gods to cross over, awaken to the Deathless state."
Therein, "the time for you" means the time is yours; or this itself is the reading. "Having been born" means take conception; "having descended" is also a reading. "Including the gods" means the world including the gods - this is the meaning. "Helping to cross over" - here, even while fulfilling the perfections, he helps to cross over; even while bringing the perfections to their summit, he helps to cross over; having passed away from the individual existence as Vessantara and having taken conception in the Tusita city, even while remaining there for fifty-seven crores of years exceeding sixty hundred thousand years, he helps to cross over; having been requested by the deities, having investigated the fivefold great investigation, even while taking conception in the womb of Queen Mahāmāyā, even while dwelling in the womb for ten months, he helps to cross over; even while remaining in the midst of the household for twenty-nine years, he helps to cross over. On the birthday of Rāhulabhadda, with Channa as companion, having mounted Kaṇḍaka, even while going forth, having crossed over three kingdoms, even while going forth on the bank of the river named Anomā, he helps to cross over; even while striving for six years, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having ascended the great seat of enlightenment, having scattered the forces of Māra, in the first watch having recollected past lives, in the middle watch having purified the divine eye, in the last watch having contemplated the twelve-factored dependent origination in forward and reverse order, even while penetrating the path of stream-entry, he helps to cross over; at the moment of the fruition of stream-entry too, at the moment of the path of once-returning too, at the moment of the fruition of once-returning too, at the moment of the path of non-returning too, at the moment of the fruition of non-returning too, at the moment of the path of arahantship too, at the moment of the fruition of arahantship too, he helps to cross over; when he gave the deathless drink to the group of five in the presence of eighteen thousand crores of deities, from that point onwards it is said he helped to cross over. Therefore it was said -
Then the Great Being, even though being requested by the deities, without giving his acknowledgment to the deities, investigated what is called the fivefold great investigation by way of the delimitation of time, continent, region, clan, mother, and life span. Therein, he first investigated the time, thinking "Is it the right time or not the right time?" Therein, a life-span period above a hundred thousand years is not the right time. Why? Because of the non-obviousness of birth, ageing, death, and so on; and the teaching of the Teaching of the Buddhas is never free from the three characteristics; when they speak of impermanent, suffering, and non-self, they do not believe, thinking "What indeed are these speaking of?" From that there is no full realisation, and in its absence the Dispensation is not leading to liberation. Therefore that is not the right time. A period when the life span is less than a hundred years is also not the right time. Why? At that time beings are abundant in defilements, and exhortation given to those abundant in defilements does not remain in the place of exhortation; therefore that too is not the right time. A life-span period below a hundred thousand years and above a hundred years is the right time. "Now human beings have a life span of a hundred years" - then the Bodhisatta saw, thinking "It is the time to be reborn."
Then, looking at the continent, he saw the continent, thinking "Buddhas are born only in the Indian subcontinent." Then, the Indian subcontinent is great, measuring ten thousand yojanas; investigating the region, thinking "In which region indeed are Buddhas born?" he saw the Middle Country. Then, investigating the clan, he saw the clan, thinking "Buddhas are born in a clan esteemed by the world; now the warrior clan is esteemed by the world; I shall be reborn there; the king named Suddhodana will be my father." Then, investigating the mother, thinking "A Buddha's mother is not greedy or a drunkard; she keeps the five precepts unbroken" - and this queen named Mahāmāyā is such a one; "She will be my mother" - and reflecting "How long is her life span?" he saw seven days beyond ten months. Thus, having investigated this fivefold investigation - having given his acknowledgment to the deities, saying "It is the time, sirs, for my Buddhahood," having remained there as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, he took conception in the womb of Queen Māyā in the Sakyan royal family. Therefore it was said -
The ten-thousandfold world system, the earth trembled then." And so on.
Therein, "okkami" means descended, entered. "Kucchiyaṃ" means in the mother's womb. "The ten-thousandfold world system trembled" - however, the Bodhisatta, mindful and fully aware, descending into his mother's womb, among the nineteen types of consciousness of conception, took conception on the full moon day of Āsāḷhī under the constellation of Uttarāsāḷha itself, with a great resultant consciousness similar to the unprompted wholesome consciousness accompanied by pleasure and associated with knowledge, which is the preliminary part of friendliness. Then the entire ten-thousandfold world system trembled, quaked, and shook violently - this is the meaning. "Dharaṇī" means that which bears all things immovable and movable, thus "dharaṇī," the earth.
69.
"Fully aware, came forth" - here, "when I, mindful and fully aware, like a preacher of the Teaching descending from a pulpit, and like a man descending from a ladder, having stretched out both hands and both feet, while still standing, unsmeared by any impurity arising from the mother's womb, came forth from the mother's womb."
"They uttered applause" means they produced applause, the meaning is they gave applause.
"Quaked" means trembled; the meaning is that the ten-thousand world-system quaked both at the descent into and at the emerging from the mother's womb.
70.
Then the Blessed One, not seeing anyone equal to himself in the descent into the womb and so on, for the purpose of showing the marvellous nature of himself in the descent into the womb and so on, spoke this verse "In conception there is none equal to me."
Therein, "in conception" means in the descent into the womb; it is a nominative case used in the locative sense; the meaning is the taking of conception.
"By me" means by me.
"Equal" means there is none similar.
"In birth" - here, "one is born by means of this mother" - thus a mother is called "birth" (jātī); therefore "in birth" means "from the mother" - this is the meaning.
"In going forth" means when there is the giving birth, the coming forth from the mother's womb - this is the meaning.
"Regarding highest enlightenment" - here, the praised, beautiful enlightenment is the highest enlightenment.
But this word "bodhi" is found in the senses of tree, path, Nibbāna, the knowledge of omniscience, and so on -
In the passages where it says "newly fully enlightened at the foot of the Bodhi tree" and "between Gayā and the Bodhi tree," a tree is called "bodhi."
In the passage where it says "enlightenment is called the knowledge of the four paths," it means the path.
In the passage where it says "having attained enlightenment, the Deathless, the unconditioned," it means Nibbāna.
In the passage where it says "he attains enlightenment, one of excellent, abundant wisdom," it means the knowledge of omniscience.
But here, the knowledge of the path of arahantship of the Blessed One is intended.
Others also say "the knowledge of omniscience"; the meaning is "in that highest enlightenment I am the best."
But why does the Blessed One praise himself dependent on the highest enlightenment? Because it bestows all qualities. For the highest enlightenment of the Blessed One is the bestower of all qualities; it gives all the virtues of the Buddha without remainder, but not for others. But for others, the path of arahantship gives to some only the fruition of arahantship, to some the three true knowledges, to some the six direct knowledges, to some the four analytical knowledges, to some the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple; for the Individually Enlightened Ones, it gives only the knowledge of individual enlightenment. But for the Buddhas, it gives the achievement of all qualities. Therefore the Blessed One, because it bestows all qualities, praises himself thus: "In highest enlightenment I am the best." But further, having caused the earth to shake, he attained the highest enlightenment; therefore he says "In highest enlightenment I am the best." "In setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching" - here, the wheel of the Teaching is twofold - the knowledge of penetration and the knowledge of the Teaching. Therein, the knowledge of penetration is that which is developed by wisdom and brings noble fruition to oneself; the knowledge of the Teaching is that which is developed by compassion and brings noble fruition to the disciples. The knowledge of penetration is supramundane, wholesome, accompanied by equanimity, without applied and sustained thought; the knowledge of the Teaching is mundane, indeterminate; but both of these are not shared with others. But here, the knowledge of the Teaching is intended.
71.
Now, having heard the occurrence of the earthquake and so on at the very descent into the womb of the Blessed One, this verse was spoken by the deities: "Oh, how wonderful in the world."
Therein, "the greatness of the Buddhas' virtues" means oh, the state of greatness of the Buddhas' virtues, oh, the great majesty of the Buddhas - this is the meaning. "The ten-thousandfold world system quaked in six ways" means in the ten thousand world-systems the great earth quaked and trembled in six ways.
How?
It rises up from the east and sinks down in the west, it rises up from the west and sinks down in the east, it rises up from the north and sinks down in the south, it rises up from the south and sinks down in the north, it rises up from the middle and sinks down at the edges, it rises up from the edges and sinks down in the middle - thus in six ways, like a boat struck by the breaking of waves of water stirred by the force of the wind, this great earth, two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, extending to the limit of the water that supports the earth, though non-sentient, as if sentient, trembled as if dancing with rapture - this is the meaning.
"And there was a great light" means surpassing even the divine power of the gods, an eminent light appeared - this is the meaning.
"A marvel, hair-raising" means there was a marvel and hair-raising - this is the meaning.
72.
Now, while marvels such as the earthquake and the manifestation of light and so on were occurring, for the purpose of showing the Blessed One's activity, the verses beginning with "The Blessed One at that time" were spoken.
Therein, "the elder of the world" means the foremost of the world.
"Including the gods" means of the world including the gods; the accusative case should be understood as used in the genitive sense.
"Showing" means displaying a wonder.
73.
"While walking up and down" means he spoke while walking up and down on that jewel walking path which stood having submerged ten thousand world systems.
"The leader of the world" means then the Teacher, like a lion roaring a lion's roar on a red arsenic slab, roaring like a rainy-season cloud, and as if bringing down the celestial river, with a divine voice endowed with eight factors, pleasant to hear, desirable, spoke a sweet talk on the Teaching, variegated with diverse methods, connected with the four truths, pertaining to the three characteristics. This is the meaning.
"He does not turn back midway, just as on a walking path of four cubits" - here, one end of that walking path created by the Teacher was at the eastern rim of the world-circle, one at the western rim of the world-circle. Thus, while walking up and down on that jewel walking path so positioned, the Teacher turns back only upon reaching both ends; he does not turn back midway without reaching both ends. Just as one walking up and down on a walking path of four cubits in measure quickly reaches both ends and turns back, so he does not turn back midway. This is the meaning. But did the Blessed One make the walking path, which was ten thousand yojanas in length, short, or did he create an individual existence so great? He did not do so. The power of the Buddhas is incomprehensible. From the Akaniṭṭha realm down to Avīci, it was like a single open courtyard. And across, ten thousand world-circles were like a single open courtyard. The gods see humans, and humans also see the gods. Just as all gods and humans see someone walking up and down in their natural state, so they saw the Blessed One walking up and down. Moreover, the Blessed One, while walking up and down, teaches the Teaching and also attains meditative attainments in between.
Then the Venerable Sāriputta saw the Blessed One - whose excellent body was adorned with the thirty-two excellent marks generated by the power of wholesome deeds accumulated over an immeasurable time, resplendent with the eighty minor features, like the full moon in the autumn season, like the coral tree a hundred yojanas in height fully in fruit and blossom, eighteen ratanas in height, glorious with the encircling fathom-radiance, like a moving excellent golden mountain, walking up and down with incomparable Buddha's grace, with incomparable Buddha's glory and beauty, surrounded by hosts of gods of the ten-thousandfold world system. Having seen him, thinking "This entire ten-thousandfold world system has assembled; here there should be a great teaching of the Teaching; the teaching of the Buddha lineage is very helpful and brings confidence in the Blessed One; what if I were to inquire about the Buddha lineage beginning from the resolution of the One of Ten Powers," having arranged his robe on one shoulder, having approached the Blessed One, having made on his head a salutation with joined palms resplendent with ten fingernails, resembling an unblemished, perfect lotus bud born from water, he questioned the Blessed One beginning with "What was your resolution like, O great hero." Therefore it was said -
74.
Having attained perfection in wisdom, asks the leader of the world.
75.
At what time, O wise one, was the highest enlightenment aspired to by you?"
74-75.
Beginning.
What is this connection?
It is called the connection by question.
For there are three connections -
the connection by question, the connection by disposition, and the natural connection.
Therein, "When this was said, a certain monk said this to the Blessed One -
'What indeed, venerable sir, is the near shore, what is the far shore?'" - thus, by way of the discourse answered by the Blessed One when they asked in this way, the connection by question should be understood.
"Then this reflection arose in the mind of a certain monk: 'Thus indeed, friend, materiality is non-self, feeling is non-self, perception is non-self, activities are non-self, consciousness is non-self; actions done by a non-self, upon which self will they touch?' Then the Blessed One, having known with his mind the reflection in the mind of that monk, addressed the monks: 'There is the possibility, monks, that here some foolish man, not knowing, gone to ignorance, with a mind dominated by craving, might think that the Teacher's instruction should be overstepped - "Thus indeed, friend, materiality is non-self, feeling is non-self, perception is non-self, activities are non-self, consciousness is non-self; actions done by a non-self, upon which self will they touch?"' etc. 'What do you think, monks, is matter permanent or impermanent?'" - thus, by way of what was spoken by the Blessed One having known the disposition of others, the connection by disposition should be understood.
But by whatever teaching the teaching arose at the beginning, by way of a teaching conforming to that teaching or by way of rejecting, in whatever discourses the further teaching comes, by way of those the natural connection should be understood. Therefore it was said "the connection by question."
Therein, "having attained perfection in wisdom" means one who has reached the summit of the knowledge of the perfections of a disciple. "Asks" means he asked. Therein, a question is of five kinds: a question for illuminating what has not been seen, a question for comparing what has been seen, a question for cutting off doubt, a question of approval, and a question from the wish to speak. Therein, if one asks which question is this of the elder? But since this lineage of the Buddhas is not within the domain of the Individually Enlightened Ones whose accumulation of merit has been collected over an incalculable period plus a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, nor of the two chief disciples whose accumulation of merit has been collected over an incalculable period plus a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, nor of the remaining great disciples whose accumulation of merit has been collected over a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, but is the domain of omniscient Buddhas alone, therefore it should be understood as the elder's question for illuminating what has not been seen.
"Of what kind" is the manner of questioning; the meaning is "of what manner." "Te" means of you. "Resolution" means a resolution is the lying down having set one's mind on the purpose of Buddhahood and having determined upon energy, thinking "Without obtaining the prediction of Buddhahood I shall not rise." Therefore it was said -
"At what time" means at that time. "Aspired to" means wished for, longed for; he asked when was the aspiration made for Buddhahood by the method beginning with "as a Buddha I would awaken, as one freed I would free others." "Enlightenment" means perfect enlightenment; and this is a designation for the knowledge of the path of arahantship and the knowledge of omniscience. "Highest" is said to be highest because of being superior to the enlightenment of a disciple and individual enlightenment. The syllable "ma" between the two serves as a word-connector.
Now, asking about the qualities that bring about Buddhahood -
76.
What kind of patience, truth, and determination, what kind of friendliness and equanimity.
77.
How are the minor perfections fulfilled, how the supreme perfections?" He said;
76-77.
Therein, as regards the perfection of giving, the relinquishment of external possessions is called perfection, the relinquishment of limbs is called minor perfection, the relinquishment of life is called supreme perfection.
This same method applies to the remaining perfections as well.
Thus ten perfections, ten minor perfections, and ten supreme perfections - there are thirty perfections in all.
Therein, there is no measure of the individual existences fulfilled by the Bodhisatta through the perfection of giving.
But certainly for him, in the Sasapaṇḍita Jātaka -
In giving there is none equal to me, this is my perfection of giving."
Thus, for one making the further relinquishment of life, the perfection of giving became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, there is no measure of the individual existences fulfilled through the perfection of morality. But certainly for him, in the Saṅkhapāla Jātaka -
I do not become angry at the Bhoja princes, this is my perfection of morality."
Thus, for one making the relinquishment of self, the perfection of morality became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, having abandoned a great kingdom, there is no measure of the individual existences fulfilled through the perfection of renunciation. But certainly for him, in the Cūḷasutasoma Jātaka -
For one who gives up there is no attachment, this is my perfection of renunciation."
Thus, for one going forth having abandoned the kingdom through non-attachment, the perfection of renunciation became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, during the time of the wise Mahosadha and so on, there is no measure of the individual existences fulfilled through the perfection of wisdom. But certainly for him, during the time of the wise Sattubhattaka -
In wisdom there is none equal to me, this is my perfection of wisdom."
For one showing the snake that had gone inside the leather bag, the perfection of wisdom became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, there is no measure of the individual existences fulfilled through the perfection of energy. But certainly for him, in the Mahājanaka Jātaka -
There is no change of mind, this is my perfection of energy."
Thus, for one crossing the great ocean, the perfection of energy became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, in the Khantivādī Jātaka -
I do not become angry at the King of Kāsi, this is my perfection of patience."
Thus, for one enduring great suffering as if in a senseless state, the perfection of patience became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, in the Mahāsutasoma Jātaka -
I released one hundred warriors, this is my perfection of truthfulness."
Thus, for one guarding truth having given up his life, the perfection of truthfulness became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, in the Mūgapakkha Jātaka -
Omniscience is dear to me, therefore I determined upon the ascetic practice."
Thus, for one determining upon the ascetic practice having given up even his life, the perfection of determination became the supreme perfection.
Likewise, in the Suvaṇṇasāma Jātaka -
Supported by the power of friendliness, I delight in the forest wilds then."
Thus, for one practising friendliness without regard even for his life, the perfection of friendliness became the supreme perfection.
Then, in the Lomahaṃsa Jātaka -
Village louts, having approached, display no small amount of antics."
Thus, for one not transgressing equanimity even when village boys produced pleasure and pain by spitting and so on and by offerings of garlands, scents, and so on, the perfection of equanimity became the supreme perfection. This is the summary here; the detail, however, should be taken from the Cariyāpiṭaka.
Now, by the Elders who held the convocations, showing the explanation of the Blessed One when asked by the elder -
78.
Cooling the heart, gladdening the world with its gods.
79.
He made known for the welfare of the world with its gods, through higher intelligence that followed past lives." Was said.
78-79.
Therein, "asked, he explained" means having been asked by that General of the Teaching, he explained to him; the meaning is he related the entire Buddha lineage beginning from his own resolution up to the final goal of the highest enlightenment.
"He whose voice is sweet like the Indian cuckoo" means he whose utterance is sweet like that of the Indian cuckoo bird, he is one whose voice is sweet like the Indian cuckoo; the meaning is one whose voice is sweet and charming like the Indian cuckoo.
Herein, this is regarding the sweetness of voice of the Indian cuckoos -
It is said that when the Indian cuckoo bird, having struck a sweet-flavoured ripe mango with its beak, having drunk the trickling fruit juice, having beaten time with its wing, warbles, quadrupeds begin to frolic as if intoxicated with vanity; even herds of quadrupeds engaged in foraging, having dropped the grass from their mouths, listen to that sound; beasts of prey, while pursuing small deer, stand without putting down a raised foot, as if made into a picture; the pursued deer too stand still, having abandoned the fear of death; even birds flying through the sky, having spread their wings, stand still; even fish in the water, without moving their ear membranes, stand still listening to that sound.
Thus sweet voiced are the Indian cuckoos.
"Cooling the heart" means producing coolness in the minds of all people scorched by the fire of mental defilements through the stream of the Deathless of the talk on the Teaching - this is the meaning.
"Gladdening" means delighting.
"Including the gods" means the world including the gods.
"Of the Buddhas of the past" means of the past Buddhas. But before our Blessed One's resolution, Taṇhaṅkara, Medhaṅkara, Saraṇaṅkara, and Dīpaṅkara - four Buddhas arose in one cosmic cycle. In their later period, twenty-three Buddhas beginning with Koṇḍañña - thus all twenty-four Buddhas beginning with Dīpaṅkara are intended here as "Buddhas of the past"; of those Buddhas of the past. "Conquerors" is a synonym for that very thing. "Taught" means spoken. The talk on the Teaching connected with the four truths of the twenty-four Buddhas. "Enacted" means their conduct - the details of cosmic cycle, birth, clan, lifespan, enlightenment, disciples, assemblies, attendant, mother, father, son, wife, and so on - is called enacted. "Come down through the lineage of Buddhas" means beginning from Dīpaṅkara, the One of Ten Powers, up to the lineage of Kassapa, what has come down, what was taught, or what was enacted - this is the meaning. "Through higher intelligence that followed past lives" means the past lives, reckoned as the continuity of aggregates formerly dwelt in, classified as "even one birth, even two births" and so on, followed, reached by that higher intelligence that followed past lives; the meaning is by the knowledge of recollecting past lives. "Made known" means explained. "For the welfare of the world" means the Buddha lineage that is for the welfare of all the world. "With its gods" means in the world with its gods - this is the meaning.
80.
Then the Blessed One, with a heart cooled by compassion, urging the world including the gods to hearing, said beginning with "generating joy and gladness."
Therein, "generating joy and gladness" means producing joy and gladness; gladness is the preliminary part of rapture; the meaning is the generating of fivefold rapture.
"Removing the dart of sorrow" means the removal, the destruction of the darts reckoned as sorrow.
"The attainment of all success" means that by which one obtains all successes such as the success of gods and humans and so on, thus it is the attainment of all success; the meaning is that attainment of all success is the teaching of the chronicle of the Buddhas.
"With respect" means having made it in the mind; the meaning is having put the recollection of the Buddha's qualities in front.
"Listen" means attend, pay heed.
"Me" means my.
81.
"Crushing vanity" means producing the crushing of all vanities such as the vanity of birth and so on.
"Dispelling sorrow" - sorrow is the mental burning of one stricken by disasters of relatives and so on.
Although in meaning it is indeed just displeasure, even this being so, it has the characteristic of inner pondering, the function of mental pondering, and the manifestation of continued grieving; it drives away that sorrow - thus "dispeller of sorrow"; that which dispels sorrow.
"Liberating from the round of rebirths" means producing liberation from the bondage of the round of rebirths.
"Transcendence of the round of rebirths" is also a reading; its meaning is producing the transcendence of the round of rebirths.
"The destruction of all suffering" - here the word "suffering" is seen in the senses of unpleasant feeling, basis of suffering, object of suffering, condition for suffering, place of suffering, and so on. For this is seen in the sense of unpleasant feeling in such passages as "with the abandoning of pain" and so on. In such passages as "birth is suffering, ageing is suffering" and so on, it is used in the sense of a basis of suffering. In such passages as "Because, Mahāli, matter is painful, affected with pain, overwhelmed by pain" and so on, it is used in the sense of a painful object. In such passages as "Painful is the accumulation of evil" and so on, it is used in the sense of a condition for suffering. In such passages as "To such an extent, monks, it is not easy by description to reach how painful the hells are" and so on, it is used in the sense of a place of suffering. But here this should be understood in the sense of a basis of suffering and also a condition for suffering. Therefore the meaning is producing the destruction of all suffering beginning with birth and so on. "Path" - here it is sought (maggīyati) by those who desire the wholesome, or it goes killing mental defilements - thus "path" (magga); the teaching of the lineage of the Buddhas is called thus; that teaching of the lineage of the Buddhas which has become the path to Nibbāna. "Attentively" means carefully, with respect; the meaning is having become those with ears inclined. "Practise" means undertake, listen - this is the meaning. Or else, having heard this teaching of the lineage of the Buddhas which generates joy and gladness, which removes the dart of sorrow, which has become the cause for the attainment of all success, now practise the path to Buddhahood which is the destruction of all suffering, which brings the distinction of special qualities beginning with the crushing of vanity and so on - thus he generates enthusiasm in all gods and humans by aspiring to Buddhahood. The remainder here is clear in itself.
Thus in the Madhuratthavilāsinī, the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa,
the commentary on the Ratanacaṅkamana Chapter is completed.
And completed in every way is the commentary on the meaning of the Proximate Origin.
2.
Commentary on the Account of Sumedha's Aspiration
Now -
There was a city named Amara, beautiful to behold and delightful."
The occasion has arrived for the explanation of the Buddhavaṃsa proceeding by the method beginning thus. Now since this explanation of the Buddhavaṃsa becomes clear when explained after having examined the laying down of the discourse, therefore the examination of the laying down of the discourse should first be understood. For there are four layings down of discourses - one's own disposition, another's disposition, dependent on a question, and arising from an occasion. Therein, whatever discourses the Blessed One spoke uninvited by others, solely through his own disposition. That is: The Ākaṅkheyya Sutta, the Vattha Sutta, and so on; for those, the laying down is one's own disposition.
But those which, thinking "Indeed, the mental states that ripen liberation have matured in Rāhula; what if I were to train Rāhula further in the elimination of mental corruptions"; thus, having observed the disposition, patience, mind, and capacity for awakening of others, were spoken by way of another's disposition. That is: The Rāhulovāda Sutta, the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, and so on; for those, the laying down is another's disposition.
Having approached the Blessed One, those various gods and humans ask a question. Thus, whatever was spoken by the Blessed One when thus asked - the Devatā Saṃyutta, the Bojjhaṅga Saṃyutta, and so on - for those, the laying down is dependent on a question.
But those which were taught dependent on an arisen occasion - the Dhammadāyāda, the Simile of the Son's Flesh, and so on - for those, the laying down is arising from an occasion. Thus, among these four layings down of discourses, the laying down of this Buddhavaṃsa is dependent on a question. For this was laid down by the Blessed One by way of a question. By whose question? Of the Venerable Sāriputta the Elder. For this was said in this very source:
Having attained perfection in wisdom, asks the leader of the world;
What was your resolution like, O great hero, O best of men?"
Beginning. Therefore this teaching of the Buddhavaṃsa should be understood as dependent on a question.
Therein, regarding "in a hundred thousand cosmic cycles": here this word "kappa" is seen in the senses of believing, conventional expression, time, description, cutting, alternative, pretext, all around, life-span cosmic cycle, great cosmic cycle, and so on. For thus, in "This is trustworthy of Master Gotama. As is natural for a Worthy One, a Perfectly Self-awakened One" and so on, it is seen in the sense of believing. In "I allow, monks, to consume fruit by means of five procedures proper for ascetics" and so on, it is a conventional expression. In "By which I constantly dwell" and so on, it is time. In "Thus said the Venerable Kappa" and "Nigrodhakappa was his name, given by you, Blessed One, to the brahmin" and so on, it is a description. In "Adorned, with trimmed hair and beard" and so on, it is cutting. In "The practice as to two finger-breadths is allowable" and so on, it is an alternative. In "There is reason to lie down" and so on, it is a pretext. In "Having illuminated almost the entire Jeta's Grove" and so on, it is all around. In "Let the Blessed One remain for a cosmic cycle, venerable sir, let the Fortunate One remain for a cosmic cycle," here it is a life-span cosmic cycle. In "How long, venerable sir, is a cosmic cycle?" here it is a great cosmic cycle. By the word "and so on," in "Indeed, friend, we were conversing with a disciple who is like the Teacher himself, and we did not know," here it is a counterpart. "The allowable mark is lost. The place made allowable is worn out" - here it is a Vinaya cosmic cycle. But here it should be seen as a great cosmic cycle. Therefore "in a hundred thousand cosmic cycles" means a hundred thousand great cosmic cycles - this is the meaning. Regarding "and four incalculables": "at the summit of four incalculable periods" should be seen as the remainder of the expression. The meaning is: at the summit of four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles. Regarding "a city named Amara": there was a city which had obtained the name "Amara" and "Amaravatī." Some, however, explain it here in another manner; what use are they? This is merely the name of that city. "Beautiful to behold" means beautiful to see because of being adorned with well-arranged and variegated courtyards, gates, crossroads, intersections, walls, enclosures, mansions, storied buildings, and dwellings. "Delightful" means it delights the minds of gods, humans, and others because of the level, clean, and supremely charming terrain, because of being endowed with shade and water, because of easily obtainable food, because of being furnished with all requisites, and because of prosperity - thus it is delightful.
"Not free from ten sounds" means by the sound of elephants, the sound of horses, the sound of chariots, the sound of drums, the sound of conches, the sound of tabors, the sound of lutes, the sound of singing, the sound of cymbals, and the tenth sound of "eat, drink, and chew." By these ten sounds it was not free; the meaning is that at all times there were incomparable festivals, gatherings, and theatrical performances being enjoyed. "Well-supplied with food and drink" means well combined with food - the fourfold nutriment - and with beverage; well-supplied with food and drink. By this, abundance of food is shown; the meaning is abundantly well-supplied with food and drink.
Now, for the purpose of showing those ten sounds by way of subject matter -
Eat and drink, proclaimed with food and drink." Was said.
Therein, "the sound of elephants" means by the trumpeting sound of elephants; the accusative case should be understood as used in the instrumental sense. This same method applies to the remaining terms as well. "Drums, conches, and chariots" means by the sound of drums, the sound of conches, and the sound of chariots; that is the meaning. It is stated with a change of gender; the meaning is that it was proclaimed and resounded with that which is connected with food and drink, proceeding by the method beginning with "eat and drink." Here one asks - But has only a portion of those sounds been shown, not the whole? Not a portion; the whole tenfold has been shown. How? The sound of tabors is included by the sound of drums; the sounds of lutes, singing, and cymbals are included by the sound of conches - thus exactly ten are shown.
Having thus described the splendour of the city by one method, in order to show that very same again -
Prosperous like a city of the gods, an abode for those of meritorious deeds." Was said.
Therein, "accomplished in all qualities" means accomplished in all constituent parts of a city such as walls, gateways, watchtowers and so on; or the meaning is complete in all wealth, requisites, riches, grain, grass, firewood and water. "Endowed with all crafts" means attained by all industries; the meaning is endowed with all industries. "Endowed with the seven jewels" means complete in the seven jewels such as pearls and so on; or endowed with the seven jewels such as the elephant jewel and so on from the dwelling place of a universal monarch. "Crowded with various people" means crowded with people of various regional languages. "Prosperous" means prosperous and flourishing with all requisites for human enjoyment. "Like a city of the gods" means it is said to be prosperous like a city of the gods, like Ālakamandā, like Amaravatī. "An abode for those of meritorious deeds" means those of meritorious deeds, people, dwell here, thus it is a residence. It should be understood that where "āvāso" should be said, "āvāsaṃ" is said having made a change of gender. "One is known by that" thus it is merit; the meaning is one becomes known by way of family, beauty, great wealth and sovereignty. Or "it purifies" thus it is merit. Because of carrying away the stain and dust of all unwholesome states, those for whom there is meritorious action, they are those of meritorious deeds; the meaning is that it has become a residence for those of meritorious deeds.
There a brahmin named Sumedha dwelt, well-born on both sides, on his mother's side and on his father's side, of pure descent up to the seventh generation, unassailed and irreproachable with respect to birth, handsome, good-looking, pleasing, endowed with the highest beauty of complexion. He had mastered the three Vedas together with their vocabularies and rituals, phonology and etymology, and the histories as a fifth, learned in verse, a grammarian, fully versed in worldly knowledge and the marks of a great man. But while he was still young, his mother and father died. Then his revenue controller, a minister, having brought the income ledger, having opened the chambers filled with various jewels such as gold, silver, gems, pearls and so on - "This much, prince, is your mother's property, this much is your father's property, this much is your grandfather's and great-grandfather's" - having pointed out the wealth up to the seventh generation - "Take charge of this" - he handed it over. He, having accepted saying "Very well," performing meritorious deeds, dwelt in the house. Therefore it was said -
With an accumulation of many tens of millions, with abundant wealth and grain.
In the marks of a great man and in history, having reached perfection in his own teaching."
Therein, "in the city of Amaravatī" means in the city known as Amaravatī. "Named Sumedha" - here "medhā" is called wisdom. That wisdom of his was beautiful and praised - thus he became known as Sumedha. "Brahmin" means one who recites the sacred texts (brahmaṃ aṇati), one who trains - thus he is a brahmin; the meaning is one who studies the sacred hymns. But the grammarians say "a brahmin is an offspring of Brahmā." But the noble ones call them brahmins because of having warded off evil. "Having an accumulation of many koṭis" - an accumulation of koṭis is a koṭi-accumulation; he who has many koṭi-accumulations is one having an accumulation of many koṭis; the meaning is an accumulation of wealth of many koṭis. "Having abundant wealth and grain" means having plentiful wealth and grain. The former was said with reference to wealth and grain stored in the ground and in storerooms; this should be understood as said with reference to wealth and grain available for constant use.
"A reciter" means one who does not meditate (na jhāyati) - thus a reciter; the meaning is one devoid of the development of meditative absorption. For this was said: "Now they do not meditate." "Now they do not meditate" - thus, Vāseṭṭha, the third expression "ajjhāyakā, ajjhāyakā" arose - thus at the time of the first cosmic cycle, a word of reproach arose for brahmins devoid of meditative absorption. Now "he meditates on the sacred texts" - thus a reciter, "he turns over the sacred texts" - with this meaning, having made it a word of praise, they use it. "He bears the sacred texts" - thus he is a bearer of the sacred texts. "Of the three Vedas" means of the three Vedas - the Iru Veda, the Yaju Veda, and the Sāma Veda. But this word "veda" is found in the senses of knowledge, pleasure, and text. Thus he - In such passages as "Whom you would recognise as a brahmin, one who has attained the highest knowledge, one who owns nothing, non-attached to sensual existence," it is seen in the sense of knowledge. In such passages as "Those who wander in the world filled with joy," it means pleasure. In such passages as "One who has gone beyond the three Vedas together with their vocabularies and rituals," it means text. Here too it means text. "One who has gone beyond" means one who has gone to the far shore of the three Vedas merely by the performance of lip-striking - thus he is one who has gone beyond. "In the marks of a great man" means in the characteristics such as the marks of women, the marks of men, the marks of a great man, and so on. "In history" means in a particular text reckoned as ancient, connected with such expressions as "thus it was, thus it was." "In his own teaching" means in the brahmins' own teaching, or in their own teacher's doctrine. "Having reached perfection" means having gone to the far shore; the meaning is he was a world-famed teacher.
Then one day that wise Sumedha, the wise one who had won the favour of a group of ten qualities, having gone to a private place on the excellent upper terrace of the mansion, folding his legs crosswise, seated, thought - "The taking of conception in rebirth is indeed suffering, likewise the breaking of the body in the place where one is reborn again and again. And I am subject to birth, subject to ageing, subject to disease, subject to death. It is proper for me, being such, to seek the birthless, the ageless, the disease-free, the deathless, the happy, the safe, Nibbāna. Inevitably, having been freed from the wandering in existence, there must be one path leading to Nibbāna." Therefore it was said -
6.
Rebirth is suffering indeed, and the breaking of the body.
7.
The ageless, the deathless, the secure, I will seek peace.
8.
Having discarded it, I would go, without attachment, not desirous of it.
9.
I will seek that path, for release from existence."
6-9.
Here, however, we shall proceed having stated only the connection of the verses and the meaning of the obscure terms.
Therein, "rahogato" means gone to a secret place, seated in a secluded place.
"Evaṃ cintesahaṃ" means "thus I thought."
"Evaṃ" by this shows the manner of thinking.
"Tadā" means at that time of the wise man Sumedha.
By "thus I thought," the Blessed One makes the wise man Sumedha one with himself.
Therefore, making known that "that Sumedha then was myself," the Blessed One spoke "thus I thought then" in the capacity of the highest person.
"Jātidhammo" means having the intrinsic nature of birth.
This same method applies to the remaining terms as well.
"Nibbuti" means Nibbāna.
"Yaṃnūnā" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of reflection; the meaning is "if, however, I." "Pūtikāyaṃ" means a body that has become putrid. "Nānākuṇapapūritaṃ" means filled with various loathsome things such as urine, excrement, pus, blood, bile, phlegm, spittle, snot, and so on. "Anapekkhо" means without attachment. "Atthi" means it is inevitably found. "Hehiti" means "it will be"; this is a word of reflection. "Na so sakkā na hetuye" means by that path it is not impossible for it not to come to be. "So pana maggo hetuye" means it does not fail to be a cause; the meaning is "it is indeed a cause." "Bhavato parimuttiyā" means liberation from the bondage of existence; this is the meaning.
Now, in order to establish the meaning reflected upon by himself, he said beginning with "just as." Just as indeed in the world there exists what is called happiness, which is the counterpart of suffering, so when there is existence, there must also be non-existence as its counterpart. And just as when there is heat, there also exists coolness which is the appeasement of that, so there must also be Nibbāna through the appeasement of the fire of lust and so on. And just as when there is an evil, inferior phenomenon, there also exists a good, blameless phenomenon which is its counterpart, just so when there is evil birth, through the exhaustion of all birth, there must also be Nibbāna reckoned as the birthless. Therefore it was said -
10.
So when existence is present, non-existence too should be desired.
11.
So when the threefold fire exists, Nibbāna should be desired.
12.
Even so when birth exists, non-birth too should be desired."
10-12.
Therein, "just as" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of a simile.
"Happiness" means bodily and mental happiness; it is called happiness because it well uproots suffering.
"Existence" means production.
"Non-existence" means non-production; when production exists, the state of non-production too should be desired.
"When the threefold fire exists" means when the threefold fire of lust and so on exists - this is the meaning.
"Nibbāna" means the quenching, the appeasement of that threefold fire of lust and so on, and Nibbāna should be desired.
"Evil" means unwholesome, inferior.
"Good too" means wholesome too.
"Just so" means just in the same way.
"When birth exists" means when birth is existing - this is the meaning.
It is stated having made a change of gender and an elision of the grammatical case.
"Non-birth too" means the annihilation of birth; non-birth, that is Nibbāna, too should be desired.
Then I thought further - "Just as a man sunk in a heap of excrement, having seen from afar a lake of spotless water adorned with a grove of lotuses, blue water-lilies and white lotuses - 'By which path should one go there?' - it is proper for him to seek that lake. That he does not seek it is not the fault of that lake, but only the fault of that man. Just so, when the great lake of the Deathless that washes away the stain of defilements exists, that he does not seek it is not the fault of the great lake of Nibbāna termed the Deathless, but only the fault of the man. And just as a man surrounded by thieves, even when a path of escape exists, if he does not flee, that is not the fault of that path, but only the fault of that man. Just so, for a man seized, having been surrounded by the thieves of defilements, when the safe highway leading to the great city of Nibbāna exists, the not seeking of that path is not the fault of the path, but only the fault of the man. Just as a man oppressed by disease, when a physician skilled in treating disease exists, if having sought that physician he does not have that disease treated, that is not the fault of the physician, but only the fault of that man. Just so, however, whoever is oppressed by the disease of defilements and does not seek the teacher who exists, skilled in the path of appeasement of defilements, that is only his fault, not the fault of the teacher who is the guide for the disease of defilements." Therefore it was said -
13.
Does not seek that lake, that is not the fault of the lake.
14.
He does not seek that lake, that is not the fault of the lake of the Deathless.
15.
Does not flee, that man, that is not the fault of the road.
16.
He does not seek that path, that is not the fault of the safe road.
17.
Does not have that disease treated, that is not the fault of the physician.
18.
Does not seek that teacher, that is not the fault of the Great Leader."
13-18.
Therein, "gone into excrement" means gone into a pit of excrement, or gone into, that is, smeared with excrement.
"Washes away the stain of defilements" means in the cleansing of the stain of defilements; the nominative case is used in the locative sense.
"The lake of the Deathless" means of the lake termed the Deathless; the locative case should be understood as used in the genitive sense; it is stated having inserted the word "remembering."
"By enemies" means by adversaries.
"Surrounded" means obstructed all around.
"A path for going" means on the path for going.
It is stated having made the arrival of remembering for the purpose of the destruction of desire.
"Does not flee" means if he were not to flee.
"That man" means that man surrounded by thieves.
"Of the straight road" means of the path.
For the path has -
Boat, crossing-bridge, raft, mattress, and footbridge."
Many names. Here this one is stated by the name "straight road." "Safe" means safe because of the absence of all dangers. "The safe road" means of the safe road - this is the meaning. "Physician" means the physician. "Does not have it treated" means if he were not to have it treated. "That is not the fault of the physician" means there is no fault of the physician; the fault is only of the sick person - this is the meaning. "Afflicted" means one in whom bodily and mental suffering has arisen. "Teacher" means the teacher of the path to liberation. "Guide" means of the teacher.
Having thought thus, I further thought thus - "Just as a man fond of adornment, having abandoned a corpse hung around his neck, would go happily, thus by me too, having abandoned this putrid body, without concern, the great city of Nibbāna should be entered. And just as men and women, having defecated and urinated on a dung-hill, do not go taking it in their laps or wrapping it in their garment-edges and taking it, but rather, being disgusted, not wishing even to look at it, without concern, having abandoned it, they go; thus it is fitting for me too, having abandoned this putrid body without concern, to enter the deathless city of Nibbāna. And just as sailors, having abandoned a decrepit boat that takes in water, go without concern, thus I too, having abandoned this body oozing through nine wound-openings, without concern, shall enter the great city of Nibbāna. And just as some man, having taken various kinds of jewels such as pearls, gems, and lapis lazuli, going along the road together with thieves, out of fear of the destruction of his own jewels, having abandoned those thieves, takes a secure road; thus this putrid body too is like a thief who plunders jewels. If I make craving here, the jewels of wholesome qualities of the noble path will perish for me; therefore it is fitting for me, having abandoned this body born of impurity, like a great thief, to enter the great city of Nibbāna." Therefore it was said -
19.
Having released it, would go, happy, independent, self-controlled.
20.
Having discarded it, I would go, without attachment, not desirous of it.
21.
Having discarded it, they go, without attachment, not desirous of it.
22.
I will go, like one who, having defecated, leaves the hut.
23.
The owners, having abandoned it, go, without concern, not desirous of it.
24.
Having abandoned it, I will go, like owners leave a worn-out boat.
25.
Having seen the fear of goods being seized, having discarded them, he goes.
26.
Having abandoned this, I shall go, from fear of the cutting off of wholesome states."
19-26.
Therein, "just as a corpse, a man" means just as a young, youthful man fond of adornment, having been troubled, having been ashamed, having loathed a snake carcass or a dog carcass or a human carcass hung around his neck, having released that corpse, would go.
"Happy" means one who is happy.
"Independent" means one who dwells as he wishes.
"An accumulation of various corpses" means that which has become a heap of manifold corpses. "Filled with various corpses" is also a reading.
"At a place of defecation" - they defecate, they excrete here, thus it is excrement; excrement and that is a place, thus it is a place of defecation. Or alternatively, that which is breathed out is breath, this is a name for excrement; its place is the place of breath, in that place of breath, the meaning is a place of dung. "Having defecated, like a hut" means having defecated, like men and women leaving the hut - this is the meaning.
"Decrepit" means old. "Falling apart" means disintegrating, scattering - this is the meaning. "Taking in water" means one that takes in water. "Owner" means the owner of the boat. "With nine openings" means with nine openings because of being connected with nine wound-openings such as the eyes, ears and so on, with holes and perforations. "Constantly flowing" means constantly discharging, always oozing impurity - this is the meaning.
"Having taken goods" means having taken whatever goods such as jewels and so on. "Having seen the fear of goods being seized" means having seen the fear through the seizing of goods - this is the meaning. "Just so" means like that man going having taken the goods. "This body" means but this is the body in the sense of being the origin of contemptible things that are supremely loathsome. "Origin" means the place of arising. "They come from that" is the origin; the contemptible things are head hair and so on. Thus the body is the origin of contemptible things such as head hair and so on. "Like a great thief" means through the eye and so on, by way of attachment and so on towards enticing objects among forms and so on, having become a thief through killing living beings, taking what is not given, and so on, it plunders all that is wholesome - thus it is like a great thief. Therefore, just as that man going along the road having taken jewelled goods together with thieves, having abandoned those thieves, goes; just so I too, having abandoned this body that is like a great thief, shall go to seek the path that brings about my own safety - thus the connection of meaning should be understood. "Through fear of the cutting off of wholesome states" means through fear of the plundering of wholesome mental states - this is the meaning.
Then thus the wise Sumedha, having reflected upon the reason for renunciation by means of various similes, further thought - "Having accumulated this great heap of wealth, my father, grandfather and others, going to the world beyond, did not go having taken even a single coin; but it is fitting for me to take it and make a reason for going" - having gone, he informed the king - "I, great king, with a heart troubled by birth, ageing and so on, shall go forth from home into homelessness. I have wealth of many hundreds of thousands of crores; may Your Majesty accept it." The king said - "I have no need of your wealth; you yourself do as you wish."
And he, saying "Very well, Sire," having had a drum circulated in the city, having given a gift to the public, having abandoned both objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures, having gone forth from the city of Amarā, which was like the city of the excellent immortals, entirely alone, in the Himalayas abounding with various herds of animals, in dependence on a mountain named Dhammika, having made a hermitage, having built there a leaf-hut, having constructed a walking path free from the five faults, in order to produce the power of direct knowledge endowed with eight virtues, having abandoned the cloth possessed of nine faults, having put on a bark garment possessed of twelve virtues, he went forth. But thus having gone forth, having abandoned the leaf-hut filled with eight faults, having gone to a tree-root endowed with ten virtues, having abandoned all grain products, having become one who feeds on fallen fruits, striving in striving by way of sitting place and walking path, within just seven days he became an obtainer of the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges. Therefore it was said -
27.
Having given to those with protectors and the destitute, I approached the Himalayas.
28.
A hermitage was well made by me, a leaf-hut was well built.
29.
Endowed with eight virtues, I produced the power of direct knowledge.
30.
I put on a bark garment, possessed of twelve virtues.
31.
I approached a tree-root, possessed of ten virtues.
32.
Endowed with many virtues, I took up fallen fruit.
33.
Within seven days, I attained the power of direct knowledge."
27-30.
Therein, "thus I" means "thus I," the meaning is having reflected in the manner stated below.
"To those with protectors and the destitute" means having given to those with protectors and those without protectors, to the wealthy and to the poor, saying "Let those who wish take," together with the storehouses - this is the meaning.
"Not far from the Himalayas" means not far from, near the king of mountains, the Himalayas.
"A mountain named Dhammika" means a mountain bearing such a name.
But why is this called Dhammika?
Mostly, however, Bodhisattas, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, in dependence on that mountain, having produced direct knowledges, practised the duties of an ascetic.
Therefore, because of being the support for the duties of an ascetic, it became well-known as "Dhammika."
By the passage beginning with "A hermitage was well made by me," it is spoken as if the hermitage, leaf-hut, and walking paths were built by the wise Sumedha with his own hands; but they were not built with his own hands; rather, they were created by the young god Vissakamma, sent by Sakka, the king of the gods.
But the Blessed One at that time, with reference to that accomplishment produced by the power of his own merit -
"Sāriputta, on that mountain -
There I built a walking path, free from the five faults.'" He said beginning with;
Therein, "leaf-hut" means a hall roofed with leaves. "There" means in that hermitage site. "Free from the five faults" means free from the five faults of a walking path. What are the five faults of a walking path? Free from these five faults, namely: hardness and unevenness, having trees within, being covered by thickets, being too narrow, and being too wide. By the superior delimitation, the walking path is said to be sixty cubits in length and one and a half cubits in breadth. Alternatively, "free from the five faults" means free from, declined from the five faults of the mental hindrances - the connection should be seen with the subsequent term "I brought the power of direct knowledge." "Endowed with eight virtues" means the meaning is: I brought, I produced the power of direct knowledge possessed of the eight virtues stated thus: "when the mind is thus concentrated, pure, bright, without blemish, free from impurities, supple, wieldy, stable, and having attained imperturbability."
Some, however, making the connection with the hermitage, say "endowed with the eight pleasures of an ascetic, he built the hermitage endowed with these eight pleasures of an ascetic, namely: the absence of possessing wealth and grain, the state of blameless quest for almsfood, the state of eating almsfood with passion quenched, the absence of the defilement of oppressing the country when the king's men oppress the country and seize wealth, grain, and so on, the state of being without desire and lust for requisites, the state of being fearless of plunder by thieves, the state of being unassociated with kings, rulers, and chief ministers, and the state of being unobstructed in the four directions - endowed with these eight pleasures of an ascetic, he built the hermitage"; that does not agree with the Pāḷi.
"Cloth" means a garment. "There" means in that hermitage. "Possessed of nine faults" means, Sāriputta, dwelling there, I abandoned, I relinquished the very costly cloth that I had worn and wrapped around myself. It explains that in abandoning the cloth, having seen nine faults there, he abandoned it. For those who have gone forth in the going forth of a hermit, nine faults in the cloth have been declared. Which nine? The state of the cloth being very costly, the state of being dependent on others, the state of quickly becoming soiled through use - and when soiled it must be washed and dyed again - the state of wearing out through use, when worn out a mend or a patch must be made - the state of being difficult to obtain when seeking again, the state of being unsuitable for the going forth of a hermit, the state of being common to enemies - it must be guarded so that enemies do not seize it - the state of being a basis for adornment for one who wears it, the state of great desire for one who carries it about - it explains that having abandoned the cloth possessed of these nine faults, he put on a bark garment. "Bark garment" means the meaning is: one takes up a bark garment made by splitting muñja grass into splinter after splinter and tying it together, made of bark strips, for the purpose of wearing as a lower and upper garment. "Possessed of twelve virtues" means endowed with twelve benefits. Here the word "virtue" has the meaning of benefit, as in such passages as "An offering of a hundredfold is to be expected" and so on. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. The twelve benefits of the bark garment are: being of little value, not being dependent on others, being possible to make with one's own hands, the absence of needing to be sewn even when worn out through use, the absence of fear of thieves, the state of being easy to make for one seeking again, the state of being suitable for the going forth of a hermit, the absence of being a basis for adornment for one who uses it, the state of fewness of wishes regarding the robe requisite, the state of comfort in use, the state of being easily obtainable through the arising of bark, and the state of being without concern even when the bark garment is lost - endowed with these twelve virtues.
Then the wise Sumedha, dwelling there in the hermitage, having risen towards the break of dawn, reviewing the reason for his going forth, it is said, thought thus - "I, having abandoned like a lump of spittle the house adorned in the manner of the abode of the excellent gods, beautified with lofty wealth, delightful with the household members speaking with sweet laughter mingled with the sound of the clinking of new golden bracelets and anklets and so on, through delight in seclusion have entered the grove of austerity that washes away the evil of all people; but here my dwelling in the hermitage is like a second household life - come, let me dwell at the foot of a tree." Therefore it was said -
Therein, "filled with eight faults" means filled with, connected with eight faults. Which eight? The state of needing to be produced with great building materials; the state of needing to be constantly maintained with grass, leaves, clay and so on; a lodging indeed reaches an elder, and for one being evicted at an improper time there is no unified focus of mind - the state of being subject to eviction; the state of making the body delicate through the impact of cold and heat; the state of concealing blame because whatever evil can be done by one who has entered a house; the state of having possessions thinking "this is mine"; the existence of a house is dwelling with a companion; the state of being shared by many because of being common to lice, centipedes, house lizards and so on - thus, having seen these eight dangers, the Great Being abandoned the hermitage.
"Possessed of ten virtues" means having rejected a roof, endowed with ten virtues; the meaning is "I have approached a tree-root." Which ten? The state of requiring little effort; the state of being easily obtainable and blameless since there is only the mere approaching there; the state of arousing the perception of impermanence through repeatedly seeing the change of tree leaves; the absence of stinginess regarding the lodging; for one doing evil there feels ashamed - the state of not being fit for doing evil; the absence of making it a possession; dwelling together with deities; the rejection of a roof; the pleasantness of use; the state of being without concern because of the easy availability of a tree-root lodging wherever one goes - thus, having seen these ten virtues, he says "I have approached a tree-root." And he said -
An abode for the secluded one, where is one equal to a tree-root?
Indeed dwelling in a secluded place, at a tree-root, one of good conduct.
Seeing the tree leaves, one dispels the perception of permanence.
A discerning one should not despise the secluded tree-root."
Then the wise Sumedha, having seen the faults of the hermitage, dwelling having obtained the benefits of the tree-root lodging, thought even further - "My going to the village for the sake of food is the suffering of searching for food. I did not go forth on account of any loss for the sake of food. And there is no measure of the suffering rooted in the search for food. What if I were to sustain myself on fallen fruit?" But explaining this particular meaning -
Endowed with many virtues, I took up fallen fruit." He said beginning with;
Therein, "sown" means produced by sowing. "Planted" means produced by planting; the production of crops is only twofold by way of sowing and planting; having abandoned both kinds through his own fewness of wishes, I sustained myself on fallen fruit. "Fallen fruit" means fruit that has fallen down by itself. "I took up" means I consumed.
Having abandoned greed for food, the sage belongs to the four directions.
Therefore one should not despise the food of fallen fruit."
Thus progressing, the wise Sumedha, before long, within seven days, attained the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges. Making known this meaning, "there he strove with effort" and so on was said. Therein, "there" means in that hermitage. "Striving" means energy; for energy is called "striving" because it should be striven or because it produces the state of striving. "He strove" means I exerted energy. "In sitting, standing, and walking" means by sitting and by standing and by walking.
But the wise Sumedha, having rejected the sleeping place, having spent night and day by sitting, standing, and walking alone, within just seven days attained the power of direct knowledge. But thus, having attained the power of direct knowledge, while the hermit Sumedha was spending his time in the happiness of attainment, at that time a Teacher named Dīpaṅkara, who gathered all people together, who struck fear into the forces of Māra, who was a lamp of knowledge, arose in the world.
This is his account in brief only - It is said that this Great Being named Dīpaṅkara, having fulfilled thirty perfections, standing in an individual existence similar to the individual existence as Vessantara, having given great gifts such as those that caused the earth to tremble, at the end of his life span having been reborn in the Tusita city, having remained there as long as life lasted, the deities of the ten-thousand world-systems having assembled -
Helping the world with its gods to cross over, awaken to the Deathless state."
When this was said, thereupon he, having heard the word of the deities and having investigated the five great investigations, having passed away from there, in the city of Rammavatī, by his own splendour of fame, in the family of the king named Sudeva, a king of men, a Vāsudeva who had conquered, he took conception in the womb of Queen Sumedhā on the full moon day of Āsāḷhī under the constellation of Uttarāsāḷha, and being attended upon with a great retinue, in the womb of the great queen, like one gone into a jewelled pinnacle, unsmeared by any impurity, having dwelt for ten months, like the autumn moon emerged from an opening in the clouds, he came forth from her womb.
The thirty-two advanced signs
But at the moment of conception and at the moment of birth of the prince Dīpaṅkara, thirty-two advanced signs and wonders appeared. When all omniscient Bodhisattas descend into their mothers' wombs, when they come forth, when they attain full enlightenment, and when they set in motion the wheel of the Teaching - in these four occasions, thirty-two wonders occur indeed. Therefore, because they are well known, they have been shown by me at the birth of the prince Dīpaṅkara -
Trembled and quaked then on all sides, the ten-thousandfold world system.
In a single world-system, they then gathered together.
First received him, afterwards human beings then.
Untouched, the ornaments at that moment all around sweetly sounded.
Those blind from birth saw forms, and the deaf heard sounds all around.
Boats that had gone to foreign lands of their own accord swiftly approached the port.
The fire was extinguished in the terrible hells, and in the rivers the water did not flow.
Likewise then, with calmed garland of waves, this great ocean had sweet water.
The moon shone exceedingly together with the stars, and the sun was not hot.
And a great cloud covering the four continents shed sweet water all around.
They danced, they sang and they played music, they shouted and they made sport too.
Neither hunger nor thirst, it is said, afflicted anyone at all among the great multitude.
Crows associated together with owls, snakes made sport with boars.
Lice settled on the heads of cats, even house mice with trusting minds.
The hunchbacked became even and beautiful in body, and the mute spoke sweet words.
Horses neighed with delighted minds, and even noble elephants trumpeted in their excitement.
Garlanded with various beautiful great banners, the ten thousand was all around."
Therein, for him, the trembling of the ten-thousandfold world system was the advanced sign of the attainment of omniscient knowledge; the assembling of the deities in a single world-system was the advanced sign of assembling together all at once at the time of the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching and receiving the Teaching; the first reception by the deities was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four fine-material-sphere meditative absorptions; the subsequent reception by human beings was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four immaterial-sphere meditative absorptions; the self-sounding of the leather-bound drums was the advanced sign of the proclamation of the great drum of the Teaching; the self-sounding of the lutes and ornaments was the advanced sign of the attainment of the progressive abidings; the self-cutting of bonds was the advanced sign of the eradication of the conceit 'I am'; the disappearance of all diseases of the public was the advanced sign of the attainment of the fruition of the four truths; the seeing of forms by those blind from birth was the advanced sign of the attainment of the divine eye; the hearing of sounds by the deaf was the advanced sign of the attainment of the divine ear element.
The arising of recollection in those stupid from birth was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four establishments of mindfulness; the walking on foot of the lame was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four bases for spiritual power; the arrival at port of boats gone to foreign lands was the advanced sign of the achievement of the four analytical knowledges; the self-shining of jewels was the advanced sign of the attainment of the light of the Teaching; the extinguishing of fire in hell was the advanced sign of the extinguishing of the eleven fires; the non-flowing of water in the rivers was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four grounds of self-confidence; the light in the world-interstices, having scattered the darkness of ignorance, was the advanced sign of the vision of the light of knowledge; the sweetness of the water of the great ocean was the advanced sign of the state of having one flavour through the flavour of Nibbāna; the not blowing of the wind was the advanced sign of the breaking of the sixty-two wrong views; the flowering of the trees was the advanced sign of the state of flowering with the flowers of liberation.
The exceedingly bright shining of the moon was the advanced sign of being beloved by many people; the sun's state of being not too hot and pure was the advanced sign of the arising of bodily and mental happiness; the going to the ground of birds from mountains and so on was the advanced sign of the public, having heard the exhortation, going for refuge with their lives; the raining of the great cloud covering the four continents was the advanced sign of the great rain of the Teaching; the playing of the deities by dancing and so on while standing in their own respective mansions was the advanced sign of the inspired utterance upon attaining Buddhahood; the self-opening of doors and shutters was the advanced sign of the opening of the door of the eightfold path; the absence of affliction by hunger was the advanced sign of the state of being happy through the bliss of liberation; the attainment of a mind of friendliness by enemies was the advanced sign of the attainment of the four divine abidings; the ten-thousandfold world system being adorned with a single garland of banners was the advanced sign of being adorned with a garland of noble banners; the remaining distinctions, however, should be understood as the advanced signs of the attainment of the remaining virtues of a Buddha.
Then the prince Dīpaṅkara, being maintained with great splendour, gradually having reached auspicious youth, experiencing the splendour of sovereignty like the splendour of the heavenly world in three mansions suitable for the three seasons, at the time of going for amusement in the park, gradually having seen the three divine messengers reckoned as the aged, the sick, and the dead, with a sense of urgency arisen, having turned back, entered the city named Rammavatī, whose splendour of wealth was like the city of Sudassana. Having entered the city, again on the fourth occasion, having summoned the elephant trainer, he said this - "I, dear father, shall go out for the purpose of seeing the park; have the elephant carriages prepared." He, having assented "Very well, Sire," had eighty-four thousand elephants prepared. Then a young god named Vissakamma, it is said, adorned the Bodhisatta, dressing him in various coloured garments and inner robes, wearing a pearl necklace and armlets, bearing beautiful new golden bracelets, a crown, and earrings, with his hair adorned with supremely fragrant flower garlands. Then the prince Dīpaṅkara, like a divine prince, surrounded by eighty-four thousand elephants, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, surrounded by a great army, having entered the delight-producing park, having descended from the elephant's back, having wandered about that park, having sat down on a stone surface that was supremely beautiful to behold and cooling to one's own heart, he produced the thought for the going forth. At that very moment, a Great Brahmā who was one who had eliminated the mental corruptions from the Pure Abodes, having taken the eight ascetic's requisites, appeared in the range of vision of the Great Man.
The Great Man, having seen him - having asked "What is this?" having heard "An ascetic's requisite," having taken off the ornamental articles, having given them into the hands of the storekeeper of adornments, having taken the auspicious sword, having cut his hair together with the crown, he cast it up into the sky, in the atmosphere. Then Sakka, the king of gods, having taken that hair-crown with a golden casket, on the summit of Sineru, made a shrine named the Crown Shrine, three yojanas in extent, made of sapphire. Then the Great Man, having put on the orange robe, the banner of arahantship, given by the gods, threw the pair of cloths into the sky. That Brahmā, having received it, made a shrine in the Brahma world, twelve yojanas in extent, made of all jewels. But when the prince Dīpaṅkara was going forth, one ten million men went forth following him. Surrounded by that assembly, the Bodhisatta practised the practice of striving for ten months. Then on the full moon day of Vesākha, he entered a certain city for almsfood.
In that city, it is said, on that day, for the purpose of making an oblation to the deities, they cooked waterless milk-rice. But when that Great Being together with his following had entered for almsfood, the people gave to him. That, it is said, was sufficient for all the monks numbering ten million. But into the bowl of the Great Man, the deities infused divine nutriment. Having consumed that, having spent the day residence right there in a sal grove, in the evening time, having emerged from seclusion, having dismissed the group, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Sunanda, having gone to the foot of the Pipphali Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat, having placed behind him the trunk of the Bodhi tree of ninety cubits, having folded his legs crosswise, having determined the fourfold energy, he sat down at the foot of the Bodhi tree.
Thereupon, having scattered the forces of Māra, in the first watch of the night having recollected past lives, in the middle watch having purified the divine eye, in the last watch having contemplated the mode of dependent conditions by way of forward and reverse order, having attained the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having emerged from that, having focused upon the five aggregates, having seen fifty characteristics by way of rise and fall, having developed insight up to change-of-lineage knowledge, at the break of dawn having penetrated all the virtues of a Buddha through the noble path, having roared the Buddha's lion's roar, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having consented to Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Teaching, having set in motion the wheel of the Teaching in the Sunanda Park, having given the nectar of the Teaching to drink to a hundred ten million gods and humans, raining the rain of the Teaching like a great cloud covering the four continents, bringing about the release from bondage of the great multitude, he wandered on a journey through the country.
At that time, it is said, the wise Sumedha, spending his time in the happiness of attainment, neither saw the trembling of the earth nor those signs. Therefore it was said -
34.
The Conqueror named Dīpaṅkara, the leader of the world, arose.
35.
I did not see the four signs, being absorbed in the delight of meditative absorption."
34-35.
Therein, "thus" points out what is now to be spoken.
"Me" means my.
"Having attained accomplishment" means having attained the accomplishment of the five direct knowledges.
"Having become a master" means one who has become a master, the meaning is one who has attained the state of practised mastery.
"In the Dispensation" means in the Dispensation of those whose minds are inclined to seclusion; the genitive case should be seen as having the characteristic of disregard.
"Conqueror" means the Conqueror because of conquering the enemy of defilements.
"Arising" means at the taking of conception. "Being born" means at the emergence from the mother's womb. "Awakening" means at the full awakening to the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment. "Teaching the Teaching" means at the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching. "Four signs" means four signs. The meaning is the signs such as the trembling of the ten-thousandfold world system at the four occasions of Dīpaṅkara, the Possessor of the Ten Powers - conception, birth, enlightenment, and setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching. Here one asks - Those, however, are many signs; why was it said "four signs"? Is it not inappropriate? It is not inappropriate; even though these are many signs, because they occurred at four occasions, it was said "four signs." "I did not see" means I did not see. Now, pointing out the reason for not seeing those four signs, he said "absorbed in the delight of meditative absorption." "Delight of meditative absorption" is a designation for the happiness of meditative attainment. The meaning is that because of being applied to, because of being endowed with the delight of meditative absorption, he did not see those signs.
Then at that time, Dīpaṅkara, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, surrounded by four hundred thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, wandering on a journey gradually, having reached the supremely charming city named Ramma, was dwelling at the Sudassana Great Monastery. The inhabitants of the city of Ramma, having heard "Dīpaṅkara, it is said, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having attained the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, the one who had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, wandering on a journey gradually, having reached the city of Ramma, is dwelling at the Sudassana Great Monastery," having taken ghee and other medicines, having eaten the morning meal, wearing clean upper robes, with flowers, incense, and scents in their hands, approached the Buddha; having approached, having paid homage to the Teacher, having venerated with flowers and so on, having sat down to one side, having heard an exceedingly sweet talk on the Teaching, having invited the Blessed One for the morrow, having risen from their seats, having circumambulated the Possessor of the Ten Powers, they departed.
They, on the following day, having prepared an incomparable great gift, having had a pavilion built, having covered it with spotless and soft blue water-lilies, having made an encircling with the four kinds of perfume, having scattered fragrant flowers with parched corn as the fifth, having placed jars full of cool sweet water at the four corners of the pavilion, having covered them with plantain leaves, having tied above the pavilion a cloth canopy of supremely beautiful appearance resembling jayasumana flowers, having adorned it with golden, gem, and silver stars, having hung there garlands of scent, garlands of flowers, garlands of leaves, and garlands of jewels, having made a cloudy day with incense, and having swept the whole of that charming city of Ramma, having had plantain trees with fruit and full pitchers adorned with flowers set up, having raised flags and banners of various colours, having enclosed both sides of the great highway with screen walls, while adorning the road for the coming of Dīpaṅkara, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having thrown soil into places broken by water, having made even the muddy ground that was uneven level, they scatter sand resembling pearls, and they scatter flowers with parched corn as the fifth, and they set up plantain trees with fruit at the entrances.
Then at that time, the hermit Sumedha, having risen up from his own hermitage, going through space above those people, the inhabitants of the city of Ramma, having seen those joyful and elated ones cleaning and adorning the road - Having thought "What indeed is the reason?" while all were watching, having descended from space, having stood to one side, he asked those people - "Hey! For whose sake are you cleaning this road?" Therefore it was said -
36.
They clean the path for his coming, with satisfied minds.
37.
Shaking off my bark garments, I then go into the sky.
38.
Having descended from the sky, he asked the people at that very moment.
39.
For whom is the path being cleared, the straight road?"
36-39.
Therein, "in the domain of the borderland" means in a district on one side of the Middle Country itself, designated as a borderland region.
"The path for his coming" means the path by which he was to come - this is the meaning.
"I at that time" means I at that time; this instrumental expression should be seen as used in the locative sense.
"From my own hermitage" means having gone forth from one's own hermitage grounds.
"Shaking" means shaking off.
Since these two terms "at that time" and "then" have the same meaning, the connection of the former with the act of going forth and the latter with the act of going should be understood; otherwise it does not escape the fault of repetition.
"Then" means at that time.
"Filled with joy" means with pleasure arisen. "Satisfied, joyful, delighted" - these three terms are mutual synonyms, illustrating the meaning of one another. Or alternatively, satisfied through happiness, joyful through rapture, delighted through gladness. "Having descended" means having come down. "He asked the people" means he asked the humans. Or this itself is the reading. "At that very moment" means then, at that very instant - this is the meaning. Now, by the one showing the meaning that was asked about, "satisfied, joyful, greatly delighted" and so on was stated. Therein, this great multitude, having become satisfied, joyful, with delighted hearts, cleans the path - for what reason does it clean, or for whose sake does it clean? Thus the meaning should be seen by bringing in the word "cleans"; otherwise it is not fitting. "Is being cleaned" means the state of purity is being made. "Path," "straight road," "highway" - these are synonyms for the path itself.
Thus, asked by the hermit Sumedha, those people said - "Venerable Sumedha, do you not know that the Buddha named Dīpaṅkara, having attained the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, the one who had set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, wandering on a journey through the country, gradually having reached our city, is dwelling at the Sudassana Great Monastery? We, having invited that Blessed One, are cleaning the road of arrival for that very Buddha, the Blessed One." Then, having heard that, the wise Sumedha thought - "Even the mere sound 'Buddha' is rare, how much more the arising of a Buddha; therefore it is fitting for me too, together with these people, to clean the road of arrival for the Possessor of the Ten Powers." He said to those people - "If, sirs, you are cleaning this road for the Buddha, give me too one place; I too will clean the road for the Buddha together with you." Then they, having accepted saying "Good" - knowing "This wise Sumedha is of great supernormal power, of great might," having observed one place that was difficult to clean, broken by water, exceedingly uneven - "You clean this place and decorate it" - they gave. Then the wise Sumedha, having aroused rapture with the Buddha as object, thought - "I am indeed able to make this place supremely beautiful to behold by supernormal power; but thus done, it will not satisfy me. Today, however, it is fitting for me to perform bodily service" - having brought soil, he fills that area.
But while that area was still uncleaned and not yet finished for him, the inhabitants of the city of Ramma announced the proper time to the Blessed One - "The meal is ready, venerable sir." When the time was thus announced by them, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having covered the three circles and dressed in the double-fold robe of the colour of red China-rose flowers, on top of that, as if encircling a cluster of red China-rose flowers with a golden girdle, having tied the waistband resplendent like a lightning creeper, as if sprinkling lac-colouring on the summit of a golden mountain, as if encircling a golden shrine with a net of coral, and as if putting on a red blanket on a golden festooned post, and as if covering the autumn night-maker with a red cloud, having put on the excellent red rag-robe of the colour of moist kiṃsuka flowers dyed with lac-colouring, having emerged from the door of the Perfumed Chamber like a lion from a golden cave, he stood at the entrance of the Perfumed Chamber. Then all the monks, having taken their own bowls and robes, surrounded the Blessed One. And those monks who stood surrounding him were of such a nature -
Secluded, aloof from society, disciplined, reprovers of evil.
Accomplished in wisdom and liberation, endowed with the three and five kinds of conduct.
With peaceful faculties, having attained self-control, pure, with rebirth eliminated."
Thus the Blessed One, himself free from lust, surrounded by those free from lust; free from hate, by those free from hate; free from delusion, by those free from delusion, shone exceedingly. Then the Teacher, surrounded by four hundred thousand of great power, who had eliminated the mental corruptions, possessing the six higher knowledges, like the thousand-eyed one surrounded by a host of deities, and like Hārita the Great Brahmā surrounded by a host of Brahmās, with incomparable Buddha's grace born of the power of wholesome merit accumulated over an immeasurable time, like the autumn night-maker surrounded by a host of stars across the expanse of the sky, set out upon that decorated and prepared road.
Making the flowers golden-coloured, the golden-coloured one set out upon the road."
The hermit Sumedha too, having opened his eyes, having looked at the body of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara coming along that decorated and prepared road - adorned with the thirty-two marks of a great man, beautified by the eighty minor features, with the enclosure of the fathom-wide radiance, glorious, resembling a sapphire, emitting the six-coloured Buddha rays like various lightning creepers in the sky, a body endowed with the splendour of beauty - "Today it is fitting for me to make the relinquishment of life for the Possessor of the Ten Powers," "Let not the Blessed One step on the mud; as if stepping on a bridge of jewelled planks, together with four hundred thousand who have eliminated the mental corruptions, let him go stepping upon my back; that will be for my welfare and happiness for a long time" - having loosened his hair, having spread out the cheetah-skin, the matted hair, and the bark garments on the dark-coloured mud, he lay down right there on the surface of the mud. Therefore it was said -
40.
The Conqueror named Dīpaṅkara, the leader of the world, arose;
For him the path is being cleared, the straight road.'
41.
Saying "Buddha, Buddha," I declared my pleasure.
42.
Here I shall plant seeds, let not the moment pass by indeed.
43.
I too will clear the straight road.
44.
Thinking 'Buddha, Buddha,' I cleansed the path then.
45.
With four hundred thousand, possessing the six higher knowledges, such ones;
With those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, with the unstained, the Conqueror proceeded along the straight path.
46.
Rejoicing, men and deities uttered applause.
47.
Both of them, with joined palms, follow the Tathāgata.
48.
Both of them, playing music, follow the Tathāgata.
49.
The gods gone into the sky scatter them in every direction.
50.
The gods gone into the sky scatter them in every direction.
51.
Men standing on the ground throw them up in every direction.
52.
Having spread them out on the mud, I lay down face downward.
53.
Let him not step on the mud, it will be for my welfare."
40-53.
Therein, "explained" means they answered.
"The Conqueror named Dīpaṅkara, for him the path is being cleared" is also a reading.
"Declared pleasure" means experienced pleasure - this is the meaning.
"Standing there" means having stood right at the place where he descended from the sky.
"With an agitated mind" means with a mind filled with joy and astonishment.
"Here" means in this field of merit, Dīpaṅkara.
"Seeds" means wholesome seeds.
"I shall plant" means I shall plant.
"Moment" means the ninth conjunction of moments, free from the eight inopportune moments.
That extremely rare one was attained by me.
"Ve" is merely a particle.
"Let not pass by" means let it not pass by, let it not surpass - this is the meaning.
"Give" means hand over.
"Those" means those people who were asked by me, "those" - this is the meaning.
"I clean then" means I clean then.
"Unfinished" means not concluded, not completed.
"By those who have eliminated the mental corruptions" - here there are four mental corruptions -
The mental corruption of sensuality, the mental corruption of existence, the mental corruption of wrong view, the mental corruption of ignorance - these four mental corruptions of those for whom they are eliminated, abandoned, completely destroyed, tranquillised, incapable of arising, burnt by the fire of knowledge, they are ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions; by those who have eliminated the mental corruptions.
"With the unstained" precisely because of being ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions.
"The gods see humans" - here regarding the gods seeing humans, there is nothing to be said; but by way of natural seeing, just as humans standing here see, so the gods too see humans - this is the meaning. "Deities" means gods. "Both" means both gods and humans. "With joined palms" means having made joined palms, having placed both hands upon the head - this is the meaning. "They follow the Tathāgata" means they go behind the Tathāgata; the rule is that when there is pursuit, the accusative case is used in the genitive sense. Therefore it was said "they follow the Tathāgata." "Playing" means sounding.
"Mandārava" means mandārava flower. "In every direction" means from direction to direction. "They scatter" means they pour down. "Gone to the sky-space" means gone to the firmament designated as space. Or else, gone to space means just as those gone to heaven. For "nabha" is called heaven. "Marū" means the immortals. "Sarala" means the flower of the sarala tree. "Nīpa" means the kadamba flower. "Nāga, punnāga, and ketaka" means nāga, punnāga, and ketaka flowers as well. "Gone to the ground surface" means gone to the ground.
"Having loosened my hair" (kese muñcitvāhaṃ) means I, having loosened the bound hair, the matted locks twisted into material groups, having released them, having strewn them all over - this is the meaning. "There" (tattha) means in the place given to me. "Leather hide" (cammakaṃ) means a piece of leather. "In the mud" (kalale) means in the miry mud. "Face downward" (avakujjo) means having become face downward. "I lay down" (nipajjahaṃ) means I lay down. In "do not him" (mā naṃ), here "do not" (mā) is an indeclinable particle in the sense of prohibition. "Him" (naṃ) is an indeclinable particle in the sense of an expletive; the meaning is: let the Buddha not step on the mud. "It will be for my welfare" (hitāya me bhavissati) means that not stepping on the mud will be for my welfare for a long time. "It will be for my happiness" (sukhāya me bhavissati) is also a reading.
Thereupon the wise Sumedha, lying on the surface of the mud, thought thus - "If I wished, having burnt all mental defilements, having become the most junior member of the Community, I could enter the delightful city; but there is no need for me to burn the defilements in an unknown guise for the attainment of Nibbāna. What if I, like Dīpaṅkara the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having attained the supreme highest enlightenment, having embarked the great multitude upon the boat of the Dhamma, having helped them cross over the ocean of wandering in the round of rebirths, were afterwards to attain final nibbāna - this is befitting for me." Thereupon, having combined the eight qualities, having made the resolution for Buddhahood, he lay down. Therefore it was said -
54.
If I wished, today I could burn up my defilements.
55.
Having attained omniscience, I shall be a Buddha in the world with its gods.
56.
Having attained omniscience, I shall help the world with its gods to cross over.
57.
Having attained omniscience, I help many people cross over.
58.
Having climbed aboard the boat of the Teaching, I shall help the world with its gods to cross over."
54-58.
Therein, "upon the earth, of one lying down" means of one lying down on the earth.
Or this itself is the reading.
"Of the mind" means the meaning is "a reflection of the mind arose."
"Thus arose my intention" is also a reading.
"Wishing" means desiring.
"Defilements" means they are defilements because they defile and torment - that is, the ten beginning with lust.
"Could burn up" means "I could burn up"; the meaning is "I could burn up my defilements."
"How" is a word of rejection. "In an unknown guise" means in an unconcealed guise, by an unknown, concealed one. But here the intention is: what is the use of bringing about the elimination of mental corruptions like a monk? Rather, having fulfilled the qualities that make a Buddha, having caused the great earthquake at the conception, birth, enlightenment, and the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching, I should become a Buddha, an awakener; one who has crossed over, a helper across; one freed, a liberator. "With its gods" means in the world with its gods.
"Seeing one's strength" means by one seeing his own firmness and power. "I shall help across" means I shall help across. "Including the gods" means the order of beings including the gods, or the world including the gods. "By a superior deed" means by a surpassingly distinguished deed; the meaning is by the superior deed of relinquishing my life for the Buddha and lying down on the surface of the mud.
"The stream of wandering in the round of rebirths" means the wandering here and there through the modes of generation, destinations, stations of consciousness, and the nine abodes of beings by the force of action and mental defilements is the round of rebirths. As he said -
Continuing uninterrupted, is called the round of rebirths."
The round of rebirths and that is a stream - thus the stream of the round of rebirths; that stream of the round of rebirths. Or alternatively, the stream of the round of rebirths is the stream of the round of rebirths; the meaning is having cut through the stream of craving, which is the cause of the round of rebirths. "The three existences" means the sensual, fine-material, and immaterial existences. The actions and mental defilements that produce the three existences are intended as "the three existences." "The boat of the Teaching" means the noble eightfold path. For it is called "the boat of the Teaching" in the sense of crossing over the four mental floods. "Having ascended" means having climbed up. "I shall help across" means I shall help across. But since for one aspiring to the state of a Buddha -
Going forth, achievement of qualities, aspiration and desire;
Through the combination of eight factors, the resolution succeeds."
Therein, "human existence" means the aspiration succeeds only for one standing in the state of human existence itself and aspiring to the state of a Buddha, not for those standing among serpent births and so on. If one asks why? Because of the absence of roots.
"Achievement of gender" means even for one existing in the state of human existence, the aspiration succeeds only for one standing in the male gender, not for a woman or for eunuchs, neuters, or hermaphrodites. If one asks why? Because of the absence of fulfilment of the characteristics. For this was said: "This is impossible, monks, there is no chance that a woman should be a Worthy One, a perfectly Self-awakened One" - in detail. Therefore, even for one of human birth standing in the female gender, the aspiration does not succeed.
"Cause" means even for a man, the aspiration succeeds only for one accomplished in the cause for the attainment of arahantship in that individual existence, not for the other.
"Seeing the Teacher" means if one aspires in the presence of a living Buddha only, the aspiration succeeds. When the Blessed One has attained final Nibbāna, the aspiration does not succeed in the presence of a shrine, or at the foot of a Bodhi tree, or before an image, or in the presence of Individually Enlightened Ones or disciples of Buddhas. Why? Because of the inability to know those who are capable and those who are incapable, to define by the knowledge that determines the result of action, and to make a declaration. Therefore the aspiration succeeds only in the presence of a Buddha.
"Going forth" means even for one aspiring in the presence of the Buddha, the Blessed One, the aspiration succeeds only for one gone forth among hermits or monks who hold the doctrine of the efficacy of action, not for one standing in the mark of a layman. Why? Because Bodhisattas attain the highest enlightenment only as those gone forth, not as householders. Therefore, even at the time of the initial determination, one must be one gone forth.
"Achievement of qualities" means even for one gone forth, it succeeds only for one who has obtained the eight meditative attainments and possesses the five direct knowledges, but not for one devoid of this achievement of qualities. Why? Because of the absence of that in one without qualities.
"Aspiration" means even for one accomplished in qualities, it succeeds only for one by whom his own life has been given up for the Buddhas - for him alone, accomplished in this aspiration, it succeeds, not for the other.
"Desire" means even for one accomplished in resolution, it succeeds only for one who has great desire and effort and endeavour and search for the sake of the practices bringing about Buddhahood, not for the other. Herein this is a simile for the greatness of desire - For if it were thus: "Whoever is able to cross over the entire interior of the world-circle become one mass of water by the strength of his own arms and go to the far shore, he attains the state of a Buddha. Whoever does not imagine this to be difficult for oneself, 'I shall cross over this and go to the far shore'" - whoever is thus endowed with such great desire and endeavour, for him the aspiration succeeds, not for the other.
But the wise Sumedha, having combined these eight factors, having made the resolution for Buddhahood, lay down. The Blessed One Dīpaṅkara too, having come and stood at the head-end of the wise Sumedha, having seen the ascetic Sumedha lying on the surface of the mud - "This ascetic, having made a resolution for the state of a Buddha, has lain down; will this one's aspiration succeed, or not?" having sent forth the knowledge of future events and considering - Having known "Having passed beyond four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, he will become a Buddha named Gotama," while standing right there, he declared in the midst of the assembly - "Do you see, monks, this ascetic of lofty austerity lying on the surface of the mud?" "Yes, venerable sir." This one, having made a resolution for the state of a Buddha, has lain down; this hermit's aspiration will succeed, for at the summit of four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, he will become a Buddha named Gotama in the world. And in that individual existence, a city named Kapilavatthu will be his abode; a queen named Mahāmāyā will be his mother; a king named Suddhodana will be his father; Upatissa and Kolita will be the two chief disciples; one named Ānanda will be his attendant; Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the two chief female disciples. This one, with mature knowledge, having gone forth in the great renunciation, having striven in the great striving, having received the milk-rice given by a maiden named Sujātā at the foot of a banyan tree, having consumed it on the bank of the Nerañjarā, having ascended the ground of enlightenment, will fully awaken at the foot of the sacred fig tree. Therefore it was said -
60.
Standing at my head, spoke these words.
61.
After incalculable cosmic cycles, he will become a Buddha in the world.
62.
Having striven in striving, having performed austerities.
63.
Having taken up the milk-rice there, he will approach the Nerañjarā.
64.
By the prepared excellent path, he will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree.
65.
At the root of the holy fig tree, the one of great fame will awaken.
66.
His father will be named Suddhodana, this one will be Gotama.
67.
Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples;
Ānanda by name will be the attendant, he will attend upon this Conqueror.
68.
Without mental corruptions, without lust, with peaceful minds, concentrated.
69.
Citta and Hatthaka of Āḷavī will be the chief male attendants;
Uttarā and Nanda's mother will be the chief female attendants."
60-69.
Therein, "knower of the world" - because of having known the world in every way, he is the knower of the world.
For the Blessed One knew, understood, and penetrated the world in every way - by intrinsic nature, by origin, by cessation, and by the means of cessation.
Therefore he is called "knower of the world."
As he said -
Having known the end of the world, the peaceful one, he does not long for this world or the next."
But further, there are three worlds - the world of activities, the world of beings, and the world of space. Therein, the world of activities means the dependently arisen phenomena beginning with earth. The world of beings means beings who are percipient, non-percipient, and neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient. The world of space means the dwelling place of beings. But these three worlds too were known by the Blessed One according to their intrinsic nature; therefore he is called "knower of the world." "The receiver of oblations" - because of being worthy to accept gifts, because of being worthy of offerings, he is the receiver of oblations. "Standing at my head" means having stood near my head. The meaning is: he spoke the word that was now to be spoken. "Matted-hair ascetic" - he has matted hair, thus he is a matted-hair ascetic; that matted-hair ascetic. "Of lofty austerity" means of lofty asceticism. "Ahū" means struck; the meaning is "then." Or this itself is the reading. "Named Kapila" means having the appellation Kapila. "Delightful" means because of being charming. "Striving" means energy. "Will come" means will come, will go. In the remaining verses, the meaning is manifest.
Then the wise Sumedha - "My aspiration, it is said, will succeed" - he was filled with arisen pleasure. The great multitude, having heard the word of the One Possessed of the Ten Powers Dīpaṅkara - "The ascetic Sumedha is indeed a Buddha-seed-sprout" - was full of mirth. And thus it occurred to them - "Just as a man crossing a river, being unable to cross over by a straight ford, crosses over by a lower ford, just so we, not obtaining the path and fruit in the Dispensation of the One Possessed of the Ten Powers Dīpaṅkara, in the future, when you become a Buddha, then in your presence may we be able to realise the path and fruit" - they made the aspiration. The One Possessed of the Ten Powers Dīpaṅkara, having praised the Bodhisatta, the Great Being, having venerated him with eight handfuls of flowers, having circumambulated him, departed. They too, four hundred thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, having venerated the Bodhisatta with flowers and perfumes, having circumambulated him, departed. But the gods and humans, having venerated in the same way, having paid homage, departed.
Then the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara, who surpassed all the world in illumination, surrounded by four hundred thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, being venerated by the inhabitants of the city of Ramma, being honoured by the deities, moving like the peak of an excellent golden mountain tinted by the radiance of the evening glow, while numerous wonders were taking place, having gone by that adorned and prepared path, having entered the delightful city of Ramma - perfumed with the fragrance of various sweet-smelling flowers, with the scent of bath powder and aromatic substances, with raised flags and banners, swarming in clusters with swarms of wasps whose hearts were drawn by the fragrance, dark with incense smoke, with splendour resembling the city of the immortals, most pleasant - sat down on the prepared, very precious Buddha's seat, like the sun - the maker of day who, at the summit of Yugandhara, with beautiful rays in the autumn season, is the maker of night, the destroyer of the multitude of darkness, the causer of the blooming of the lotus forest - so too the maker of day of the Ten Powers sat down. The community of monks also sat down in succession on their own respective seats. The lay followers dwelling in the city of Ramma, accomplished in virtues such as faith and so on, gave to the community of monks headed by the Buddha an incomparable gift, a source of happiness, adorned with various kinds of solid food and so on, endowed with colour, fragrance, and flavour.
Then the Bodhisatta, having heard the prediction of the Possessor of the Ten Powers, imagining Buddhahood as if it had come into the palm of his hand, with a delighted heart, when all had departed, having risen from the lying place - Sat down folding his legs crosswise on the top of the heap of flowers, thinking "I shall investigate the perfections." When the Great Being had thus sat down, the deities of the entire ten-thousand world-circles, having given applause - "Noble ascetic Sumedha, when the Bodhisattas of old sat down folding their legs crosswise - Thinking 'I shall investigate the perfections,' whatever advanced signs appear, all of those have become manifest today. Without doubt you will become a Buddha. We know this - 'For whomever these signs appear, he certainly becomes a Buddha.' Therefore you, having made your energy firm, exert yourself" - they praised the Bodhisatta with praises of various kinds. Therefore it was said -
70.
Rejoicing, men and deities said: "This one is indeed a Buddha-seed."
71.
With joined palms they pay homage, the ten-thousand world-system together with the gods.
72.
In the future time, we shall be face to face with him."
73.
Having taken a lower ford, they cross over the great river.
74.
In the future time, we shall be face to face with him."
75.
Having praised my action, lifted up his right foot.
76.
Gods, humans and titans, having paid respect, departed.
77.
Having risen from the lying place, I then folded my legs crosswise.
78.
And overflowing with rapture, I then folded my legs crosswise.
79.
I have become a master in meditative absorption, having reached perfection in the direct knowledges.
80.
Matchless in supernormal powers, I obtained such happiness.
81.
Uttered a great roar: "Certainly you will become a Buddha."
82.
Those signs appear today.
83.
Those signs appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
84.
Those signs appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
85.
Those signs appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
86.
They are all in bloom today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
87.
They are all bearing fruit today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
88.
Those jewels shine today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
89.
Both today resound, certainly you will become a Buddha.
90.
They too rain down today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
91.
Both today resound, certainly you will become a Buddha.
92.
Those fires are quenched today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
93.
They too appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
94.
That too springs up from the earth today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
95.
Visākhā is yoked with the moon, certainly you will become a Buddha.
96.
Today those dwelling places are abandoned, certainly you will become a Buddha.
97.
They are all content today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
98.
Those signs appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
99.
They have all departed today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
100.
By that sign we know, certainly you will become a Buddha.
101.
By that sign we know, certainly you will become a Buddha.
102.
That fragrance blows forth today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
103.
They are all seen today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
104.
They are all seen today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
105.
They became like space today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
106.
Those signs appear today, certainly you will become a Buddha.
107.
We understand this, certainly you will become a Buddha."
70-107.
Therein, "having heard this word" means having heard this word of prophecy of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara regarding the Bodhisatta.
"Of the matchless one" means of the matchless one, due to the absence of an equal, a similar one.
As he said -
In the world including the gods, there is no one equal to me."
"The great sage" means one who seeks, searches for the great aggregates of morality, concentration, and wisdom - thus he is the great sage; of that great sage. "Men and deities" means men and immortals; but this is a superior designation - all those in the ten-thousandfold world system, including serpents, supaṇṇas, demons, and others, also rejoiced. "This one is indeed a Buddha-seed" means the meaning is that they rejoiced saying "This one is indeed a sprout of a Buddha that has arisen."
"Shouts of acclamation" means sounds of cheering arise. "Clapping" means they strike their arms with their hands. "The ten-thousand" means the ten-thousandfold world systems. "Including the gods" means the meaning is that the ten-thousand world-system together with the gods, including the gods, pays homage. "If of this one" means if of this one; or this itself is the reading. "We shall miss" means if we shall not attain. "In the future time" means in the future time. "We shall be" means we shall become. "Face to face" means having come face to face. "This" means of this one; it is an accusative case used in the sense of the genitive.
"Crossing the river" means those who cross the river; "naditarantā" is also a reading. "The opposite ford" means the ford on the opposite side. "Having missed" means having failed. "If we let go" means the meaning is if, having let go of this Blessed One, we shall depart with our task unaccomplished. "Having praised my action" means having declared the purpose developed by me. "Lifted up the right foot" means he raised the right foot; "having made the circumambulation" is also a reading.
"Sons of the Conqueror" means the disciples of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara. "Gods, humans, and titans, having paid respect, departed" means all these, gods and others, having circumambulated me three times, having venerated with flowers and so on, having paid homage with the fivefold prostration firmly established, having turned back, having looked again and again, praising with various kinds of praises with sweet meaning and phrasing, departed. "Men, serpents, and gandhabbas, having paid respect, departed" is also a reading.
"Had passed beyond my sight" means when the Blessed One had passed beyond the range of my vision. "When the region of sight was relinquished" is also a reading. "Together with the Community" means together with the Community is "with the Community"; in that one who was with the Community. "Having risen from the lying place" means having risen from the place of lying down, from the mud. "Folded the legs crosswise" means the meaning is that, having assumed the cross-legged posture, he sat down on the heap of flowers. "Joyful, with a joyful mind, I then rose from my seat" is also a reading; its meaning is manifest.
"And overflowing with rapture" means pervaded with joy. "Having become a master" means having attained the state of mastery. "In meditative absorption" means in the fine-material-sphere and immaterial-sphere meditative absorptions. "In the thousandfold" means in the ten-thousandfold. "In the world" means in the world system. "Equal to me" means similar to me. Having said without distinction "there are none equal to me," now specifying that very same, he said "matchless in supernormal powers." Therein, "in supernormal powers" means in the five supernormal powers - this is the meaning. "I obtained" means I received. "Such happiness" means such pleasure.
Then the hermit Sumedha, having heard the prediction of the Possessor of the Ten Powers, imagining Buddhahood as if it had come into the palm of his hand, with a delighted heart - showing that the Great Brahmās of the Pure Abodes in the ten thousand world systems, who had seen past Buddhas, making known the unerring nature of the Tathāgata's word through seeing the wonders arising at the prediction of Bodhisattas certain of their destiny, pleasing me, spoke these verses - the Blessed One said beginning with "when I sat cross-legged."
Therein, "when I sat cross-legged" (pallaṅkābhujane mayha) means when I sat cross-legged (mama pallaṅkābhujane). Or this itself is the reading. "The inhabitants of the ten thousand" means the Great Brahmās dwelling in the ten thousand world systems. "Which formerly" (yā pubbe) means "which formerly" (yāni pubbe); it should be understood that it is said having made an elision of the case ending. "Sat cross-legged in the excellent posture" (pallaṅkavaramābhuje) means at the sitting cross-legged in the excellent posture (varapallaṅkābhujane). "Signs appear" (nimittāni padissanti) means the signs appeared (nimittāni padissiṃsu) - this is the meaning. Where a past tense expression should be used, a present tense expression was stated. Although it is stated thus, the meaning should be taken in the past tense. "Those appear today" (tāni ajja padissare) means whatever signs arose formerly at the sitting cross-legged of Bodhisattas certain of their destiny, those signs appear today. Therefore the meaning is "you will certainly become a Buddha." However, it is not those very same signs that arose; it should be understood that because of their similarity, it is said "those appear today."
"Cold" (sīta) means coldness. "Departed" (byapagata) means gone, disappeared. "Those" (tāni) means those that cause the departure of cold and the subsiding of heat - this is the meaning. "Soundless" (nissaddā) means without sound, without noise. "Undisturbed" (nirākulā) means unconfused, or this itself is the reading. "Do not flow" (na sandanti) means do not carry, do not proceed. "Streams" (savantiyo) means rivers. "Those" (tāni) means the non-blowing and non-flowing. "Land-born" (thalajā) means born on the surface of the earth, on mountains, and on trees. "Water-born" (dakajā) means aquatic flowers. "They bloom" (pupphanti) means formerly they bloomed for the Bodhisattas; it should be understood as a present tense expression used in a past sense, by the very method stated above. "They are in bloom today" (tepajja pupphitāni) means those flowers are in bloom today - this is the meaning.
"Laden with fruit" means bearing fruit. "They today" means they too today; "they" is stated in the masculine gender by way of masculine gender, because it was said "whether creepers or trees." "Fruited" means having produced fruit. "Situated in the sky and situated on the ground" means jewels gone to the sky and gone to the ground, that is, jewels such as pearls and so on. "Shining" means they illuminate. "Human" means belonging to human beings, human. "Divine" means belonging to gods, divine. "Musical instruments" means the five musical instruments: ātata, vitata, ātatavitata, susira, and ghana. Therein, "ātata" means a musical instrument with one face, among drums and so on covered with leather. "Vitata" means with both faces. "Ātatavitata" means covered on all sides, such as the large lute and so on. "Susira" means bamboo flutes and so on. "Ghana" means cymbals and so on. "Are played" means they were played, according to the method stated below; it should be understood as a present tense expression used in a past sense. This same method applies also above in such expressions. "Resound" means as if well released, well struck, and well played here and there by skilled musicians, they resound; the meaning is they cry out.
"Variegated flowers" means various flowers of diverse fragrances and colours. "Rain down" means they rained down; the meaning is they fell down. "They too" means those variegated flowers too are seen raining down; the intention is that they are being scattered by hosts of gods and Brahmās. "Draws back" means retreats. "Both today" means they too today, both the ten-thousand great oceans. "Resound" means they cry out. "In hell" means in the hells. "Ten thousand" means many ten thousands. "Are extinguished" means they are appeased; the meaning is they attain peace. "Stars" means constellations. "They too are seen today" means they too, due to the spotless state of the sun, the stars are seen today during the day.
"Without rain" means in the unrained-upon place; it is an instrumental expression used in the locative sense. Or else, "anovaṭṭhe" means even in the unrained-upon place. "Na" is merely a particle, as in such passages as "having heard the messenger's word" and so on. "That too springs up today" means that water too today springs up; the meaning is having sprung up, it rises. "Of the earth" means from the earth; it is an ablative expression. "Hosts of stars" means all the hosts of stars such as the planets and constellations and so on. "Constellations" means the constellation-stars as well. "In the firmament" means they shine in the entire firmament; this is the meaning. "Those dwelling in holes" means those dwelling in holes, such as snakes, mongooses, crocodiles, iguanas, and so on. "Those dwelling in caves" means those dwelling in mountain streams. Or this itself is the reading. "Come out" means they came out. "From their own dwelling places" means from their own respective dwelling places. "Tadāsayā" is also a reading. "Tassa" means of that one, "tadā" means at that time, from the dwelling place, from the hole; this is the meaning. "Cast out" means well cast out, well raised up; the meaning is they came forth.
"Discontent" means longing. "Content" means content with supreme contentment. "Perishes" means disappears. "Lust" means sensual lust. "Then becomes diminished" means becomes trifling; by this he explains the absence of prepossession. "Destroyed" means perished. "Then" means formerly, at the time of the Bodhisattas' sitting cross-legged - this is the meaning. "Does not exist" means does not occur. "Today too" means today, at your sitting cross-legged too, this fear does not occur indeed - this is the meaning. "By that sign we know" means by that reason all of us indeed know that you will become a Buddha - this is the meaning.
"Does not rise up" means does not arise. "Undesirable odour" means bad smell. "Departs" means departed, went away. "Blows forth" means blew forth. "That too today" means that divine fragrance too today. "Are seen" means were seen. "They too today" means they too, all the gods, today. "As far as" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of delimitation; the meaning is "however much." "Walls" means ramparts. "Do not become obstructions" means they did not act as obstructions. "Then" means formerly. "Became like space" means those walls, door panels, and mountains, being unable to make obstruction or concealment, became like unentangled space - this is the meaning. "Passing away" means death. "Rebirth" means the taking of conception. "At the moment" means formerly, at the moment of the Bodhisattas' sitting cross-legged. "Is not found" means did not occur. "Those too today" means those too, namely passing away and becoming, today - this is the meaning. "Do not turn back" means do not retreat. "Proceed" means make effort. The remainder here is clear in itself.
Then the wise Sumedha, having heard the word of the One Possessed of the Ten Powers Dīpaṅkara and of the deities of the ten-thousand world-circles, having become exceedingly inspired with enthusiasm arisen, thought - "The Buddhas are of unfailing speech, there is no alteration in the word of the Buddhas. For just as the falling of a clod of earth thrown into the sky is certain, death for one who is born, the rising of the sun when dawn breaks, the roaring of a lion gone forth from its dwelling place, the laying down of the burden for a woman heavy with child - these are certain and inevitable, just so the word of the Buddhas is certainly everlasting and unfailing. Surely I will become a Buddha." Therefore it was said -
108.
Satisfied, joyful, greatly delighted, thus I thought then.
109.
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha.
110.
So too the word of the foremost Buddhas is everlasting and eternal;
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha.
111.
So too the word of the foremost Buddhas is everlasting and eternal;
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha.
112.
So too the word of the foremost Buddhas is everlasting and eternal;
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha.
113.
So too the word of the foremost Buddhas is everlasting and eternal;
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha.
114.
So too the word of the foremost Buddhas is everlasting and eternal;
There is no falsehood in the Buddhas, certainly I will become a Buddha."
108-114.
Therein, "having heard the word of the Buddha and of the ten thousand world systems both" means having heard the word of the perfectly Self-awakened One Dīpaṅkara and of the deities of the ten-thousand world-circles.
"Both" means of both; it is a nominative case used in the genitive sense, or it is a word meaning both.
"Evaṃ cintesahaṃ" means "thus I thought."
"Of unambiguous word" means words that do not proceed in two ways; the meaning is words that are definite. "Acchiddavacanā" is also a reading; its meaning is words that are faultless. "Of unfailing word" means of unerring words. "False" means there is no false word - this is the meaning. "Certainly I become a Buddha" - it should be understood that the statement "I shall definitively become a Buddha" is made as a present tense expression by way of certainty and inevitability.
"The rising of the sun" means the rising of the sun, or this itself is the reading. "Certain and eternal" means both definite in occurrence and everlasting. "Of one who has gone forth from his sleeping place" means of one who has departed from his sleeping place. "Of those with beings within" means of those heavy with child; the meaning is of pregnant women. "The laying down of the burden" means the laying down of the burden; the meaning is the laying down of the embryo. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. The remainder here too is clear in itself.
"I shall surely become a Buddha" - having thus made the determination, in order to consider the qualities that bring about Buddhahood - "Where indeed are the qualities that bring about Buddhahood?" - thus, above, below, in the directions and intermediate directions - searching the entire element of phenomena in due order, having seen the first perfection of giving, practised and cultivated by the Bodhisattas of old in former times, he exhorted himself thus - "Wise Sumedha, you should henceforth fulfil the first perfection of giving. For just as a water-pot turned upside down discharges water entirely without remainder and does not bring it back, just so, without regard for wealth or fame or children and wife or major and minor limbs, giving to beggars everywhere all that they wish and desire entirely without remainder, having sat down at the foot of the Bodhi tree, you will become a Buddha." Thus he made firm and determined the first perfection of giving. Therefore it was said -
115.
Above, below, the ten directions, as far as the element of phenomena extends.
116.
The great path practised by the great sages of old.
117.
Go to the perfection of giving, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
118.
Discharges water entirely, does not hold back therein.
119.
Give a gift entirely, like a water-pot turned upside down."
115-119.
Therein, "come" (handa) is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release.
"The qualities that make a Buddha" means the qualities that produce the state of a Buddha.
The qualities that produce the state of a Buddha are by name the ten qualities beginning with the perfection of giving.
"I shall investigate" means I shall search, I shall inquire, I shall examine - this is the meaning.
"Here and there" (ito cito) means here and here; or this itself is the reading.
The meaning is "I shall investigate here and there."
"Above" means in the heavenly world.
"Below" means in the human world.
"Ten directions" means in the ten directions;
the intention is: where indeed are those practices bringing about Buddhahood - above, below, across, in the directions and intermediate directions?
As for "as far as the element of phenomena extends" - here "as far as" is a word of delimitation.
"Of the element of phenomena" means of phenomena of intrinsic nature; "the occurrence of" should be seen as the remainder of the expression.
What is meant?
What is meant is: to whatever extent there is the occurrence of phenomena of intrinsic nature - the phenomena of the sensual, fine-material, and immaterial spheres - to that extent I shall investigate.
"Investigating" means inquiring, examining. "By the former ones" means by the ancient Bodhisattas. "Practised" means habitually done, cultivated. "Undertake" means make the undertaking; the meaning is: undertake thus - "From today onwards this perfection of giving is to be fulfilled by me first." "Go to the perfection of giving" means go to the perfection of giving, fulfil it - this is the meaning. "If you wish to attain enlightenment" means if you wish to attain the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment, having gone to the foot of the Bodhi tree. "Of whatever" means full of water or milk or of whatever. When there is a connection with the word "full," those skilled in language require the genitive case. Or the genitive case is used in the instrumental sense; the meaning is "with whatever." "Turned upside down" means turned face downward. "Does not hold back therein" means does not hold back in that pouring out; the meaning is that it discharges water entirely. "Low, superior, and middling" means low, middling, and sublime. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. "Like a water-pot turned upside down" means like a water-pot turned face downward. Having seen beggars who have approached - "You, Sumedha, without leaving anything of your own, fulfil the perfection of giving by the relinquishment of all wealth, the secondary perfection by the relinquishment of limbs, and the ultimate perfection by the relinquishment of life" - thus he exhorted himself by himself.
Then, as he reflected further "One should not be content with just this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the second perfection of morality, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you should henceforth fulfil the perfection of morality. Just as the yak deer, without regard for its life, guards only its tail hair, just so you too, henceforth, without regard for your life, guarding only morality, you will become a Buddha." Thus he made firm and determined the second perfection of morality. Therefore it was said -
120.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
121.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
122.
Go to the perfection of morality, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
123.
Goes to death there, does not destroy its tail.
124.
Always guard morality, as a yak its tail."
120-124.
Therein, "na hete" means "na hi ete yeva" (for not these alone).
"Ripening enlightenment" means the ripening of the path or the ripening of omniscient knowledge.
"The second perfection of morality" - morality is the support of all wholesome mental states; one established in morality does not decline from wholesome mental states, and obtains all mundane and supramundane qualities.
Therefore the perfection of morality should be fulfilled - thus "he saw the second perfection of morality" is the meaning.
"Practised and cultivated" means developed and made much of. "Camarī" means the yak deer. "On something" means on any one among trees, creepers, thorns, and so on, wherever anywhere. "Caught" means stuck fast. "There" means where it is stuck, remaining right there it approaches death. "Does not destroy" means does not cut. "Its tail" means it does not go having cut its tail hair; the meaning is that it approaches death right there.
"Moralities on the four planes" means moralities classified in four categories, by way of Pātimokkha restraint, sense-faculty restraint, livelihood purification, and dependence on requisites - this is the meaning. But by way of planes, although included in just two planes, that too is the fourfold morality itself. "Fulfil" means fulfil by the absence of being broken, breached, spotted, and so on. "Always" means at all times. "Like a yak" means like a yak deer. The remainder here too is of manifest meaning only.
Then, as he reflected further, "One should not be content with just this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the third perfection of renunciation, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you, henceforth, should fulfil the perfection of renunciation also. Just as a man dwelling for a very long time in a prison does not develop affection there, but rather becomes dissatisfied and wishes to depart, just so you too, having regarded all existences as similar to a prison, dissatisfied with all existences, wishing to be freed, having become inclined towards renunciation, thus you will become a Buddha" - having made firm the third perfection of renunciation, he determined upon it. Therefore it was said -
125.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
126.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
127.
Go to the perfection of renunciation, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
128.
Does not generate lust therein, but seeks only freedom.
129.
Be inclined towards renunciation, for release from existence."
125-129.
Therein, "in a prison" means in a prison.
"Having dwelt long" means having dwelt for a long time.
"Afflicted by suffering" means oppressed by suffering.
"Does not generate lust therein" means does not generate, does not produce lust, affection there in the prison.
"Having released from this prison, I shall not go elsewhere" - thus he does not generate lust therein, but seeks only freedom, only release - this is the intention.
"Inclined towards renunciation" means inclined towards departure.
"From existence" means from all existences.
"For release" means for the purpose of complete liberation.
"Having become inclined towards renunciation, you will attain the highest enlightenment" is also a reading.
The remainder here is clear in meaning.
Then, as he reflected further, "One should not be content with just this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the fourth perfection of wisdom, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you, henceforth, should fulfil the perfection of wisdom also. Without avoiding anyone among the low, middle, and superior, having approached all wise persons, you should ask a question. Just as an alms-gathering monk, without avoiding any family among the families distinguished as low and so on, walking for almsfood in succession, quickly obtains just sufficient sustenance, just so you too, having approached all wise persons, asking questions, you will become a Buddha" - having made firm the fourth perfection of wisdom, he determined upon it. Therefore it was said -
130.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
131.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
132.
Go to the perfection of wisdom, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
133.
Not avoiding families, thus he obtains sustenance.
134.
Having gone to the perfection of wisdom, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
130-134.
Therein, "begging alms" means walking for almsfood.
"Low, superior, and middling" means low, superior, and middling families - this is the meaning.
A perversion of gender has been made.
"Not avoiding" means not keeping away from; one who, having abandoned the order of houses, walks about is said to avoid - the meaning is not doing so.
"Sustenance" means one obtains food that is just sufficient for sustenance, for the maintenance of life - this is the meaning.
"Interrogates" means -
"What, venerable sir, is wholesome, what is unwholesome;
what is blameworthy, what is blameless?" - by such a method, having approached well-known wise persons here and there, one interrogates - this is the meaning.
"Wise people" means wise persons.
"Budhe jane" is also a reading.
"The perfection of wisdom" means the far shore of wisdom.
"Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā" is also a reading.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
Then, as he reflected further "one should not be content with just this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the fifth perfection of energy, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you, henceforth, should fulfil the perfection of energy also. Just as a lion, the king of beasts, is of firm energy in all postures, so you too, being of firm energy and unwavering energy in all postures in all existences, will become a Buddha." Thus he firmly determined the fifth perfection of energy. Therefore it was said -
135.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
136.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
137.
Go to the perfection of energy, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
138.
Is ever of unwavering energy, with mind always uplifted.
139.
Having gone to the perfection of energy, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
135-139.
Therein, "of unwavering energy" means of unwavering energy.
"In all existences" means in each and every existence that arises; the meaning is "in all existences."
"Having become one putting forth strenuous energy, you will attain the highest enlightenment" is also a reading.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
Then, as he reflected further "One should not be content with just this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the sixth perfection of patience, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you should henceforth fulfil the perfection of patience; you should be patient whether in honour or in dishonour. Just as on the earth, by name, they cast down what is pure and what is impure, yet the earth does not make affection or aversion on that account, it is patient, it endures, it just accepts - just so you too, being patient with honour and dishonour from all, will become a Buddha." Thus he firmly determined the sixth perfection of patience. Therefore it was said -
140.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
141.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
142.
There with undoubting mind, you will attain the highest enlightenment.
143.
Endures all that is cast upon it, it does not make aversion thereby.
144.
Having gone to the perfection of patience, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
140-144.
Therein, "there" means in that perfection of patience.
"Of undoubting mind" means of single-minded resolve.
"What is pure too" means what is pure such as sandalwood, saffron, perfume, garlands, and so on.
"What is impure too" means what is impure such as snake, dog, human corpses, faeces, urine, spittle, nasal mucus, and so on.
"Endures" means is patient, accepts.
"What is cast" means what is laid down.
"Aversion" means wrath.
"Thereby" means by that conduct, or by that state of being laid down.
"Paṭighaṃ daya" is also a reading; the meaning is that it does not comply with aversion by that casting down.
"Patient with honour and dishonour" means the meaning is you too should be one who endures the honouring and dishonouring of all.
Some also read "Tatheva tvampi sabbabhave, sammānanavimānakkhamo."
"Khantiyā pāramiṃ gantvā" is also a reading; the meaning is having gone by way of fulfilling the perfection of that patience.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
From here onwards, without saying even this much, wherever there is a distinction, having stated only that and having shown the variant reading, we shall proceed.
Then, as he reflected further, "One should not be endowed with only this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the seventh perfection of truthfulness, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you from now on should fulfil the perfection of truthfulness too; even if a thunderbolt were falling on your head, do not speak a conscious lie for the sake of wealth and so on, through the influence of desire and so on. For just as the healing star does not, in all seasons, abandon its own course and go by another path, but goes only by its own path, just so you too, not speaking lying, having abandoned truth, will become a Buddha" - thus he made firm and determined upon the seventh perfection of truthfulness. Therefore it was said -
145.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
146.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
147.
There being of uncontradictory speech, you will attain the highest enlightenment.
148.
In season or in the seasonal rains, does not deviate from its path.
149.
Having gone to the perfection of truthfulness, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
145-149.
"In each case" means in the perfection of truthfulness.
"Of unambiguous speech" means one whose speech is unerring.
"The healing star by name" means the healing star; when gathering medicine, having seen the healing star risen, they gather medicine.
Therefore it is called "the healing star."
"A standard" means a measure.
"Including the gods" means of the world including the gods.
"In season" means in the rainy season.
"In the seasonal rains" means in winter and summer.
"Samaye utuvaṭṭe" is also a reading.
"Its season" means in summer.
"The seasonal cycle" means in winter and in the rainy season - this is the meaning.
"Does not deviate from its path" means in each and every season it does not deviate, does not depart from its own course of travel; for six months it goes to the western direction, for six months it goes to the eastern direction.
Or, "the healing star by name" means medicine such as ginger, long pepper, black pepper, and so on.
"Does not deviate" means whatever medicine is capable of giving its fruit, having entered into that giving of fruit, it does not turn back without giving its own fruit.
"From its path" means from its course of travel; that which removes bile removes bile indeed, that which removes wind removes wind indeed, that which removes phlegm removes phlegm indeed - this is the meaning.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
Then, as he reflected further, "One should not be endowed with only this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the eighth perfection of determination, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you from now on should fulfil the perfection of determination too; whatever you determine, in that determination you should be motionless; just as a mountain, even when winds strike in all directions, does not tremble, does not shake, but remains in its own place, just so you too, being motionless in your own determination, will become a Buddha" - thus he made firm and determined upon the eighth perfection of determination. Therefore it was said -
150.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
151.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
152.
There you, having become unshakeable, will attain the highest enlightenment.
153.
Does not tremble in strong winds, remains in its own place.
154.
Having gone to the perfection of determination, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
150-154.
Therein, "rocky" means made of stone.
"Immovable" means motionless; "firmly established" means well established precisely because of being immovable.
"Just as a mountain, immovable, buried deep, firmly established" is also a reading.
"By fierce winds" means by powerful winds.
"In its own place" means in its own position only; the meaning is in the very place where it stood.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
Then, as he reflected further, "One should not be endowed with only this much of the practices bringing about Buddhahood," having seen the ninth perfection of friendliness, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you should henceforth fulfil the perfection of friendliness; towards those who are helpful and those who are harmful, you should be of one mind. Just as water pervades both evil people and good people alike, making coolness equally, just so you too, having been of one mind with a mind of friendliness towards all beings, will become a Buddha" - thus he made firm and determined upon the ninth perfection of friendliness. Therefore it was said -
155.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
156.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
157.
Be matchless in friendliness, if you wish to attain enlightenment.
158.
Pervades equally with coolness, and washes away dust and stain.
159.
Having gone to the perfection of friendliness, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
155-159.
Therein, "be matchless" means be incomparable in the development of friendliness.
Therein, "you be equal to the matchless" is also a reading; its meaning is manifest.
"Equal" means comparable.
"Pervades" means touches.
"Washes away" means purifies.
"Dust" means adventitious dust.
"Stain" means the stain of sweat and so on arisen in the body.
"Dust-and-stain" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
"Friendly and unfriendly" means towards the friendly and the unfriendly, towards friends and enemies - this is the meaning.
"Develop with friendliness" means develop friendliness, increase it.
The remainder here too is clear in itself.
Then, as he was reflecting further "one should not be content with just this many qualities that make a Buddha," having seen the tenth perfection of equanimity, this occurred to him - "Wise Sumedha, you should henceforth fulfil the perfection of equanimity; you should be just impartial in happiness and in suffering. Just as the earth, by name, when what is pure and what is impure is thrown upon it, is just impartial, just so you too, being just impartial in happiness and suffering, will become a Buddha." Thus, having made firm the tenth perfection of equanimity, he determined upon it. Therefore it was said -
160.
I will search for others too, those qualities that ripen enlightenment.
161.
Practised and cultivated by the great sages of old.
162.
Having become like a balance, firm, you will attain the highest enlightenment.
163.
Is indifferent to both of these, free from irritation and friendliness.
164.
Having gone to the perfection of equanimity, you will attain the highest enlightenment."
160-164.
Therein, "become like a balance" means standing in the state of impartiality; just as the beam of a balance, when evenly weighed, stands evenly, does not bend down nor bend up, just so you too, having become like a balance in happiness and suffering, will attain the highest enlightenment.
"Free from irritation and friendliness" means free from aversion and compliance.
"Free from compassion and irritation" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
The remainder should be understood by the method already stated in the perfection of patience.
Then the wise Sumedha, having examined these ten qualities of perfection, thereupon thought further - "In this world, the qualities to be fulfilled by Bodhisattas, that ripen enlightenment, that produce the state of a Buddha, are just this many, no more than this. But these perfections are not above in space, nor below in the earth, nor in the eastern and other directions; but they are established within my own heart-flesh." Thus, having seen their state of being established in his own heart, having made all of them firm and having determined upon them, meditating again and again, he meditated in forward and reverse order; having taken the end, he reached the beginning; having taken the beginning, he placed it at the end; having taken the middle, he brought it to conclusion on both sides; having taken both extremities, he brought it to conclusion in the middle. The relinquishment of external possessions is called perfections, the relinquishment of limbs is called secondary perfections, the relinquishment of life is called ultimate perfections - thus ten perfections, ten secondary perfections, ten ultimate perfections, thirty perfections in all - as if turning a twin oil-press, he meditated. As he was meditating on the ten perfections, by the power of the Teaching, this great earth, vast and two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, like a bundle of reeds trodden upon by an elephant, like a sugar-cane mill being pressed, crying out with a great uproar, trembled, quaked, and shook violently. It revolved like a potter's wheel and like an oil-press wheel. Therefore it was said -
165.
Beyond these there is nothing else, firmly establish yourself therein.
166.
By the power of the Dhamma, the earth, the ten-thousand world-system, quaked.
167.
Just as a wheel in an oil-press, thus the ground trembles."
165-167.
Therein, "these alone" was said for the purpose of showing that the ten perfections indicated are neither deficient nor excessive.
"Beyond these" means beyond those ten perfections there is nothing.
"Nothing else" means another; the grammatical rule should be understood from the science of grammar.
The meaning is that apart from the ten perfections there is no other quality that brings about Buddhahood.
"Therein" means in those ten perfections.
"Establish yourself" means be established; the meaning is remain fulfilling them.
"These qualities" means the qualities of perfection. "Of one meditating" means of one investigating; the genitive case should be seen as used in the sense of disregard. "By intrinsic nature and own characteristic" means the meaning is of one meditating by the own characteristic that is designated as intrinsic nature. "By the power of the Dhamma" means by the power of the knowledge of investigation of the perfections. "The earth" (vasudhā) - "vasu" is called a jewel; that which bears it or in which it is sustained - thus "vasudhā." What is that? The ground. "Quaked" means it trembled. But when the wise Sumedha was investigating the perfections, by the power of his knowledge the ten-thousand world-system trembled - this is the meaning.
"Moves" means it trembled in six ways. "Resounds" means it roars and cries out. "Like a sugar-mill being pressed" means like a sugar-cane mill being squeezed. "Like a molasses-mill being pressed" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Oil-press" means an oil-pressing machine. "As a wheel" means like the great wheel-machine of oil-pressers. "Thus" means just as an oil-pressing wheel-machine revolves and trembles, so this ground trembles - this is the meaning. The remainder here is clear in itself.
Thus, as the great earth was trembling, the people dwelling in the city of Ramma, who were serving food to the Blessed One, being unable to remain standing, fainted and fell down like great sal trees struck by the winds of Yugandhara. Pots and other potter's wares, rolling about, striking against each other, were crushed to bits. The great multitude, frightened and trembling, having approached the Teacher - "What indeed, Blessed One, is this a serpent disturbance, or a disturbance of one among the spirits, demons, or deities? For we do not know this. But further, all this great multitude is troubled by fear. What indeed, will there be evil for this world, or good? Tell us this reason" - they asked.
Then the Teacher, having heard their talk - "Do not fear, do not worry, there is no danger for you from this source. He whom I have today declared, 'The wise Sumedha will in the future become a Buddha named Gotama,' he is now meditating on the perfections. As he meditates, by the power of the Dhamma, the entire ten-thousand-fold world system trembles and resounds all at once" - he said. Therefore it was said -
168.
Trembling, she there, fainted, lay on the ground.
169.
Were crushed and churned there, mutually struck against each other.
170.
The great multitude having assembled, approached Dīpaṅkara.
171.
The whole world is troubled, dispel that, O One with Vision."
172.
"Be confident, do not fear, in this earthquake.
173.
He meditates on the Teaching, the ancient one practised by the Victors.
174.
Therefore this earth trembled, the ten-thousand world-system with its gods."
168-174.
Therein, "as far as" means as much as.
"Was" means it was.
"Yā tadā parisā āsī" is also a reading; its meaning is whatever assembly was standing there.
"Trembling" means shaking.
"She" means that assembly.
"There" means at that food distribution place.
"Lies" means lay down.
"Pots" means of pots; it is a nominative case used in the genitive sense; the meaning is many thousands of pots. "Crushed and churned" means pulverised and churned; the meaning is churned and crushed. "Mutually struck against each other" means mutually beaten. "Agitated" means with terrified hearts. "Trembling" means with arisen fear. "Frightened" means frightened by fear. "Bewildered" means with agitated minds; the meaning is with wandering minds. But all these are mutual synonyms. "Having assembled" means having come together. Or this itself is the reading.
"Troubled" means injured. "Dispel that" means dispel that fear of trouble, destroy it - this is the meaning. "One with Vision" means one endowed with vision through five eyes. "Of them then" means those people then; it is the genitive case used in the accusative sense. "Convinced" means informed, awakened. "Confident" means with trusting minds. "Do not fear" means do not be afraid. "Whom I" means whom I, the wise man Sumedha. "Teaching" means the teaching of the perfections. "Former" means ancient. "Practised by the conquerors" means practised by the conquerors during the time of the Bodhisatta - this is the meaning. "Buddhahood" means the teaching of the perfections. "By that" means by that reason of comprehension. "Trembled" means shook. "With its gods" means in the world with its gods.
Thereupon the great multitude, having heard the word of the Tathāgata, full of mirth, having taken garlands, scents, cosmetics, and so on, having gone out from Ramma city, having approached the Bodhisatta, having venerated him with garlands, scents, and so on, having paid homage, having circumambulated, entered Ramma city itself. Then the Bodhisatta, having meditated on the ten perfections, having made energy firm, having determined, arose from the seat where he was sitting. Therefore it was said -
175.
All, having approached me, paid homage to me again.
176.
Having paid homage to Dīpaṅkara, I then rose from my seat."
175-176.
Therein, "the mind was calmed" means the mind of the public, whose hearts were agitated by the earthquake, was calmed upon hearing the reason for it there; the meaning is it attained peace.
"The people were calmed" is also a reading; that is manifest in itself.
"Having taken upon oneself" means having rightly taken up; the meaning is having accepted.
"Virtues of a Buddha" means the perfections.
The remainder is clear in itself.
Then the deities of the entire ten-thousandfold world-circle, having assembled, having venerated with divine garlands, scents, and so on the Bodhisatta, dear to all beings, who was rising from his seat - "Noble Sumedha the ascetic, today by you at the feet of Dīpaṅkara, the One Possessed of the Ten Powers, a great aspiration has been aspired to. May that succeed for you without obstacle. May there be neither fear nor trepidation for you there. May not even the slightest disease arise in your body. Having quickly fulfilled the perfections, penetrate the perfect enlightenment. Just as trees that produce flowers and produce fruit bloom and bear fruit at the right time, just so may you too, not exceeding that time, quickly experience the highest enlightenment" - such praises and blessings they uttered. Having thus uttered them, having paid respect to the Bodhisatta, they went each to their own celestial abode. The Bodhisatta too, praised by the deities - Having made energy firm, determining "I, having fulfilled the ten perfections, will become a Buddha at the summit of four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles," having risen up into the sky, went to the Himalayas abounding with groups of sages. Therefore it was said -
177.
Sprinkle with flowers, upon him rising from his seat.
178.
Great is what you have aspired to, may you obtain that as you wished.
179.
May there be no obstacles for you, quickly experience the highest enlightenment.
180.
Just so you, O great hero, bloom with the Buddha's knowledge.
181.
Just so you, O great hero, fulfil the ten perfections.
182.
Just so you, O great hero, awaken to the enlightenment of the Conquerors.
183.
Just so you, O great hero, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
184.
Just so you, with fulfilled aspirations, shine brightly over the ten-thousandfold world system.
185.
Just so, having been released from the world, shine brightly with splendour, you.
186.
So may the worlds with their gods come into your presence.
187.
Fulfilling those qualities, he then entered the forest wilds.
177-187.
Therein, "divine" means divine flowers such as mandārava, coral tree, santānaka, and lotus flowers and so on; gods and humans having taken human flowers - this is the meaning.
"Sprinkle" means they sprinkled upon me - this is the meaning.
"Upon him rising" means of one rising.
"They proclaim" means they announced, they made known.
"Safety" means the state of well-being.
Now, for the purpose of showing the manner of what was proclaimed, "great is what you have aspired to" and so on was said.
But by you, wise Sumedha, a great position has been aspired to; may you obtain that as aspired to - this is the meaning.
"All calamities" means those that come are calamities; all calamities are all calamities, misfortunes. "May they be avoided" means may they not exist. "May sorrow and disease perish" means may sorrow, which is termed grieving, and disease, which is termed affliction, perish. "Te" means of you. "May there be no obstacles" means may there not be obstacles. "Experience" means attain, reach. "Enlightenment" means the knowledge of the path of arahantship; omniscience knowledge is also fitting. "Highest" means foremost; because it bestows all the qualities of a Buddha, the knowledge of the path of arahantship is called "highest."
"In season" means when the flowering time of each and every tree has arrived - this is the meaning. "Flowering" means those that are blossoming. "With the Buddha's knowledges" means with the eighteen Buddha's knowledges. "Bloom" means may you bloom. "They fulfilled" means they fulfilled. "Fulfil" means completely fulfil. "They awakened" means they understood fully. "At the Conquerors' enlightenment" means at the enlightenment of the Conquerors, the Buddhas; the meaning is at the foot of the omniscient one's Bodhi tree. "On the full moon" means on the full moon day. "Of fulfilled mind" means one whose wishes are completely fulfilled.
"Freed from Rāhu" means freed from Rāhu, the abyss. "With radiance" means with splendour, with light. "Having been freed from the world" means having become untainted by worldly adversities - this is the meaning. "Shines" means is resplendent. "With splendour" means with the Buddha's glory. "They flow into" means they enter the great ocean. "May they flow towards" means may they approach. "In your presence" means near you. "By them" means by the gods. "Praised and commended" means both praised and commended; or commended by those who are praised, namely Dīpaṅkara and the others - thus "praised and commended." "The ten qualities" means the ten qualities of perfection. "The forest wilds" means the great forest; the meaning is he entered the great forest on Dhammika mountain. The remaining verses are quite clear thus.
Thus in the Madhuratthavilāsinī, the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa,
the commentary on the Account of Sumedha's Aspiration is completed.
3.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara
The lay followers dwelling in Ramma city too, having given a great gift to the community of monks headed by the Buddha, again having venerated the Blessed One, who had finished eating and had removed his hand from the bowl, with garlands, scents, and so on, having paid homage, wishing to hear the thanksgiving, sat down close by. Then the Teacher gave them a supremely sweet, heart-touching thanksgiving for the gift -
And it is called the steps and the support for Nibbāna.
Giving is the supreme destination for beings afflicted by suffering.
Because of protection from danger, giving is praised as a citadel.
Giving is a lotus, because of being untainted by the stain of greed and so on.
Therefore proceed with it, with the intention of action as well.
Who indeed in the world, delighted in what is beneficial, would not give?
Would not give a gift that bestows happiness, a gift that delights the mind?
He delights for a very long time in the Nandana grove, the delight of the gods.
A giver goes to infinite fame, and a giver becomes trustworthy.
And he gains a form of sweet voice too, and sports in heaven together with the gods;
Standing in various mansions, resounding with the cries of intoxicated peacocks.
It gives the plane of a disciple's knowledge, the plane of a solitary one, and also Buddhahood."
Having given the thanksgiving for the gift by such a method as this, and having made known the benefits of giving, immediately after that he spoke a talk on morality. This morality is the root of success in this world and the world beyond.
For morality is indeed the shelter and the rock cell and the ultimate goal for one who has come into the round of rebirths.
Morality is the supreme support of virtues, just as the earth is of things stationary and moving.
One whose conduct is the practice of the noble ones, by which one is called virtuous."
There is no ornament equal to the ornament of morality, there is no fragrance equal to the fragrance of morality, there is no purification of the stain of mental defilements equal to morality, there is no peace from the fever of passion equal to morality, there is no producing of fame equal to morality, there is no stairway for ascending to heaven equal to morality, and there is no door for entering the city of Nibbāna equal to morality. As he said -
As ascetics shine, adorned with the ornament of morality.
Which blows equally with the wind and against the wind.
But the odour of the good goes against the wind, a good person pervades all directions.
Of these kinds of odours, the odour of morality is unsurpassed.
Nor the Ninnagā or the Aciravatī, nor the Mahī, the great river.
The water of morality indeed purifies the stain of beings.
Neither necklaces nor gems, nor sprouts of moonbeams.
Which this noble morality, perpetually cool, appeases.
Morality always generates fame and mirth for the virtuous one.
Or else a door for entering the city of Nibbāna.
Thus know the unsurpassed benefits of morality."
Thus the Blessed One, having shown the benefits of morality - For the purpose of showing that "in dependence on this morality this heaven is obtained," immediately after that he spoke a talk on heaven. This heaven is desirable, pleasant, agreeable, exclusively happy; here there is always sport, successes are always obtained. The gods ruled by the four great kings obtain divine happiness and divine success for nine million years. The gods of the Thirty-three for three ten million years and sixty hundred thousand years - thus he spoke a talk connected with the virtues of heaven and so on. Having thus enticed with the talk on heaven, again - "This heaven too is impermanent, unstable; desire and lust should not be entertained therein" - having made known the danger, degradation, and defilement of sensual pleasures, and the benefit of renunciation, he spoke a talk on the Teaching with the Deathless as its final goal. Thus, having taught the Teaching to that great multitude, having established some in the refuges, some in the five precepts, some in the fruition of stream-entry, some in the fruition of once-returning, some in the fruition of non-returning, some in all four fruitions, some in the three true knowledges, some in the six direct knowledges, some in the eight attainments, having risen from his seat, having departed from Ramma city, he entered the Sudassana Great Monastery itself. Therefore it was said -
1.
Went for refuge to him, to the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.
2.
Some in the five precepts, and others in the tenfold morality.
3.
To someone the matchless states, he gives the analytical knowledge.
4.
The three true knowledges to someone, the six higher knowledges he offers.
5.
By that the Dispensation of the Protector of the World became widespread.
6.
He helps many people across, and delivers them from the unfortunate realm.
7.
Having approached in a moment, the great sage awakens them."
1-7.
Therein, "they" means the lay followers dwelling in the city of Ramma.
"Refuge" - here, refuge, going for refuge, and the one who goes for refuge should be understood.
It destroys, injures, and removes - thus it is "refuge." What is that?
The Triple Gem.
But for those who have gone for refuge, by that very going for refuge it strikes, injures, and destroys fear, terror, suffering, unfortunate realms, and affliction - thus it is called "refuge."
For this was said:
Having abandoned the human body, they will fill up the group of gods.
Having abandoned the human body, they will fill up the group of gods.
Having abandoned the human body, they will fill up the group of gods."
Going for refuge is the arising of consciousness occurring in the mode of heading towards the Triple Gem as its ultimate goal. The one who goes for refuge is the person endowed with that. Thus, for now, refuge, going for refuge, and the one who goes for refuge - this triad should be understood.
"Tassa" means that Dīpaṅkara; the genitive case should be seen as used in the accusative sense. "Upagacchuṃ saraṇaṃ tatthā" is also a reading. "Satthuno" means the Teacher. "Some in going for refuge" means he establishes some person in going for refuge - this is the meaning. Although it is stated in the present tense, the meaning should be taken in terms of the past tense. The same method applies in the remaining ones too. "Kassaci saraṇāgamane" is also a reading; its meaning is the same. "Some in the five precepts" means he establishes some person in the five precepts of abstinence - this is the meaning. "Kassaci pañcasu sīlesū" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Another in the tenfold morality" means he establishes another person in the tenfold morality - this is the meaning. "Kassaci kusale dasā" is also a reading; its meaning is he instigated some person in the ten wholesome qualities. "To someone he gives asceticism" - here, in the ultimate sense, "asceticism" means the path. As he said -
"And what, monks, is asceticism? It is just this noble eightfold path, as follows - right view, etc. right concentration. This is called, monks, asceticism."
"The four highest fruits" means four highest fruits - this is the meaning. The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. It is stated with a change of gender. According to decisive support, he gave to someone the four paths and the four fruits of asceticism - this is the meaning. "To someone the matchless states" means he gave to someone the four matchless states of analytical knowledge.
"To someone the excellent attainments" means to someone, however, he gave the eight attainments which are pre-eminent through the removal of the mental hindrances. "The three true knowledges to someone" means to someone, to a person, by way of decisive support, the three true knowledges by way of the knowledge of the divine eye, the knowledge of recollecting past lives, and the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions. "He offers the six higher knowledges" means he gave the six higher knowledges to someone.
"By that method" means by that method and by that gradual order. "The crowd of people" means the multitude of people. "He exhorts" means he exhorted. It should be understood that it is stated with a change of tense. From here onwards too, in such expressions, the meaning should be taken in the past tense. "By that it became widespread" means by that, through the exhortation and instruction of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara, the Dispensation became widespread, extended, and expansive.
"Great-jawed" means for great men, it is said, both jaws are full, resembling in appearance the moon on the twelfth day of the fortnight - thus he whose jaws are great is "great-jawed"; it means "lion-jawed." "Bull-shouldered" means he whose shoulder is like that of a bull, he is bull-shouldered. The meaning is one whose shoulder is beautiful, resembling a well-turned golden cylinder; one whose shoulder is evenly rounded and charming. "Named Dīpaṅkara" means by the name of Dīpaṅkara. "He helps many people across" means he helped many people who were to be guided by a Buddha across. "He delivers" means he delivered. "From the unfortunate realm" means from the unfortunate realm. The accusative case is used in the sense of the ablative.
Now, for the purpose of showing the manner of helping across and delivering, the verse "people capable of being enlightened" was spoken. Therein, "people capable of being enlightened" means a generation capable of being enlightened; or this itself is the reading. "Having seen" means having seen with the Buddha-eye or with the all-seeing eye. "Even at a hundred thousand yojanas" means standing even at many hundred thousand yojanas. But this should be seen as said with reference to the ten-thousand world-system only.
Dīpaṅkara, it is said, the Teacher, having attained the state of a Buddha, having spent seven weeks at the foot of the Bodhi tree, in the eighth week, having consented to the Great Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Teaching, having set in motion the wheel of the Teaching in the Sunanda Park, gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to a hundred ten million gods and humans. This was the first full realisation.
Then the Teacher, having known the maturity of knowledge of his own son named Samavaṭṭakkhandha Usabhakkhandha, having made that son the chief, having taught the Teaching similar to the exhortation to Rāhula, gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to ninety ten million gods and humans. This was the second full realisation.
Again, the Blessed One, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Amaravatī at the foot of a great sirīsa tree, having brought about the release from bondage of the great multitude, surrounded by the host of gods, having sat down in the Tāvatiṃsa realm - the abode whose radiance surpasses that of the sun - at the foot of the Pāricchattaka tree, on the supremely cool surface of the Paṇḍukambala stone, having made as chief his own mother, Queen Sumedhā, who generated joy in the entire host of gods, the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara, the god of gods, the holy one known to all the world, having taught the Canon of the Higher Teaching - the seven books - which brings about the welfare of all beings, which is supremely exceedingly profound and subtle, and which makes higher intelligence clear, gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to ninety thousand ten million gods. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
8.
At the second full realization, the Protector awakened ninety ten million.
9.
For ninety thousand ten million, there was the third full realisation."
8-9.
Now, the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara had three assemblies of disciples.
Therein, the first assembly was of a hundred thousand koṭis in the Sunanda Park.
Therefore it was said -
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis."
Then at another time the One of Ten Powers, surrounded by four hundred thousand monks, assisting the great multitude in the order of villages, market towns, and cities, wandering on a journey, gradually in a certain region reached a supremely delightful mountain named Nārada Peak, which had received honour from the great multitude, was renowned throughout all the world, was occupied by a nonhuman spirit, was exceedingly terrifying, whose peak was kissed by hanging clouds, whose peak was scented by the blossoms of various fragrant trees, and whose peak was roamed by herds of various animals. That mountain, it is said, was occupied by a demon named Nārada. There, however, the great multitude annually offered a human sacrifice to that demon.
Then Dīpaṅkara, it is said, the Blessed One, having seen the achievement of decisive support of that great multitude, having sent the Community of monks from there to the four directions, without a companion, without an ally, with a heart filled by the power of great compassion, ascended that Nārada mountain to tame that demon. Then that demon, a devourer of humans, heedless of his own welfare, skilled in the slaughter of others, not enduring the contempt, with a mind overcome by wrath, desiring to frighten and put to flight the One of Ten Powers, shook that mountain. That mountain, it is said, being shaken by him, by the power of the Blessed One, appeared as if falling upon his very own head.
Thereupon he, frightened - "Come, I shall burn him with fire" - produced a great mass of fire, exceedingly dreadful in appearance. That mass of fire, as if thrown against the wind, generated suffering for himself alone, but was not able to burn even a thread's worth of the Blessed One's robe. But the demon, looking to see "Is the ascetic burnt or not burnt?" having seen the Blessed One, the One of Ten Powers, like the mass of rays of the spotless moon in the autumn season, bringing delight to all people, like the night, as if seated upon the pericarp of a lotus resting on the surface of cool water, thought - "Oh, this ascetic is of great might! Whatever harm I do to him, that very thing falls back upon me alone. But apart from this ascetic, there is no other shelter or ultimate goal for me. Those who stumble on the earth rise up in dependence on the earth itself. Come, I shall go for refuge to this very ascetic."
Then, having thought thus, having fallen with his head at the feet of the Blessed One, whose soles were adorned with wheels - Having said "A transgression overcame me, venerable sir," he went for refuge to the Blessed One. Then the Blessed One gave him a progressive discourse. He, at the conclusion of the teaching, together with ten thousand demons, became established in the fruition of stream-entry. On that day, it is said, the human beings dwelling on the entire surface of Jambudīpa brought one person from each village for the purpose of his oblation. And they also brought much sesame, rice, horse gram, mung beans, beans and so on, as well as ghee, butter, oil, honey, molasses and so on. Then that demon, having given all the rice and other things brought on that day to those very people, handed over the people who had been brought for the purpose of the oblation to the One of Ten Powers.
Then the Teacher, having given those people the going forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, having established all of them in arahantship within seven days itself, on the full moon day of Māgha, being in the midst of a hundred koṭis of monks, recited the Pātimokkha at an assembly possessed of four factors. The four factors are namely: all are "Come, monk" monks, all possess the six higher knowledges, all came uninvited, and it is the fifteenth day, the Observance day - these are the four factors. This was the second assembly. Therefore it was said -
Those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, stainless, a hundred koṭis met together."
Therein, "gone into solitude" means having abandoned the group, gone. "Met together" means gathered together.
But when Dīpaṅkara, the leader of the world, entered the rains residence on the mountain named Sudassana, at that time, it is said, the people dwelling in the Indian subcontinent annually held a mountain-top festival. At that festival, it is said, the people who had assembled, having seen the One of Ten Powers, having heard the talk on the Teaching, having gained confidence therein, went forth. On the day of the Great Invitation Ceremony, the Teacher gave a talk on insight suitable to their disposition. Having heard that, they all, having contemplated the activities, through the progressive stages of insight and the progressive stages of the path, attained arahantship. Then the Teacher celebrated the pavāraṇā together with ninety thousand koṭis. This was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
With ninety thousand koṭis, the great sage celebrated the pavāraṇā.
One who moves through the sky, one who has gone beyond in the five direct knowledges."
This verse is written in the Aṭṭhasālinī, the commentary on the Dhammasaṅgaha, in the explanation of the origin, in the chronicle of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara. But it is not in this Buddhavaṃsa. Indeed its absence is more fitting. If one asks why? Because it has been stated below in the accounts of Sumedha.
It is said that when the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was teaching the Teaching, there was indeed a full realisation of the teaching by ten thousand and by twenty thousand. But there is no end to the full realisations by way of one, two, three, four, and so on. Therefore the Dispensation of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was widespread and known to many. Therefore it was said -
The full realizations of one or two are incalculable by counting.
Therein, "for ten and twenty thousand" means for ten thousand and for twenty thousand. "Full realization of the teaching" means the penetration of the teaching of the four truths. "Of one or two" means of one and of two, of three, of four, etc. The meaning is incalculable by the method beginning with "of ten" and so on. Thus, because of the incalculable full realizations, it was widespread, having attained greatness, known as leading to liberation by many wise gods and humans, to be recognised as fine, and it was successful through the training in higher morality and so on, and prosperous through concentration and so on. Therefore it was said -
The Dispensation of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was well purified.
Therein, "well purified" means well purified by the Blessed One, made pure. It is said that four hundred thousand monks possessing the six higher knowledges, of great supernormal power, surround the Teacher Dīpaṅkara at all times. And at that time, those who are trainees who meet death, they are blameworthy; the intention is that all attain final nibbāna only after having become ones who have eliminated the mental corruptions. Therefore indeed that Blessed One's Dispensation, fully in bloom, well prosperous, was made exceedingly resplendent by monks who have eliminated the mental corruptions. Therefore it was said -
15.
They surround Dīpaṅkara, the knower of the world, always.
16.
Trainees who have not attained their goal, they are blameworthy.
17.
With those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, with the unstained, it appears beautiful always."
15-17.
Therein, "four hundred thousand" - shown by counting; the meaning should be understood thus: "possessing the six higher knowledges, of great supernormal power" was said for the purpose of showing that these monks whose number has been thus shown.
Or alternatively, "possessing the six higher knowledges, of great supernormal power" - the nominative case should be seen as used in the genitive sense, meaning "of those possessing the six higher knowledges, of great supernormal power."
"They surround always" means they constantly surround the one of ten powers; the intention is that they do not go anywhere having left the Blessed One.
"At that time" means at that time.
But this word "samaya" appears in nine meanings beginning with combination.
As he said -
Attainment, abandoning, and penetration."
Here it should be seen in the sense of time; the meaning is "at that time." "Human existence" means the state of being human. "Who have not attained their goal" means those by whom the goal has not been attained, not been reached - they are those who have not attained their goal. "Goal" is a designation for lust, and for consciousness, and for arahantship. In "The snare that moves through the sky, that which prowls connected with the mind" - here, however, lust is said to be "connected with the mind." In "Consciousness, mind, mental state, heart, the pure" - here it means consciousness. In "A trainee who has not attained his goal, should he die while renowned among people" - here it means arahantship. Here too, arahantship alone is intended. Therefore the meaning is "those who have not attained the fruition of arahantship." "Trainees" - in what sense are they trainees? They are trainees in the sense of attaining trainee states. For this was said: "In what respect, venerable sir, is one a learner?" "Here, monks, a monk is endowed with the right view of a trainee, etc. one is endowed with the right concentration of a trainee. To this extent, monks, a monk is a learner." But further, because they train, they are trainees. For this was said: "'He trains, he trains', monk, therefore he is called a trainee. And what does he train in? He trains in higher morality, he trains in higher consciousness, and he trains in higher wisdom. 'He trains', monk, therefore he is called a trainee."
"Fully in bloom" means well opened out. "Scriptures" means praiseworthy word, or the word that has reached growth is the teaching (pavacana), the teaching itself is the Scriptures (pāvacana); the meaning is the Dispensation. "Appears beautiful" means shines forth, outshines. "Always" means at all times. "Upasobhati sadevake" is also a reading.
That Blessed One Dīpaṅkara's city was named Rammavatī, his father was a warrior named Sudeva, his mother was a queen named Sumedhā, Sumaṅgala and Tissa were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Sāgata, Nandā and Sunandā were the two chief female disciples, the enlightenment tree of that Blessed One was the sacred fig tree, eighty cubits in height, and the life span was a hundred thousand years. But what is the purpose of showing these birth cities and so on? It is said - If for anyone neither the birth city, nor the father, nor the mother were known, but for this one neither the birth city, nor the father, nor the mother is known - "This is, methinks, a god or Sakka or a demon or Māra or a Brahmā" - thinking "For gods too such a wonder is not marvellous," they would consider it neither worth hearing nor worth believing; from that there would be no full realisation; in the absence of full realisation, the arising of a Buddha would be useless, and the Dispensation would not be leading to liberation. Therefore the determination beginning with the birth city of all Buddhas should be shown. Therefore it was said -
18.
The mother was named Sumedhā, of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.
24.
Sāgata by name was the attendant of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.
25.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the sacred fig tree.
27.
Shines like a lamp post, like a king of sal trees in full bloom.
28.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
29.
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
30.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
18-30.
Therein, "the warrior named Sudeva" means the warrior named Sudeva was his father - this is the meaning.
"Mother" means genetrix.
"Pipphalī" means the wave-leafed fig tree with yellow pigment was the enlightenment tree.
"Eighty cubits in height" means eighty cubits high from the top.
"Or like a lamp post" means like a lamp post crowded with blazing garlands of lamps, endowed with the fulfilment of height, circumference, and form, with a body adorned with the thirty-two excellent marks and minor features, the Blessed One during his lifetime shone - thus "was resplendent" - as if the expanse of the sky were resplendent with a host of stars spreading with a net of radiant rays.
"Like a king of sal trees in full bloom" means the Blessed One, eighty cubits in height, shines exceedingly like a king of sal trees in flower, in full bloom on every branch, and like the coral tree a hundred yojanas in height, in full bloom on every branch.
"A hundred thousand years" means a hundred thousand years was his life span - this is the meaning. "Remaining for that long" means remaining for that much time. "The populace" means the gathering of people. "Having helped the great multitude cross over" means having helped the great multitude to cross. "Having helped across the world including the gods" is also a reading; its meaning is the world including the gods. "And that supernormal power" means and that success, that power. "And that fame" means and that retinue. "All that has disappeared" means all that, of the aforesaid manner, the success that had arisen, has disappeared, has departed - this is the meaning. "Are not all activities empty?" means but are not all conditioned phenomena empty, hollow, devoid of permanence, substance, and so on - this is the meaning.
But here the section on the city and so on has come in the Pāḷi itself. But the miscellaneous occasion has not come; it should be brought in and explained. That is: The section on the son, the section on the wife, the section on the mansions, the section on the household life, the section on the dancing women, the section on the renunciation, the section on the striving, the section on the dwelling-place, and the section on the attendant. The reason for explaining these too has been stated above. That Dīpaṅkara had three hundred thousand wives. His chief queen was named Padumā, and his son was named Usabhakkhandha. Therefore it was said -
Usabhakkhandha was the son, of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.
For ten thousand years, he dwelt in the house, it is said.
Nanda by name was the attendant, the bringer of joy to the world, it is said."
And for all Buddhas there are five differences: difference in life span, difference in measure, difference in clan, difference in striving, and difference in radiance. Therein, difference in life span means some are long-lived, some are short-lived. For thus the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara's life-span was a hundred thousand years, and our Blessed One's was a hundred years.
Difference in measure means some are tall, some are short. For thus Dīpaṅkara was eighty cubits in measure, but our Blessed One was eighteen cubits in measure.
Difference in clan means some arise in a family of the warrior caste, some in a brahmin family. For thus Dīpaṅkara and others arose in a family of the warrior caste, Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana and others in a brahmin family.
Difference in striving means for some the striving is only brief, as for the Blessed One Kassapa; for some it is for a long period, as for our Blessed One.
Difference in radiance means the bodily radiance of the Blessed One Maṅgala, having pervaded the ten-thousandfold world system, stood; for our Blessed One it was a fathom's extent. Therein, the difference in radiance is dependent upon disposition. For whoever wishes for however much, to that extent the bodily radiance pervades. But for Maṅgala, the disposition was "May it pervade the ten-thousandfold world system." But in the qualities that have been penetrated, there is no difference whatsoever for anyone.
Likewise, for all Buddhas there are four places called unchanging. The seat of enlightenment is unchanging; it is in one and the same place. The place of the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching at Isipatana in the Deer Park is indeed unchanging. At the time of the descent from the heavenly world, the first footstep at the gate of the city of Saṅkassa is indeed unchanging. In Jeta's Grove, the four places of the bed-legs in the Perfumed Chamber are indeed unchanging. The monastery too is indeed unchanging. But it is either small or great.
Furthermore, there is the distinction of the section on things born simultaneously and the section on constellations for our Blessed One alone. Together with our Omniscient Bodhisatta, it is said, Rāhula's mother, the Elder Ānanda, Channa, Kaṇḍaka, the king of horses, the treasure pot, the great Bodhi tree, and Kāḷudāyī - these were the seven things born simultaneously. The Great Man, it is said, under the constellation of Uttarāsāḷha itself descended into his mother's womb, made the Great Renunciation, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, and performed the Twin Miracle. Under the constellation of Visākhā he was born, fully awakened, and attained final Nibbāna; under the constellation of Māgha there was the assembly of his disciples and the relinquishing of the life principle; and under the constellation of Assayuja the descent from the heavenly world - this much should be brought in and explained. This is the section on the many occasions. The remaining verses are quite clear thus.
Thus the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara, having remained as long as life lasted, having performed all the duties of a Buddha, in due course attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging.
In the cosmic cycle in which Dīpaṅkara, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, arose, it is said, there were also three other Buddhas: Taṇhaṅkara, Medhaṅkara, and Saraṇaṅkara. There was no declaration for the Bodhisatta in their presence. Therefore they are not shown here. But in the commentary, in order to show all the Buddhas who arose one after another from the beginning of that cosmic cycle, this was said -
And the Perfectly Self-awakened One Dīpaṅkara, Koṇḍañña the best of bipeds.
Anomadassī, Paduma, Nārada, Padumuttara.
Atthadassī, Dhammadassī, Siddhattha, the leader of the world.
Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa too, the Leader.
Arisen like the sun, dispellers of great darkness;
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, they, together with their disciples, were quenched.
Thus far, in the manner of neither too brief nor too detailed,
in the Madhuratthavilāsinī, the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa,
the commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara is completed.
The first lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
4.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Koṇḍañña
It is said that when the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara had attained final Nibbāna, his Dispensation continued for a hundred thousand years. Then, with the disappearance of the disciples who had awakened after those Buddhas, his Dispensation too disappeared. Then afterwards, having passed beyond one incalculable period, in one cosmic cycle a Teacher named Koṇḍañña arose. That Blessed One, having fulfilled the perfections for sixteen incalculable periods and a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having brought enlightenment-knowledge to maturity, having stood in an individual existence similar to the individual existence as Vessantara, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having remained there as long as life lasted, having given his acknowledgment to the deities, having passed away from the Tusita city, he took conception in the womb of a queen named Sujātā in the family of a king named Sunanda in the city of Rammavatī. At the moment of his conception too, thirty-two wonders of the kind described in the chronicle of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara arose. He, with the arrangement of protection made by the deities, after the elapse of ten months, having come forth from the mother's womb, supreme among all beings, facing north, having gone with seven strides, and having surveyed all directions, uttered a bold speech - "I am the foremost in the world, I am the eldest in the world, I am the best in the world, this is my last birth, there is now no more rebirth."
Then on the naming day of the prince, those giving him a name named him "Koṇḍañña." For that Blessed One was of the Koṇḍañña clan. He had, it is said, three mansions - Rāma, Surāma, and Subha by name, supremely delightful. In those, three hundred thousand dancing women, skilled in dancing, singing, and music, were present at all times. His chief queen was named Rucidevī. His son was named Vijitasena. He dwelt in the house for ten thousand years.
But having seen the aged, the sick, the dead, and the gone forth, having departed by a thoroughbred chariot, having gone forth, he practised the practice of striving for ten months. But when the prince Koṇḍañña was going forth, ten crores of people went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for ten months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in the village of Sunanda, having eaten the supremely sweet milk-rice given by a millionaire's daughter named Yasodharā, who was endowed with dense rain-clouds, having spent the day residence in a sal grove adorned with fruits, young leaves, and sprouts, in the evening time, having abandoned the group, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Sunandaka, having circumambulated the Sālakalyāṇī tree three times, having looked towards the eastern direction, having placed the Bodhi tree behind him, having spread a grass mat fifty-eight cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having determined the fourfold energy, having scattered the forces of Māra, in the first watch of the night having purified the knowledge of recollecting past lives, in the middle watch having purified the divine eye, in the last watch having contemplated the mode of dependent conditions, having risen from the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having focused upon the five aggregates, having seen fifty characteristics by way of rise and fall, having developed insight up to change-of-lineage knowledge, having penetrated the four path knowledges, the four fruition knowledges, the four analytical knowledges, the knowledge that distinguishes the four modes of generation, the knowledge that distinguishes the five destinations, the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others, and all the virtues of a Buddha, with fulfilled thought, while still seated at the foot of the Bodhi tree -
Seeking the house-builder, painful is birth again and again.
All your ribs are broken, the peak of the house is demolished;
The mind has gone to the unconditioned, it has reached the elimination of cravings.
Gradually subsiding, the destination is not known.
There is no destination to be declared for those who have attained unshakeable happiness."
Having uttered this inspired utterance thus, having spent seven weeks at the very foot of the Bodhi tree in the happiness of fruition attainment, in the eighth week, dependent on Brahmā's request - while reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" he saw ten ten million monks who had gone forth together with him. "But these sons of good family, with accumulated wholesome roots, who went forth following me as I was going forth, having practised striving together with me, attended on me; come, let me teach them the Teaching at the very first" - having thus reflected - looking to see "But where are they dwelling now?" - having seen "They are dwelling in the Deva grove in the city of Arundhavatī, eighteen yojanas from here" - "I shall go to teach them the Teaching" - having taken his bowl and robes, just as a strong man might extend his bent arm or bend his extended arm, even so, having vanished from the foot of the Bodhi tree, he appeared in the Deva grove.
And at that time those ten ten million monks were dwelling in the Deva grove in dependence on the city of Arundhavatī. And those monks, having seen the One of Ten Powers coming from afar, with gladdened minds, having gone forward to meet him, having received the Blessed One's bowl and robes, having prepared the Buddha-seat, having shown respect to the Teacher, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having surrounded him, sat down to one side. There Koṇḍañña, the One of Ten Powers, surrounded by a company of sages, seated on the Buddha-seat, shone like the thousand-eyed one surrounded by a host of deities, like the autumn night-maker that had reached the stainless expanse of the sky, like a full moon surrounded by a host of stars. Then the Teacher, having taught them the unsurpassed Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching, with three rounds and twelve aspects, pursued by all Buddhas, gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to a hundred thousand ten million gods and humans headed by ten ten million monks. Therefore it was said -
1.
Of infinite power, of immeasurable fame, immeasurable, difficult to approach.
2.
Like Meru in concentration, like the sky in knowledge.
3.
The Buddha always made known, for the welfare of all living beings.
4.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-4.
Therein, "after Dīpaṅkara" means afterwards, in the later period of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara - this is the meaning.
"Named Koṇḍañña" means the name obtained by virtue of his own clan.
"Leader" means great leader.
"Of infinite power" means of infinite power through the power of his own morality, virtue, knowledge, and merit.
From below Avīci, above the summit of existence, across infinite world systems - in between here there is not even a single person able to stand having looked at his face.
Therefore it was said "of infinite power."
"Of immeasurable fame" means of infinite retinue.
For of that Blessed One, for a hundred thousand years up to the time of final Nibbāna, in between here there was no limit to the counting of the assembly of monks.
Therefore he is called "of immeasurable fame."
One of immeasurable virtue and renown is also called "of immeasurable fame."
"Immeasurable" means by way of the measure of the accumulation of virtues he cannot be measured, thus immeasurable.
As he said -
The cosmic cycle would be exhausted in the long interval, but the praise of the Tathāgata would not be exhausted."
Therefore, because of the immeasurable accumulation of virtues, he is called "immeasurable." "Difficult to approach" means difficult to approach; because of the impossibility of approaching having insulted and struck against, he is difficult to approach; the meaning is difficult to overcome.
"Like the earth" means equal to the earth. "In patience" means by forbearance; because of the state of not being shaken by gain and loss, the desirable and undesirable, and so on, like the great earth two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, by an ordinary wind, he is called "like the earth." "Like the ocean in morality" means equal to the ocean by the state of not transgressing the boundary through morality-restraint. For it was said: "The great ocean, monks, stable in nature, does not overflow its boundaries."
"Like Meru in concentration" means equal to Meru, the chief of mountains, because of the absence of trembling generated by phenomena opposed to concentration; the meaning is similar. Or, having a body more firm like Meru, the chief of mountains. "Like the sky in knowledge" - here, because of the infinite nature of the Blessed One's knowledge, the comparison was made with infinite space. Four infinities were spoken of by the Blessed One. As he said -
The Buddha's knowledge is immeasurable, these cannot be understood."
Therefore the comparison of infinite knowledge was made with infinite space.
"The illumination of faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, path, and truths" - by the inclusion of these faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, path, and truths, the establishments of mindfulness, right strivings, and bases for spiritual power are also included. Therefore, by way of the four groups beginning with the faculties, he made known the teaching that illuminates the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment; he taught - this is the meaning. "For the welfare" means for the purpose of welfare. "Setting in motion the wheel of the Teaching" means when the knowledge of the Teaching was being set in motion.
Afterwards, at the great blessing assembly, deities in the ten thousand world-systems, having created subtle individual existences, gathered together in this very world-circle. There, it is said, a certain young god asked the One of Ten Powers, Koṇḍañña, a question about blessings. To him the Blessed One spoke of blessings. There, ninety thousand crores attained arahantship. There was no limit to the counting of stream-enterers and so on. Therefore it was said -
For ninety thousand crores, there was the second full realisation."
Therein, "then also" means at a still later time too. "While teaching" means when the Blessed One was teaching the Teaching. "Of humans and deities" means of humans and of immortals; but when the Blessed One, performing the Twin Miracle that crushes the conceit of the heretical teachers in the sky, taught the Teaching, then eighty thousand crores attained arahantship. Those established in the three fruitions passed beyond the path of counting. Therefore it was said -
For eighty thousand crores, there was the third full realisation."
Therein, the meaning should be understood by bringing in the word "then." When the Blessed One taught the Teaching, then there was the full realisation of the teaching for eighty thousand crores.
It is said that the Teacher Koṇḍañña, having attained the highest enlightenment, spent the first rains retreat in the Canda Park in dependence on the city of Candavatī. There, the young man named Bhadda, the son of a wealthy brahmin named Sucindhara, and the young man named Subhadda, the son of the brahmin Yasodhara, having heard the teaching of the Teaching face to face from the Buddha Koṇḍañña, with devoted minds, together with ten thousand young men, having gone forth in his presence, attained arahantship.
Then the Teacher Koṇḍañña, on the full moon day of the month of Jeṭṭha, surrounded by a hundred thousand crores headed by the Elder Subhadda, recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly. Afterwards, when the Teacher Koṇḍañña's son named Vijitasena had attained arahantship, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of a thousand crores headed by him. That was the second assembly. Then at another time, the One of Ten Powers, while wandering on a journey through the country, gave the going forth to a king named Udena with a retinue of ninety crores of people, together with that assembly. But when he had attained arahantship, the Blessed One, surrounded by ninety crores of Worthy Ones headed by him, recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
The second was of a thousand crores, the third of ninety crores."
7-8.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta, having become a universal monarch named Vijitāvī, dwelt in the city of Candavatī.
It is said that he, surrounded by many excellent men, protected the earth - the abode of the ocean, together with Meru and Yugandhara, of immeasurable wealth - without rod, without sword, by righteousness.
Then the Buddha Koṇḍañña too, surrounded by a hundred thousand crores of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, wandering on a journey through the country, gradually reached the city of Candavatī.
It is said that King Vijitāvī - having heard "The perfectly Self-awakened One, it is said, has arrived at our city," having gone forward to meet him, having arranged a dwelling place for the Blessed One, having invited him for the morrow together with the Community of monks, on the following day, having well prepared the meal arrangements, gave a great gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha numbering a hundred thousand crores. The Bodhisatta, having fed the Blessed One, at the end of the thanksgiving - having entreated "Venerable sir, dwell right here for three months, caring for the welfare of the public," for three months continuously gave an incomparable great gift to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha.
Then the Teacher, to the Bodhisatta - having declared "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama," taught him the Teaching. He, having heard the Teacher's talk on the Teaching, having handed over the kingdom, having gone forth, having learnt the three Canons, having produced the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges, not having fallen away from meditative absorption, was reborn in the Brahma world. Therefore it was said -
9.
With the ocean as the boundary, I exercised sovereignty.
10.
Together with the supreme lord of the world, I satisfied with the finest food.
11.
After incalculable cosmic cycles, he will become a Buddha in the world.
12.
At the root of the holy fig tree, the Perfectly Self-awakened One of great fame will awaken.
13.
His father will be named Suddhodana, this one will be Gotama.
14.
Ānanda by name will be the attendant, he will attend upon that Conqueror.
15.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the holy fig tree.
16.
Nanda's mother and Uttarā will be the chief female attendants;
The life span of that famous Gotama will be a hundred years."
17.
Rejoicing, men and deities said: "This one is indeed a Buddha-seed."
18.
With joined palms they pay homage, the ten thousand deities.
19.
In the future time, we shall be face to face with him."
20.
Having taken a lower ford, they cross over the great river.
21.
In the future time, we shall be face to face with him."
22.
Accomplishing that very purpose, I gave the great kingdom to the Conqueror;
Having given the great kingdom, I went forth in his presence.
23.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
24.
Having gone to the perfection of direct knowledge, I went to the Brahma world."
9-24.
Therein, "I at that time" means I at that time.
"Named Vijitāvī" means I was a universal monarch bearing such a name.
"With the ocean as the boundary" means here, the meaning is: having made the encircling world-mountain the boundary and limit, I exercise sovereignty having made the ocean that stands thus as the boundary.
By this much it is not obvious.
It is said that a universal monarch, by the power of the wheel treasure, keeping Sineru on the left side, goes over the upper part of the ocean to Pubbavideha, measuring eight thousand yojanas. There the universal monarch - "Living beings should not be killed, what is not given should not be taken, there should be no wrong conduct in sensual pleasures, falsehood should not be spoken, intoxicants should not be drunk, and eat as you have been accustomed to eat" - gives this exhortation. When the exhortation had thus been given, that wheel treasure, having risen up into the sky, plunges into the eastern ocean. And in whatever way it plunges in, in that way the water of the great ocean, having become contracted in the spread of its waves, sinking down, having sunk down to the extent of a yojana, stands within the ocean on both sides like a wall of lapis lazuli gems, supremely beautiful to behold; having thus gone to the boundary of the eastern ocean, that wheel treasure turns back. And as it turns back, that retinue is at the front, the universal monarch in the middle, and the wheel treasure at the rear. That water too, as if unable to endure separation from the shining one, striking up to the circumference of the rim, continuously approaches the shore.
Thus the wheel-turning monarch, having conquered Pubbavideha bounded by the eastern ocean, wishing to conquer Jambudīpa bounded by the southern ocean, goes facing towards the southern ocean by the path indicated by the wheel treasure. Having conquered that Jambudīpa measuring ten thousand yojanas, having emerged from the southern ocean, having gone in the very manner stated above to conquer Aparagoyāna measuring seven thousand yojanas, having conquered that too up to the ocean boundary, having emerged from the western ocean too, having gone likewise to conquer Uttarakuru measuring eight thousand yojanas, having made that up to the ocean boundary, having likewise conquered it, he emerges from the northern ocean too. By this much, sovereignty over the earth bounded by the ocean has been attained by the universal monarch. Therefore it was said "With the ocean as the boundary, I exercised sovereignty."
"Hundreds of thousands of crores" means hundreds of thousands of crores. Or this itself is the reading. "Spotless ones" means of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions. "Together with the supreme protector of the world" means together with the one of ten powers, hundreds of thousands of crores - this is the meaning. "With the finest food" means with superior food. "I satisfied" means I satisfied. "Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now" means the meaning is: from now, having passed beyond three incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, in one fortunate cosmic cycle.
"Striving" means energy. "Accomplishing that very purpose" means the meaning is: fulfilling, accomplishing, bringing to completion the perfection of giving, that very purpose of becoming a Buddha. "The great kingdom" means the wheel-turning sovereignty. "To the Conqueror" means to the Blessed One; or the locative should be understood in the dative sense. "I gave" means I gave. "Accomplishing that purpose" - the connection should be seen with this. Some read "I gave the great kingdom to the Conqueror." "Having given" means having relinquished. "Discourses" means the Canon of discourses. "Monastic discipline" means the Canon of monastic discipline. "Ninefold" means the ninefold division consisting of discourses, mixed prose and verse, and so on. "I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation" means I adorned it with mundane scriptural learning and achievement. "There" means in that Blessed One's Dispensation. "Diligent" means accomplished in mindfulness. "I went to the Brahma world" means I went to the Brahma world.
Now, this Buddha Koṇḍañña's city was named Rammavatī, the king named Sunanda was his father, the queen named Sujātā was his mother, Bhadda and Subhadda were the two chief disciples, Anuruddha by name was the attendant, Tissā and Upatissā were the two chief female disciples, the Sālakalyāṇī tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was eighty-eight cubits in height, his life-span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Rucidevī, his son was named Vijitasena, the king named Canda was the attendant. It is said he dwelt in the Canda Park. Therefore it was said -
25.
The mother was named Sujātā, of the great sage Koṇḍañña.
30.
Anuruddha by name was the attendant of the great sage Koṇḍañña.
31.
The Sāla-kalyāṇī tree was the enlightenment tree of the great sage Koṇḍañña.
33.
He shines like the king of stars, as the sun at midday.
34.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
35.
Just as indeed the sky with stars, thus he appeared beautiful.
36.
Having displayed like a flash of lightning, those of great fame were quenched.
37.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
25-37.
Therein, "sālakalyāṇikā" means the Sālakalyāṇī tree; it arises during the time of a Buddha and during the time of a universal monarch, and not at any other time.
It springs up in a single day, it is said.
"With those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, with the unstained, the ground was decorated" means this ground, radiant with the single lustre of the orange robes of those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, was decorated, supremely beautiful to behold.
"Yathā hi" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of a simile.
"With stars" means with constellations, with hosts of stars; the meaning is that just as the expanse of the sky with stars, so this ground, decorated with those who have eliminated the mental corruptions, was resplendent.
"Unshakeable" means imperturbable, unalterable by the eight worldly adversities. "Having displayed like a flash of lightning" means having shown like a flash of lightning. "Vijjuppātaṃvā" is also a reading. It is said that in the time of the Buddha Koṇḍañña, the monks who were attaining final nibbāna, having risen up into the sky to the height of seven palm trees, shining all around like lightning creepers gone through an opening in dark rain clouds, having attained the heat element, attained final nibbāna like fires without fuel. Therefore it was said "having displayed like a flash of lightning." "Incomparable" means unequalled, matchless. "Developed by knowledge" means cultivated by knowledge. The remaining verses are clear, since the method has been stated above.
Attained Nibbāna; his shrine was made seven yojanas in extent.
They remained as one solid mass, like a golden image."
The human beings dwelling in the whole Indian subcontinent, having come together, using yellow orpiment and red arsenic to serve the function of clay, and oil and ghee to serve the function of water, completed a shrine seven yojanas in extent, made of the seven precious things.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Koṇḍañña is completed.
The second lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
5.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Maṅgala
It is said that when the Teacher Koṇḍañña had attained final Nibbāna, his Dispensation continued for a hundred thousand years. With the disappearance of the disciples who had awakened after those Buddhas, his Dispensation disappeared. But afterwards, in the period after Koṇḍañña, having passed beyond one incalculable period, in one and the same cosmic cycle four Buddhas arose - Maṅgala, Sumana, Revata, and Sobhita. Therein, Maṅgala, the leader of the world, having fulfilled the perfections for sixteen incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having remained there as long as life lasted, when the five advanced signs had arisen, what is called the Buddha uproar arose; then the deities of the ten-thousand world-systems, having assembled in one world-circle, implore -
Helping the world with its gods to cross over, awaken to the Deathless state."
Thus requested by the gods, having made the fivefold investigation, having passed away from the Tusita realm, in the best of all cities, in the city of Uttara, he took conception in the womb of a queen named Uttarā in the family of an unsurpassed king named Uttara. At that time many wonders became manifest. These should be understood in the manner already stated in the chronicle of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara. It is said that from the time of the taking of conception by the Great Being Maṅgala, the blessing of all the world, in the womb of that great queen Uttarā, the bodily radiance, having pervaded a region of eighty cubits in extent night and day, not being surpassable by the light of the moon or the light of the sun, stood. And she, without any other light, by the arising of her own bodily radiance alone, having dispelled the darkness, attended upon by sixty-eight nurses, went about.
It is said that she, with protection made by the deities, after the elapse of ten months, in a supremely delightful pleasure grove named Uttaramadhura, also called the Maṅgala pleasure grove, with branches and boughs bearing supremely fragrant flowers and fruits, adorned with lotuses and water-lilies, frequented by various herds of animals - ruru deer, lions, tigers, elephants, gayals, buffaloes, spotted deer, and diverse beasts - gave birth to the Great Man Maṅgala. That Great Being, just born, having surveyed all directions, facing north, having gone with seven strides, uttered a bold speech. And at that moment, in the entire ten-thousandfold world systems, the deities, with visible bodies, their limbs adorned with divine garlands and so on, standing here and there, set forth words of praise of victory and blessing. The wonders are in the manner already stated. On the name-giving day, the experts in interpreting signs, since he was born with the achievement of all blessings, gave him the name "Prince Maṅgala."
He had, it is said, three mansions - Yasavā, Rucimā, and Sirimā. There were thirty thousand dancing women headed by Queen Yasavatī. There the Great Being, having experienced happiness similar to divine happiness for nine thousand years, having obtained a son named Sīlava in the womb of the chief queen Yasavatī, having seen the four signs, having mounted an adorned excellent steed named Paṇḍara, having gone forth in the great renunciation, he went forth. But when he was going forth, three crores of people went forth following him. Surrounded by them, the Great Man practised the practice of striving for eight months.
Thereupon, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice into which divine nutriment had been placed, given by one named Uttarā, the daughter of the millionaire Uttara in the village of Uttara, having spent the day residence in a delightful sal grove adorned with fragrant flowers, with a blue lustre, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Uttara, having approached the Nāga Bodhi tree - resembling a dark collyrium mountain, as if with a peak of an excellent golden net trodden upon, with cool shade, free from the concourse of various herds of animals, adorned with dense branches stirred by a gentle breeze, shining with rapture as if dancing - walking with the gait of an excellent bull elephant, having circumambulated the Nāga Bodhi tree, having stood on the north-eastern side, having spread a grass mat fifty-eight cubits wide, there having folded his legs crosswise, having determined energy endowed with four factors, having destroyed the entire force of Māra, having obtained the knowledges of past lives and the divine eye, having made the exploration of the mode of dependent conditions, having focused upon the aggregates by way of impermanence and so on, gradually having attained the unsurpassed perfect enlightenment -
Seeking the house-builder, painful is birth again and again.
All your ribs are broken, the peak of the house is demolished;
The mind has gone to the unconditioned, it has reached the elimination of cravings."
He uttered an inspired utterance.
But for the perfectly Self-awakened One Maṅgala, the bodily radiance was much exceeding that of other Buddhas. But just as for other perfectly Self-awakened Ones the bodily radiance was eighty cubits in extent or a fathom in extent all around, it was not so for him. But that Blessed One's bodily radiance, having constantly pervaded the ten-thousandfold world system, stood. Trees, mountains, houses, walls, pots, fences, and so on were as if enveloped in golden slabs. His life span was ninety hundred thousand years. For so long a time there was no radiance of the moon, sun, stars, and so on. The distinction of night and day was not apparent. Just as by day with the light of the sun, beings constantly went about doing all their tasks by the light of the Buddha alone. By means of flowers blooming in the evening and by means of crying birds and so on in the morning, the world discerned the distinction of night and day.
But is this power not present for other Buddhas? No, it is not that there is not. For they too, if wishing, could pervade the ten-thousandfold world system or even more with their radiance. But for the Blessed One Maṅgala, by the power of his former aspiration, the bodily radiance, like the fathom-wide radiance of others, having constantly pervaded the ten-thousandfold world system, stood. It is said that he, during the time of the Bodhisatta, in an individual existence similar to the individual existence as Vessantara, together with his sons and wife, dwelt on a mountain similar to Mount Vaṅka. Then a certain demon named Kharadāṭhika, a harasser of all people, a devourer of humans, an influential one, having heard of the great man's disposition for giving, having approached in the appearance of a brahmin, requested the Great Being for the two children. The Great Being, saying "I give the little sons to the brahmin," joyful and delighted, causing the earth bounded by water to tremble, gave the two children. Then the demon, while that very great man was watching, having abandoned that appearance of a brahmin, having become one with tawny, deformed eyes like flames of fire, with uneven, deformed, crooked, dreadful fangs, with a flat, deformed nose, with tawny, rough, long hair, with a body resembling a freshly burnt palm trunk, having taken those children like a bunch of lotus roots, devoured them. For the great man, having looked at the demon, even having seen his mouth belching forth a stream of blood like a flame of fire when his mouth was just opened, not even a hair-tip's worth of displeasure arose. But as he was thinking "Well given indeed is my gift," great joy and pleasure arose in his body. He made the aspiration "As an outcome of this, in the future, in this very manner, may rays emanate." In dependence on that aspiration of his, when he had become a Buddha, rays having emanated from his body pervaded that much space.
There is also another former conduct of his. It is said that this one, during the time of the Bodhisatta, having seen the shrine of a certain Buddha - thinking "It is fitting for me to give up my life for this Buddha," having had his entire body wrapped in the manner of wrapping a stick-lamp, having filled a golden bowl worth a hundred thousand, with a bud-sized knob, with fragrant ghee, having lit a thousand wicks therein, having taken it upon his head, having had his entire body set ablaze, circumambulating the shrine of the Conqueror, he spent the entire night. Thus, even though striving until the break of dawn, not even a pore's worth of heat was felt by him. It was as if he had entered the interior of a lotus. For the Teaching indeed protects one who protects oneself. Therefore the Blessed One said -
This is the benefit when the Teaching is well practised, one who practises the Teaching does not go to an unfortunate realm."
As an outcome of this action too, the bodily radiance of that one, having pervaded the ten-thousandfold world system, stood. Therefore it was said -
1.
Having dispelled the darkness in the world, he held aloft the torch of the Dhamma.
2.
Having overcome the radiance of the moon and sun, the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly."
1-2.
Therein, "darkness" means both the darkness of the world and the darkness of the heart.
"Having dispelled" means having overcome.
"Torch of the Dhamma" - here, this word "ukkā" appears in many meanings such as a goldsmith's crucible and so on.
Thus, in the passage where "having taken gold with tongs, one might place it in the mouth of the forge" occurs, the crucible of goldsmiths should be understood as "ukkā."
In the passage where "one might prepare a forge, having prepared the forge, one might light the mouth of the forge" occurs, it means a charcoal pan of smiths.
In the passage where "just as a smith's forge burns within, not outside" occurs, it means a smith's oven.
In the passage where "such will be the result of the falling of meteors" occurs, the force of the wind is called "ukkā."
In the passage where "while torches were being held" occurs, a torch is called "ukkā."
Here too, a torch is what is intended by "ukkā."
Therefore, here he held aloft a torch made of the Dhamma; the meaning is that he held a torch made of the Dhamma for the world covered by the darkness of ignorance, overcome by the darkness of ignorance.
"Was incomparable" means was unequalled. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is that she was matchless among other Buddhas. "By other conquerors" means by other conquerors. "Having overcome the radiance of the moon and sun" means having struck down the radiance of the moon and sun. "The ten-thousand world-system shines brightly" means the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly by the light of the Buddha alone, without the light of the moon and sun. This is the meaning.
Now the perfectly Self-awakened One Maṅgala, having attained the knowledge of enlightenment, having spent seven weeks at the very foot of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Dhamma - While reflecting "To whom indeed should I teach this Dhamma?" he saw three ten million monks who had gone forth together with him, accomplished with decisive support. Then this occurred to him - "These sons of good family went forth following me as I was going forth, and are accomplished with decisive support; they were dismissed by me, who desired seclusion, on the full moon day of Vesākha, and having gone to the Sirivana thicket in dependence on the city of Sirivaḍḍhana, they dwell there; come, let me go there and teach them the Dhamma" - having taken his own bowl and robe, having risen up into the sky like a king of swans, he descended in the Sirivana thicket. And those monks, having paid homage to the Blessed One, having shown the duty of a pupil, having surrounded the Blessed One, sat down. The Blessed One taught them the Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching, pursued by all Buddhas. Thereupon three ten million monks attained arahantship. There was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand ten million gods and humans. Therefore it was said -
3.
Those who, having drunk the flavour of truth, dispel the great darkness.
4.
There was the full realization of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis."
3-4.
Therein, "four" means four.
"Saccavaruttame" means truths and excellent - excellent truths, the meaning is truths that are highest.
"Cattāro saccavaruttame" is also a reading; its meaning is four excellent truths that are highest.
"Those" means those various gods and humans disciplined by the Buddha, the Blessed One.
"The flavour of truth" means having drunk the deathless flavour of the penetration of the four truths.
"Dispel the great darkness" means they dispel the darkness of delusion to be abandoned by each respective path; the meaning is they destroy it.
"Having attained" means having penetrated.
"Enlightenment" - here now this word "bodhi" -
And in omniscience and in knowledge, the word 'bodhi' has come."
For indeed this - In such passages as "enlightenment is called the knowledge of the four paths," it has come in the sense of the path. In "it leads to peace, to direct knowledge, to highest enlightenment," here in the sense of fruition. In "having attained enlightenment, the Deathless, the unconditioned," here in the sense of Nibbāna. In "between Gayā and the Bodhi tree," here in the sense of the holy fig tree. In "Prince Bodhi pays respect with his head at the feet of Master Gotama," here in the sense of description. In "he attains enlightenment, one of excellent, abundant wisdom," here in the sense of the knowledge of omniscience. Here too it should be seen in the sense of the knowledge of omniscience. It is also fitting in the sense of the knowledge of the path of arahantship. "Incomparable" means devoid of a scale, gone beyond measure; the meaning is immeasurable. The meaning should be taken as at the first teaching of the Teaching by that Blessed One who, having attained the highest enlightenment, was teaching the Teaching.
But when, dwelling in dependence on a city named Citta, at the foot of a Campaka tree, at the foot of a Kaṇḍamba tree, just as our Blessed One, having performed the Twin Miracle for the crushing of the pride of the sectarians, having sat down in the Tāvatiṃsa realm - the excellent abode made of beautiful new gold and silver, generating the delight of the young women of gods and titans - at the foot of the Pāricchattaka tree on the surface of the Paṇḍukambala stone, taught the higher teaching, then there was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis of deities. This was the second full realisation. But when a universal monarch named Sunanda, having fulfilled the duty of a universal monarch in the city of Surabhi, obtained the wheel treasure. It is said that, having seen the wheel treasure retreated from its place when the One of Ten Powers Maṅgala had arisen in the world, King Sunanda, his joy having departed, questioned the brahmins - "This wheel treasure was produced by my wholesome deeds; why has it retreated from its place?" Then they explained to that king the reason for the retreating. "The wheel treasure retreats from its place either by the exhaustion of the life span of a universal monarch, or by the undertaking of the going forth, or by the manifestation of a Buddha." Having said this, "But for you, great king, there is no exhaustion of the life span; you are exceedingly long-lived. But the perfectly Self-awakened One Maṅgala has arisen in the world; therefore your wheel treasure has retreated." Having heard that, the universal monarch Sunanda, together with his retinue, having paid homage with his head to that wheel treasure, requested - "As long as I, by your power, shall honour the One of Ten Powers Maṅgala, so long do not disappear." Then that wheel treasure stood at its very original place.
Thereupon, Sunanda the wheel-turning monarch, having regained his joy, surrounded by an assembly measuring thirty-six yojanas all round, having approached Maṅgala, the One of Ten Powers, the blessing of the entire world, having satisfied the Teacher together with the community of disciples with a great gift, having given Kāsi cloths to a hundred thousand koṭis of Worthy Ones, having given all requisites to the Tathāgata, having made an offering to the Blessed One that caused astonishment to the entire world, having approached Maṅgala, the protector of the entire world, having placed upon his head a salutation with joined palms resembling a spotless lotus bud, resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, having paid homage, sat down to one side for the purpose of hearing the Teaching. His son too, the prince named Anurājakumāra, sat down in the same way.
Then the Blessed One gave a progressive discourse to them, headed by Sunanda the wheel-turning monarch. Sunanda the wheel-turning monarch, together with the assembly, attained arahantship together with the analytical knowledges. Then the Teacher, looking at their former conduct, having seen the decisive support for bowls and robes created by supernormal power, having stretched out his right hand adorned with a network of wheels - "Come, monks," he said. All of them, at that very moment, with hair of two inches' length, bearing bowls and robes created by supernormal power, having become accomplished in deportment like elder monks of sixty rains retreats, surrounded the Blessed One. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
5.
For a hundred thousand koṭis, there was the second full realization.
6.
Then the self-enlightened beat the drum of the Teaching, the excellent best.
7.
All of them without remainder, were 'come, monk' monks."
5-7.
Therein, "in the abode of Surinda, the god" means again in the abode of the lord of gods - this is the meaning.
"The Dhamma" means the higher teaching.
"Struck" means he struck.
"The excellent best" means the excellent one, the Blessed One, struck the best drum of the Teaching - this is the meaning.
"Followers" means constant attendants, servants.
"Were" means they were.
"Then there were ninety koṭis" is also a reading.
His populace was there; if one asks how many was that populace, ninety koṭis - this is the meaning.
Then, it is said, when the Lord of the World Maṅgala was dwelling in the city of Mekhala, in that very city Sudeva and Dhammasena, young men with a retinue of a thousand young men, went forth by the "Come, monk" ordination in the presence of that Blessed One. On the full moon day of Māgha, when the two chief disciples together with their retinues had attained arahantship, the Teacher recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of a company of a hundred thousand koṭis of monks. This was the first assembly. Again, at the park named Uttara, at the unsurpassed gathering of relatives, at the assembly of a hundred thousand koṭis of those gone forth, he recited the Pātimokkha. This was the second assembly. At the assembly of the company of monks of the wheel-turning monarch Sunanda, he recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of ninety thousand koṭis of monks. This was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
8.
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis.
9.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, then was the meeting."
8-9.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a brahmin named Suruci in the brahmin village of Suruci, had mastered the three Vedas together with their vocabularies and rituals, phonology and etymology, and the histories as a fifth, learned in verse, a grammarian, fully versed in worldly knowledge and the marks of a great man.
He, having approached the Teacher, having heard the sweet talk on the Teaching of the One of Ten Powers, having gained confidence in the Blessed One, having gone for refuge -
invited the Blessed One together with the community of disciples saying "Tomorrow accept almsfood from me."
He, when asked by the Blessed One "Brahmin, how many monks do you need?" -
said "But how many, venerable sir, are the monks in your retinue?"
At that time it was just the first assembly; therefore when "A hundred thousand koṭis" was said -
he invited saying "If so, venerable sir, please accept almsfood from me together with all of them."
The Teacher accepted.
The brahmin, having invited the Blessed One for the morrow, while going to his own house, thought - "I am able to give rice gruel, food, cloth and so on to so many monks, but how will there be a place for sitting?" That thought of his, it is said, generated heat in the Paṇḍukambala stone seat of the king of gods, the Thousand-Eyed One, who was standing at the summit of Mount Meru, measuring eighty-four thousand yojanas. Then Sakka, the king of gods, having seen the heat of the seat - with the reflection having arisen "Who now wishes to dislodge me from this position?" looking at the human world with the divine eye, having seen the great man - thinking "This Great Being, having invited the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, has considered the purpose of sitting for them; it is fitting for me too to go there and take a share of merit," having created the appearance of a carpenter, with an adze and hatchet in hand, appeared before the great man. He said "Is there indeed any work to be done for wages for anyone?"
The Great Being, having seen him, said "What work will you be able to do?" "There is no craft that I do not know; whoever wishes for whatever - a pavilion or a mansion or any other dwelling and so on - I am able to build that very thing for that very person." "If so, there is work for me." "What, sir?" "A hundred thousand koṭis of monks have been invited by me for the morrow; will you build a sitting pavilion for them?" "I would indeed build it, if you will be able to give me wages." "I shall be able, dear son." Having said "If so, very well, I shall do it," he looked at a certain spot. That spot, measuring twelve yojanas, was level like a kasiṇa disc, supremely delightful. Again he, having thought "Let a pavilion made of the seven precious things, beautiful to behold, arise in this much space," looked. Thereupon, at that very moment, having broken through the surface of the earth, a pavilion resembling it arose. On its golden pillars there were silver capitals, on the silver pillars golden capitals, on the jewelled pillars coral capitals, on the coral pillars jewelled capitals, on the pillars made of the seven precious things there were capitals made of the seven precious things.
Then he looked, thinking "Let nets of tinkling bells hang in the spaces between the pavilion." Together with the looking, nets of tinkling bells hung down; when stirred by a gentle wind, a supremely delightful sweet sound emanated from it as if from a five-part musical ensemble; it was as if it were the time of a celestial concert taking place. He thought "Let strings of celestial scented garlands, strings of flower garlands, strings of leaf garlands, and strings of the seven precious things hang in the spaces between." Together with the thought, the strings hung down. He thought "Let seats and allowable costly coverings and stands for monks numbering a hundred thousand koṭis arise, having broken through the earth." At that very moment they arose. He thought "Let one water jar each arise in each corner." At that very moment water jars arose, full of supremely cool, sweet, thoroughly pure, fragrant, allowable water, with their mouths covered by plantain leaves. He, the Thousand-Eyed One, having constructed that much, having gone to the brahmin's presence - said "Come, sir, having seen your pavilion, give me my wages." The great man, having gone, looked at that pavilion. As he was looking, his entire body was continuously pervaded with fivefold rapture.
Then, as he was looking at the pavilion, this occurred to him - "This pavilion was not made by a human being; surely, on account of my disposition and my virtue, the abode of Sakka, the king of gods, became hot; thereupon this pavilion was created by Sakka, the lord of the gods." He thought "It is not proper for me to give a gift in such a pavilion for just one day; I shall give for seven days." External giving, even that much, is unable to produce satisfaction in the hearts of Bodhisattas; but when, having cut off the adorned head, or having plucked out the anointed eyes, or having torn out the flesh of the heart, a gift is given, then for Bodhisattas there is what is called satisfaction in dependence on generosity. For even for our Bodhisatta, in the Sivi Jātaka, having distributed five hundred thousand coins daily, giving gifts at the four city gates and in the middle of the city - at five places - that gift was unable to produce the satisfaction of generosity. But when Sakka, the king of gods, having come in the appearance of a brahmin, requested his eyes, then he, having plucked out those eyes, gave them; even as he was giving, joy arose; not even to the extent of a hair-tip did his mind undergo alteration. Thus for omniscient Bodhisattas there is no satisfaction in dependence on external giving. Therefore that great man too - having thought "It is fitting for me to give a gift to monks numbering a hundred thousand koṭis," having caused them to sit down in that pavilion, gave for seven days a gift called gavapāna.
Herein, gavapāna means food prepared by filling very large jars with milk, placing them on ovens, and when the milk is thickly boiled, throwing in a few rice-grains, and preparing it with ripe honey, sugar powder, and ghee. This itself is also called the four-sweet food. But humans alone were not able to serve the food. Even gods, alternating one between each, served the food. Even the place measuring twelve yojanas was not sufficient to accommodate those monks; but those monks sat down by their own power. On the final day, having had the bowls of all the monks washed, having filled them with ghee, butter, honey, molasses, and so on for the purpose of medicine, he gave them together with the three robes. Therein, the robe-cloths received by the most junior monk of the Community were worth a hundred thousand each.
Then the Teacher, while giving the thanksgiving - reflecting "This great man gave such a great gift, who indeed will he become?" - having seen "In the future, at the summit of two incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, he will become a Buddha named Gotama," having addressed the Great Being from there - he declared "You, having passed beyond such a period of time, will become a Buddha named Gotama." Then the great man, having heard the declaration of the Blessed One, with a delighted heart - having thought "I indeed shall become a Buddha, there is no need for me of the household life, I shall go forth," having abandoned such success like a lump of spittle, having gone forth in the presence of the Teacher, having learnt the word of the Buddha, having produced the direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, not having fallen away from meditative absorption, having remained as long as life lasted, at the end of his life span he was reborn in the Brahma world. Therefore it was said -
10.
A reciter, a bearer of sacred texts, one who has gone beyond the three Vedas.
11.
I venerated the Community headed by the Self-Enlightened One, with scents and garlands;
Having venerated with scents and garlands, I satisfied them with cow's milk.
12.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
13.
"Having striven in striving, etc. we shall be face to face with him."
Eight verses should be expanded.
14.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
15.
Having given my house to the Buddha, I went forth in his presence.
16.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
17.
Having gone to the perfection of direct knowledge, I went to the Brahma world."
10-17.
Therein, "with perfumes and garlands" means with perfumes and with garlands.
"With cow's milk beverage" - this has been stated already.
Some also read "with ghee beverage."
"I satisfied" means I satisfied.
"I determined upon further ascetic practice" means I determined upon even more ascetic practice.
"For the fulfilment of the ten perfections" means for the purpose of fulfilling the ten perfections.
"Rapture" means joy of the heart.
"Cultivating" means increasing.
"For the attainment of the excellent enlightenment" means for the attainment of the state of a Buddha.
"Having given to the Buddha" means having bestowed upon the Buddha.
"My house" means my dwelling; the meaning is having bestowed all property for the purpose of the four requisites upon the Buddha, the Blessed One.
"There" means in that Buddha's Dispensation.
"Divine" means having developed the meditation on the divine abidings.
Now the Blessed One Maṅgala's city was named Uttara, his father too was a warrior king named Uttara, his mother too was named Uttarā, Sudeva and Dhammasena were the two chief disciples, Pālita by name was the attendant, Sīvalā and Asokā were the two chief female disciples, the ironwood tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was eighty-eight cubits in height, the life-span measure was ninety thousand years, his wife was named Yasavatī, his son was named Sīvala, and he departed by horse vehicle. He dwelt at the Uttara Park. His attendant was named Uttara, and having remained for ninety thousand years, when the Blessed One attained final Nibbāna, all at once ten thousand world-systems were enveloped in complete darkness. In all the world-systems there was great crying and lamentation among human beings. Therefore it was said -
18.
The mother was named Uttarā, of the great sage Maṅgala.
23.
Pālita by name was the attendant of the great sage Maṅgala.
24.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the ironwood tree.
26.
From him radiated rays, many hundreds of thousands.
27.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
28.
So too his disciples, they cannot be counted.
29.
There was no death with defilements then in his Dispensation.
30.
Having blazed like a fire, he, of great fame, attained final Nibbāna.
31.
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, just as the sun has passed away."
18-31.
Therein, "from him" means from the body of that Maṅgala.
"Niddhāvatī" means "niddhāvanti" (they radiate forth); a reversal of grammatical number should be understood.
"Rays" (raṃsī) means rays of light.
"Many hundreds of thousands" (anekasatasahassiyo) means many hundreds of thousands.
"Waves" (ūmī) means waves, billows.
"To count" (gaṇetuye) means to count, to reckon.
"So many waves in the ocean" means just as they cannot be counted, so too the disciples of that Blessed One cannot be counted; rather, they have passed beyond the path of counting - this is the meaning.
"As long as" (yāva) means for whatever period of time.
"Death with defilements then" (sakilesamaraṇaṃ tadā) means "with defilements" is one who has defilements together with defilements; the death of one with defilements is "death with defilements"; that did not exist.
At that time, it is said, in that Blessed One's Dispensation, all disciples attained final nibbāna only after having attained arahantship.
None died as worldlings or as stream-enterers and so on - this is the meaning.
Some read "death with confusion then" (sammohamāraṇaṃ tadā).
"Torch of the Dhamma" (dhammokka) means one who illuminates the Teaching. "Dhūmaketu" means fire is what is called thus, but here a lamp should be understood; therefore the meaning is that having blazed like a lamp, he was quenched. "Of great fame" (mahāyaso) means having a great retinue. Some read "he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna" (nibbuto so sasāvako). "Of activities" (saṅkhārāna) means of phenomena that are conditioned, of phenomena that have conditions. "Its own nature" (sabhāvatta) means the general characteristic of impermanence and so on. "Just as the sun has passed away" means just as the thousand-rayed maker of day, having dispelled all the host of darkness and having illuminated the entire world, reaches its setting, so too the maker of day that is Maṅgala, the causer of the blooming of the lotus forest of those accessible to instruction, having dispelled all the darkness of the internal and external world, having blazed with the radiance of his own body, has passed away - this is the meaning. The remaining verses are clear everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Maṅgala is completed.
The third lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
6.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sumana
Thus, having made the ten-thousandfold world system one mass of darkness all at once, when that Blessed One had attained final nibbāna, in the period after him, when human beings had a lifespan of ninety thousand years, having gradually declined, when they had a lifespan of ten years, having increased again, having gradually become those of incalculable lifespan, having declined again, when they had a lifespan of ninety thousand years, the Bodhisatta named Sumana, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a queen named Sirimā in the family of a king named Sudatta in the city of Mekhalā. The wonders were in the manner already stated before.
He, having gradually come of age, being entertained by sixty-three hundred thousand dancing women in three mansions named Sirivaḍḍhana, Somavaḍḍhana, and Iddhivaḍḍhana, being attended upon by divine young women, like a divine prince, experiencing sensual happiness similar to divine happiness for nine thousand years, having begotten an incomparable son named Anupama by a queen named Vaṭaṃsikā, having seen the four signs, having departed by elephant vehicle, he went forth. But when he was going forth, thirty crores went forth following him.
He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for ten months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice into which divine nutriment had been placed, given by one named Anupamā, the daughter of the millionaire Anoma in the town of Anoma, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Anupama, having approached the Nāga Bodhi tree, having circumambulated it, having made a grass mat thirty cubits wide with eight handfuls of grass, there having folded his legs crosswise, he sat down. Thereupon, having scattered the forces of Māra, having penetrated the knowledge of omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - he uttered an inspired utterance. Therefore it was said -
Matchless in all qualities, the highest of all beings."
Therein, "after Maṅgala" means afterwards, in the later period of the Blessed One Maṅgala. "Matchless in all qualities" means matchless, incomparable in all qualities of morality, concentration, and wisdom.
Sumana, it is said, the Blessed One, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request for the purpose of teaching the Teaching - while reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" having seen thirty crores who had gone forth together with him, and his own youngest brother, the half-brother Prince Saraṇa, and the chaplain's son, the young man Bhāvitatta, as accomplished with decisive support - having thought "I should teach the Teaching to these first," like a king of swans, through the sky-path, having descended into the Mekhala Park, having sent the park keeper, having had his own youngest brother, Prince Saraṇa, the chaplain's son, and Prince Bhāvitatta summoned, to thirty-seven crores who constituted their retinue, thirty crores who had gone forth together with him, and many other crores of gods and humans - thus to a hundred thousand crores, by the setting in motion of the Wheel of the Teaching, he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink. Therefore it was said -
The ninefold Conqueror's Dispensation, conjoined with the conch of the Teaching."
Therein, "the drum of the Deathless" means the drum for the achievement of the Deathless, for the achievement of Nibbāna. "Beat" means sounded; he taught the Teaching - this is the meaning. This "drum of the Deathless" is a name for the ninefold word of the Buddha having the Deathless as its final goal. Therefore he said - "The ninefold Conqueror's Dispensation, conjoined with the conch of the Teaching." Therein, "conjoined with the conch of the Teaching" means conjoined with the excellent conch of the talk on the Teaching of the four truths.
Now Sumana, the leader of the world, having attained the highest enlightenment, proceeding along the practice in accordance with his acknowledgment, for the purpose of liberating the public from the bondage of existence, for the protection of the jewel of wholesomeness being plundered by the thieves of defilements, built the excellent city of the Deathless, with the extensive wall of morality, surrounded by the moat of concentration, with the door of insight knowledge, with the firm door panels of mindfulness and full awareness, adorned with pavilions and the like of meditative attainments, and crowded with the people of the qualities conducive to enlightenment. Therefore it was said -
The Teacher built a city, the best and highest city of the Good Teaching."
Therein, "having conquered" means having vanquished, having overcome, having destroyed the mental defilements, the volitional activities, and the Māras of the sons of gods - this is the meaning. "He" means he, the glad-minded Blessed One. "Having vanquished the defilements indeed" is also a reading. Therein, the syllable "hi" is an indeclinable particle used merely as an expletive. "Having attained" means having realised. "Patto" is also a reading. "City" means the city of Nibbāna. "The best and highest city of the Good Teaching" means the highest, the foremost, the principal among the excellent cities reckoned as the Good Teaching. Or, the highest among the excellent and noble cities made of the Good Teaching is "the best and highest city of the Good Teaching." In the former alternative meaning, "city" should be understood as a synonym for that very thing. Nibbāna is called "city" in the sense of being the resort and dwelling, the support of the noble persons - trainees and those beyond training - who have penetrated the intrinsic nature of phenomena. But in that excellent city of the Good Teaching, that Teacher built a great highway made of the establishments of mindfulness, uninterrupted, not crooked, straight, and broad and wide. Therefore it was said -
He built that great highway, the best and highest establishment of mindfulness.
Therein, "continuous" means continuous because of the uninterrupted nature of the movement of wholesome impulsions. "Not crooked" means not crooked because of being free from the fault that causes crookedness. "Straight" means straight precisely because of being not crooked. This expression is merely an elucidation of the meaning of the preceding term. "Extensive and wide" means broad and wide in length and in breadth; the state of being broad and wide should be understood by way of mundane and supramundane establishments of mindfulness. "Great highway" means the main road. "The best and highest establishment of mindfulness" means it is an establishment of mindfulness and it is the highest among the excellent, thus it is the best and highest establishment of mindfulness. Or else, the meaning is the highest highway made of the excellent establishment of mindfulness.
Now, on that street of the establishments of mindfulness of that great city of Nibbāna, he spread out on both sides in the shops of the Teaching these very costly jewels, namely the four fruits of asceticism, the four analytical knowledges, the six direct knowledges, and the eight attainments. Therefore it was said -
The six higher knowledges and the eight attainments, he spread out there on the street.
Now, the Blessed One, showing the means of carrying away those jewels - that those who are heedful, mindful, wise, endowed with shame, moral fear, energy, and so on, they take up these precious goods -
They take up these excellent qualities as they wish." He said;
Therein, "those who" (ye) is a synopsis without specifying. "Heedful" (appamattā) means endowed with diligence, which is the counterpart of negligence, having the characteristic of continuous presence of mindfulness. "Free from barrenness" (akhilā) means free from the five mental rigidities. "Endowed with shame and energy" (hirivīriyehupāgatā) means one is ashamed of bodily misconduct and so on, thus "shame" (hirī); this is a designation for moral shame. The state of a hero is energy (vīriya); that has the characteristic of endeavour. Endowed with, possessed of those shame and energy, are capable persons. "They" (te) is a specifying synopsis of the previously unspecified synopsis. Again, "they" (te) means those sons of good family take up, obtain, attain the distinguished jewels of qualities of the aforementioned kind - this is the meaning. But the Blessed One Sumana, having understood the minds of all, having beaten the drum of the Teaching, having established the city of the Teaching, by this method at the very first awakened a hundred thousand crores. Therefore it was said -
The Teacher first awakened a hundred thousand crores."
Therein, "lifting up" means lifting up from the ocean of wandering in the round of rebirths by the boat of the noble path. "A hundred thousand crores" means a hundred thousand crores is the meaning. It is stated in reverse order.
But when Sumana, the leader of the world, having performed the Twin Miracle - the crushing of the vanity and conceit of the sectarians - at the foot of a mango tree in the city of Sunandavatī, gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to a thousand crores of beings. This was the second full realisation. Therefore it was said -
Ten million thousand fully realised, at the second teaching of the Dhamma."
Therein, "the groups of sectarians" means groups that had become sectarians, or groups of sectarians. Some read "subduing the sectarians, the Buddha taught the Dhamma."
But when deities from the ten thousand world-circles, having assembled in this world-circle, and humans raised up a discussion on cessation - "How do they attain cessation, how are they attained to cessation, how do they emerge from cessation?" Thus, being unable to make a judgement regarding attainment, determination, emergence and so on, together with humans, the gods in the six sensual-sphere heavenly worlds and the Brahmās in the nine Brahmā worlds were in a state of wavering, divided in two. Thereupon, together with the king named Arindama the Beautiful among Men, in the evening time, they approached Sumana, the One of Ten Powers, the protector of the entire world; Having approached, King Arindama asked the Blessed One the question about cessation. Thereupon, when the question about cessation was answered by the Blessed One, there was the full realisation of the teaching for ninety thousand ten million living beings. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
9.
Asked the question about cessation, and also the doubt in their minds.
10.
For ninety thousand ten million, there was the third full realisation."
9-10.
Now, the Blessed One Sumana had three assemblies of disciples.
Therein, at the first assembly, having dwelt for the rains retreat in dependence on the city of Mekhala, at the first invitation ceremony, the Blessed One celebrated the pavāraṇā together with a thousand koṭis of Worthy Ones who had gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination. This was the first assembly.
Then at another time, seated on the golden mountain of one yojana in extent, produced by the wholesome power of King Arindama, not far from the city of Saṅkassa - like the sun with its beautiful multitude of rays in the autumn season on the Yugandhara mountain, so too the sun of the excellent sage - having surrounded King Arindama and tamed ninety thousand koṭis of men who had come, having given the going forth to all by the "Come, monk" ordination, surrounded by monks who had attained arahantship on that very day, he recited the Pātimokkha at an assembly possessed of four factors.
This was the second assembly.
But when Sakka, the king of gods, approached for the purpose of seeing the Fortunate One, then the Blessed One Sumana, surrounded by eighty thousand koṭis of Worthy Ones, recited the Pātimokkha. This was the third assembly.
Therefore it was said -
11.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
12.
With a hundred thousand koṭis, the Tathāgata celebrated the pavāraṇā.
13.
The second meeting was of ninety thousand koṭis.
14.
The third meeting was of eighty thousand koṭis."
11-14.
Therein, in "abhighuṭṭhe pavāraṇe" a change of gender should be understood; the meaning is "abhighuṭṭhāya pavāraṇāya."
"Tatoparan" means afterwards.
"Kañcanapabbate" means on a mountain made of gold.
"Buddhadassanupāgamī" means he approached for the purpose of seeing the Buddha.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta was a king of serpents named Atula, of great supernormal power and great might.
He, having heard "A Buddha has arisen in the world," surrounded by a company of relatives, having departed from his own dwelling, having made an offering with divine musical instruments to the Blessed One Sumana who was attended by a hundred thousand koṭis of monks, having carried on a great giving, having given separate pairs of garments, became established in the refuges.
That Teacher too declared concerning him "In the future he will become a Buddha."
Therefore it was said -
15.
Atula by name, with an abundant accumulation of wholesome deeds.
16.
With the divine musical instruments of the serpents, I attended upon the Victor together with the Community.
17.
Having given a separate pair of garments, I went for refuge to him.
18.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
19.
As in the Koṇḍañña Buddha Lineage, thus eight verses should be expanded.
20.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
15-20.
Now, that Blessed One Sumana's city was named Mekhalā, his father was a king named Sudatta, his mother was a queen named Sirimā, Saraṇa and Bhāvitatta were the two chief disciples, Udena by name was the attendant, Soṇā and Upasoṇā were the two chief female disciples, the iron-wood tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was ninety cubits in height, and the life-span was ninety thousand years only, his chief queen was named Vaṭaṃsikā, his son was named Anūpama, and he departed by elephant vehicle.
The attendant was the King of Aṅga.
He dwelt in the Aṅga park.
Therefore it was said -
21.
The mother was named Sirimā, of the great sage Sumana.
22.
Canda, Sucanda, and Vaṭaṃsa, three excellent mansions.
23.
Vaṭaṃsikā was the name of that woman, Anūpama was her son.
24.
For no less than ten months, the Conqueror strove in striving.
25.
The great hero turned the wheel, at Mekhala, the excellent city.
26.
Udena by name was the attendant of the great sage Sumana.
27.
That Buddha too, of immeasurable fame, was awakened at the foot of a nāga tree.
28.
Cālā and Upacālā were the chief female attendants.
29.
Resembling the radiance of gold, the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly.
30.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
31.
The Perfectly Self-awakened One attained final Nibbāna, like the king of stars, he set.
32.
Having shown incomparable radiance, those of great fame were quenched.
33.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?
34.
Right there is the stūpa of the Conqueror, raised up four yojanas.
21-34.
Therein, "resembling a golden festoon" means having the splendour of form similar to a festoon made of gold decorated with various jewels.
"The ten-thousand world-system shines brightly" means by his radiance even the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly. This is the meaning.
"Those to be helped across" means those who should be helped to cross over; when "to help across" is said, the meaning is all those accessible to instruction by a Buddha.
"Like the king of stars" means like the moon.
"Has passed away" means has passed away.
Some read "has gone to passing away."
"Incomparable" means matchless.
"Of great fame" means of great reputation and of great retinue.
"And that knowledge" means and that knowledge of omniscience.
"Incomparable" means unequalled, matchless.
The remainder is clear everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sumana is completed.
The fourth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
7.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Revata
Now, in the period after the Blessed One Sumana, when his Dispensation had disappeared, human beings with a lifespan of ninety thousand years, having gradually declined, having become those with a lifespan of ten years, having again gradually increased, having become those of incalculable lifespan, again declining, had a lifespan of sixty thousand years. At that time a Teacher named Revata arose. He too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita realm, a dwelling resplendent with many jewels, having passed away from there, in the city of Sudhaññavatī abounding in all wealth and grain, in the family of a king named Vipula, who was endowed with all prosperity and abundance, surrounded by an immeasurable and beautiful retinue fully adorned with all ornaments, bustling with the accumulation of glory and wealth, he took conception in the womb of the chief queen named Vipulā, who was bustling with rows and lines of the eyes of all people, resplendent with the splendour of a mine of face-lotuses, smooth and glorious like fully-blown eye-water-lilies, abundant in a multitude of exceedingly beautiful and captivating virtues, and after the elapse of ten months, like a golden swan king from Mount Cittakūṭa, he came forth from the mother's womb.
The wonders at his conception and birth were in the manner already stated before. And he had three mansions named Sudassana, Ratana, and Āveḷa. Thirty-three thousand women headed by Queen Sudassanā were in attendance. Surrounded by them, like a divine prince surrounded by celestial maidens, he dwelt in the house experiencing sensual happiness for six thousand years. He, when a son named Varuṇa was born to a queen named Sudassanā, having seen the four signs, wearing various dispassion-coloured excellent fine garments, with pearl necklaces and jewelled earrings put on, wearing excellent bracelets, a crown, and bangles, adorned with supremely fragrant flowers, with a multitude of supremely beautiful rays, like the autumn night-maker, like the moon surrounded by a host of stars, like the thousand-eyed one surrounded by a host of the Thirty-three, and like Hārita the Great Brahmā surrounded by a host of Brahmās, surrounded by a great fourfold army, having gone forth in the great renunciation by a thoroughbred chariot, having taken off all ornaments, having given them into the hands of the storekeeper, having cut off his hair-crown with a sword exceedingly sharp and exceedingly keen, resembling an unblemished dark blue water-lily petal born from water, he threw it into the sky. Sakka, the king of gods, having received it with a golden casket, having led it to the realm of the Thirty-three, made a shrine of the seven precious things on the summit of Sineru.
The Great Man, however, having put on the ochre robes given by the gods, went forth, and one ten million men went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for seven months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by a certain millionaire's daughter named Sāhudevī, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a certain naked ascetic, walking with the gait of an excellent bull elephant, having circumambulated the Nāga Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat fifty-three cubits wide, having determined the fourfold energy, having sat down, having scattered the forces of Māra, having penetrated the knowledge of omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - he uttered an inspired utterance. Therefore it was said -
Incomparable, matchless, unequalled, the highest Conqueror."
Revata, it is said, the Teacher, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request for the purpose of teaching the Teaching - while reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" having seen ten million monks who had gone forth together with him, and many other gods and humans accomplished with decisive support, having gone through space, having descended into the Varuṇa Park, surrounded by them, having set in motion the profound, subtle, with three rounds, not to be rolled back by another, unsurpassed wheel of the Teaching, he established ten million monks in arahantship. There is no limit to the counting of those established in the three paths and fruits. Therefore it was said -
The defining of the aggregates and elements, the non-occurrence in any kind of existence."
Therein, "the defining of the aggregates and elements" means the making of a classification by way of the defining of mentality-materiality and so on of the five aggregates and the eighteen elements. The discernment of material and immaterial phenomena by way of intrinsic nature characteristic, common characteristic and so on is called the defining of the aggregates and elements. Or alternatively, matter is like a lump of foam because of not being able to withstand crushing and because of having the nature of being perforated and unperforated and so on; feeling is like a water bubble because of being delightful only for a moment; perception is like a mirage because of deceiving; activities are like a plantain trunk because of being coreless; consciousness is like a magical illusion because of cheating - by such a method as this too, the defining of the aggregates and elements should be understood by way of the observation of impermanence and so on. "The non-occurrence in any kind of existence" - here "existence" means growth; "non-existence" means deterioration. "Existence" means the eternalist view; "non-existence" means the annihilationist view. "Existence" means lesser existence; "non-existence" means greater existence. "Existence" means sensual existence; "non-existence" means fine-material and immaterial existence - by such a method as this the meaning of "any kind of existence" should be understood. The meaning is that he made known the Teaching that is the cause of the non-occurrence of those kinds of existence. Or alternatively, "existence" means that by which one comes to be, the sign of rebirth in the three existences, namely action and so on. The becoming of rebirth is called "non-existence." The meaning is that he taught the Teaching of non-occurrence that effects the abandoning of attachment in both cases. But for that Buddha Revata there were just three full realisations. But the first of his passed beyond the path of counting. Therefore it was said -
The first full realization was not to be told by counting."
Therein, "tīṇi" means three; a change of gender has been made; this was the first full realisation.
Then at another time, to the north of the city, in the northern city, there was a king named Arindama, the tamer of all enemies. It is said that he, having heard that the Blessed One had arrived at his own city, surrounded by three koṭis of people, having gone out to meet the Blessed One, having invited him for the morrow, having carried on a great giving for seven days to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha, having made an offering of lamps extending three gāvutas, having approached the Blessed One, sat down. Then the Blessed One taught him the Teaching in a variegated method agreeable to his mind. There, there was the second full realisation of a thousand koṭis of gods and humans. Therefore it was said -
Then of a thousand koṭis, there was the second full realisation."
This was the second full realisation.
Then at another time the Teacher Revata, dwelling in dependence on a market town named Uttara, having entered upon the attainment of cessation for seven days, sat down. At that time, it is said, the people dwelling in the Uttara market town, having brought rice gruel, meals, sweet-meats, medicines, beverages, and so on, having given a great gift to the community of monks, inquired of the monks - "Where, venerable sir, is the Blessed One?" Thereupon the monks said to them - "The Blessed One, friends, has attained the attainment of cessation." Then when that week had passed, having seen the Blessed One who had emerged from the attainment of cessation, shining with his own incomparable Buddha's glory like the sun in the autumn season, they asked about the virtuous benefits of the attainment of cessation. And the Blessed One spoke to them of the virtuous benefits of the attainment of cessation. Then a hundred koṭis of gods and humans became established in arahantship. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
A hundred crores of humans and deities, he trained in the highest fruit."
In the city of Sudhaññavatī, at the first great recitation of the Pātimokkha, the first assembly was of Worthy Ones gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, who had passed beyond the path of counting. In the city of Mekhalā, the second assembly was of Worthy Ones gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, reckoned as a hundred thousand koṭis. Now, the Blessed One Revata's follower of the Wheel of the Teaching, the chief disciple named Varuṇa, the foremost among the wise, became sick. There, having taught the Teaching illuminating the three characteristics to the great multitude that had assembled for the purpose of enquiring after the sick one, having given the going forth by the "Come, monk" ordination to a hundred thousand koṭis of men, having established them in arahantship, he recited the Pātimokkha at an assembly possessed of four factors. This was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, well-liberated ones of such quality.
7.
The second meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis.
8.
He was then diseased, having reached danger of life.
9.
A hundred thousand koṭis of Worthy Ones, the third meeting was."
6-9.
Therein, "one who keeps the wheel turning" means a follower of the wheel of the Teaching.
"Having reached danger of life" - here, doubt about life is danger of life; he reaches the destruction of life, or does not reach it - thus having reached danger of life; due to the powerful state of the illness, he dies or does not die - the meaning is one who has reached doubt about life.
"Those sages who then came" - thus, when it is long, it applies to the monks; when it is short, together with the recollection, it applies to Varuṇa.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a brahmin named Atideva in the city of Rammavatī, having gone to the far shore in the brahmin practices, having seen Revata the Perfectly Self-awakened One, having heard his talk on the Teaching, having become established in the refuges, having praised the One of Ten Powers with a thousand verses of praise, venerated the Blessed One with an upper robe worth a thousand. That Buddha too declared concerning him - "At the summit of two incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, he will become a Buddha named Gotama." Therefore it was said -
10.
Having approached Revata the Buddha, I went for refuge to him.
11.
According to my strength, I gave a cloak.
12.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
13.
Eight verses should be expanded.
14.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
15.
I will bring that teaching, which was longed for by me."
10-15.
Therein, "I went for refuge to him" means I went to that refuge; the genitive case is used in the accusative sense.
"Quality of wisdom" means the achievement of wisdom.
"Highest" means foremost.
"Paññāvimuttiguṇamuttama" is also a reading; it is self-evident.
"Having praised" means having praised, having extolled.
"According to one's strength" means according to one's power.
"Cloak" means the upper robe.
"Adāsahaṃ" means I gave.
"Buddha-teaching" means the teaching that produces the state of a Buddha; the meaning is the teaching of the perfections.
"Having remembered" means having recollected.
"I developed" means I increased.
"I shall bring" means I shall fetch.
"That teaching" means that state of a Buddha.
"Which was longed for by me" means the state of a Buddha which was longed for by me - I shall bring that; this is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One Revata's city was named Sudhaññavatī, his father was a warrior named Vipula, his mother was named Vipulā, Varuṇa and Brahmadeva were the two chief disciples, Sambhava by name was the attendant, Bhaddā and Subhaddā were the two chief female disciples, the iron-wood tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was eighty cubits in height, the life span was sixty thousand years, Sudassanā by name was the chief queen, Varuṇa by name was the son, and he departed by a thoroughbred chariot.
By day and also then by night, constantly pervades a yojana.
The great hero determined, the one compassionate towards all beings.
Venerated by men and gods, Revata attained final Nibbāna."
Therefore it was said -
16.
The mother was named Vipulā, of the great sage Revata.
21.
Sambhava by name was the attendant of the great sage Revata.
22.
That Buddha too, equal to the matchless, was awakened at the foot of a nāga tree.
23.
Sirīmā and Yasavatī were the chief female attendants.
24.
Illuminates all directions, like the risen banner of Indra.
25.
By day or by night, it pervades a yojana all around.
26.
Being seen for that long, he helped many people to cross.
27.
He attained Nibbāna without clinging, like a fire with the elimination of fuel.
28.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
16-28.
Therein, "illuminates" means makes known.
"Risen" means raised up.
"Radiance-garland" means radiance-boundary.
"Like fire" means like a fire.
"By the extinction of fuel" means by the exhaustion of firewood.
"And that body like a jewel" means and that body of that Blessed One was golden-coloured.
"Tañca kāyaṃ ratananibha" is also a reading; it is said with a change of gender.
But the meaning is the same.
In the remaining verses, the meaning is manifest everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Revata is completed.
The fifth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
8.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sobhita
In the period after him, when his Dispensation too had disappeared, the Bodhisatta named Sobhita, having fulfilled the perfections for four incalculable periods exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having remained there as long as life lasted, having been requested by the gods, having passed away from the Tusita city, took conception in the womb of a queen named Sudhammā in the family of King Sudhamma in the city of Sudhamma. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Sudhamma Park, like a full moon from a pure, resplendent, dense mass of clouds. The wonders at his conception and birth were of the kind previously stated.
He dwelt in the house for ten thousand years, and when a son named Prince Sīha had been born in the womb of Queen Makhilā, the chief queen, foremost among thirty-seven thousand dancing women, having seen the four signs, with a sense of urgency arisen, having gone forth right in the mansion, having developed the concentration of mindfulness of breathing right there, having attained the four meditative absorptions, he practised the practice of striving right there for a week. Then, having eaten the supremely sweet milk-rice given by Queen Makhilā, he produced the thought for the purpose of the renunciation - "Let this mansion, decorated and prepared, while the great multitude is watching, having gone through the sky, having centred upon the Bodhi tree, descend to the earth, and let these women, without being told, depart from the mansion of their own accord when I am seated at the foot of the Bodhi tree." Together with the arising of the thought, the mansion, having flown up from the palace of King Sudhamma, rose up into the sky resembling dark collyrium. It, with its mansion floor adorned with assembled fragrant flower garlands, as if decorating the entire expanse of the sky, shining like the sun with its multitude of beautiful rays resembling streams of liquid gold, and like the autumn night-maker, with its net of various variegated tinkling bells hanging down, whose sound, it is said, when stirred by the wind, was like that of a five-piece musical ensemble played by very skilled people - lovely, enticing, and desirable.
Flooding the ears of beings with a sweet sound heard from afar, as if enticing people who were standing in house-courtyards, crossroads, streets, and so on, engaged in friendly conversation, through the sky neither too low nor too high, not far from the tops of the excellent forest trees, as if drawing the eyes of the people with its colour resplendent with the spreading radiance of various jewels on the branches of the excellent trees, and as if proclaiming the power of merit, it proceeded across the expanse of the sky. There the dancing women too sang and lamented with the sweet sound of the excellent five-piece musical ensemble. His fourfold army too, it is said, adorned with ornaments, bodily decorations, the arising of the radiance of various coloured fragrant flowers, garments, and ornaments, like an excellent army of immortals, supremely beautiful to behold, like the earth, having surrounded the mansion through the expanse of the sky, went along.
Then the mansion, having gone, having centred upon the iron-wood tree - eighty-eight cubits in height, with a straight, broad, round trunk, adorned with flowers, young leaves, and buds - having descended, was established on the ground. And the dancing women, without being told by anyone, having descended from that mansion, departed. The Great Man Sobhita too, it is said, adorned with manifold virtues, surrounded by a retinue made by the great multitude, in the three watches of the night produced the three true knowledges. But the forces of Māra went the way they had come by the power of natural law alone. But the mansion stood right there. The Blessed One Sobhita, having attained the highest enlightenment - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having consented to Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Teaching - "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" - looking with the Buddha-eye, having seen his own half-brothers, the youngest brothers, Prince Asama and Prince Sunetta - "These two princes are accomplished with decisive support, able to penetrate the profound, subtle Teaching; come, let me teach them the Teaching" - having come through the sky, having descended into the Sudhamma Park, having had both princes summoned by the park keeper, surrounded by them together with their retinues, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching in the midst of the great multitude. Therefore it was said -
1.
Concentrated, with peaceful mind, matchless, without equal.
2.
Having attained consummate enlightenment, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
3.
In between here, there was one assembly, at the teaching of the Dhamma.
4.
The first full realization was not to be told by counting."
1-4.
Therein, "in his own home" means in his own dwelling itself; the meaning is within the upper floor of the mansion itself.
"Turned his mind" means he transformed his consciousness; the meaning is that, standing in his own home, within the interval of seven days itself, having turned his consciousness away from the state of a worldling, he attained Buddhahood.
"Below" means from below.
"The summit of existence" means from the Akaniṭṭha realm.
"To that assembly" means in the midst of that assembly.
"Not to be told by counting" means gone beyond the path of counting; this is the meaning.
"The first full realisation" means the first full realisation of the teaching.
"Was" means there was an assembly not to be told by counting; this is the meaning.
"At the first they fully realised indeed" is also a reading; its meaning is those people who fully realised at his first teaching of the Dhamma, they were not to be told by counting.
Then at another time, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sudassana at the foot of the variegated trumpet-flower tree, having sat down in the Tāvatiṃsa realm - the abode made of new gold and jewels - at the foot of the Pāricchattaka tree on the surface of the Paṇḍukambala stone, he taught the higher teaching. At the conclusion of the teaching, there was the full realisation of the teaching for ninety thousand koṭis. This was the second full realisation. Therefore it was said -
For ninety thousand crores, there was the second full realisation."
Then at another time, in the city of Sudassana, a prince named Jayasena, having had a monastery of one yojana in extent built, and having planted a park densely filled with excellent trees such as asoka, assakaṇṇa, campaka, nāga, punnāga, vakula, surabhi, mango, jackfruit, asana, sāla, jasmine, fragrant mango, oleander and so on, he dedicated it to the community of monks headed by the Buddha. Having given the thanksgiving for the gift and having praised the sacrifice, the Blessed One taught the Teaching. Then there was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand crores of beings. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
6.
Having planted a park, he then dedicated it to the Buddha.
7.
Then of a thousand koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
6-7.
Again, a king named Uggata, having had a monastery named Sunanda built in the city of Sunanda, gave it to the community of monks headed by the Buddha.
At that gift, there was an assembly of a hundred koṭis of Worthy Ones who had gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination; in their midst, the Blessed One Sobhita recited the Pātimokkha.
This was the first assembly.
Again, in the city of Mekhalā, Dhammagaṇa, having had a great monastery built - an excellent park named Dhammagaṇārāma - and having given it to the community of monks headed by the Buddha, gave a gift together with all requisites.
At that assembly, at the gathering of ninety koṭis of Worthy Ones who had gone forth by the "Come, monk" form, he recited the Pātimokkha.
This was the second assembly.
But when the Blessed One, having dwelt for the rains retreat in the city of Dasasatanayana, descended at the invitation ceremony to admonish, surrounded by excellent gods, then he celebrated the pavāraṇā at an assembly possessed of four factors together with eighty koṭis of Worthy Ones.
This was the third assembly.
Therefore it was said -
8.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
9.
At that gift, a hundred koṭis of Worthy Ones assembled.
10.
Then the second meeting was of ninety koṭis.
11.
Then the third meeting was of eighty koṭis."
8-11.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta, having been a brahmin named Sujāta, well-born on both sides, in the city of Rammavatī, having heard the Blessed One Sobhita's teaching of the Teaching, having become established in the refuges, gave a great gift for three months to the community of monks headed by the Buddha.
He too declared concerning him "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama."
Therefore it was said -
12.
Then I satisfied the Buddha together with his disciples with food and drink.
13.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
14.
15.
For the attainment of that very purpose, I made fierce energy."
12-15.
Therein, "for the attainment of that very purpose" means for the purpose of attaining that state of a Buddha; and of that Buddha Sobhita -
having heard the word "In the future this one will become a Buddha named Gotama," "for Buddhas are unerring in their words" - thus the meaning is "for the purpose of attaining the state of a Buddha."
"Uggan" means intense, terrible.
"Dhitin" means energy.
"Akāsahan" means I did.
Now that Blessed One Sobhita's city was named Sudhamma, his father was a king named Sudhamma, his mother was a queen named Sudhammā, Asama and Sunetta were the two chief disciples, Anoma by name was the attendant, Nakulā and Sujātā were the two chief female disciples, the iron-wood tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was fifty-eight cubits in height, the life-span was ninety thousand years, Makhilā was the name of his chief queen, Prince Sīha was his son, thirty-seven thousand were the dancing women, and he dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. He went forth by mansion. A king named Jayasena was the attendant. It is said he dwelt in the Seta Park. Therefore it was said -
16.
The mother was named Sudhammā, of the great sage Sobhita.
21.
Anoma by name was the attendant of the great sage Sobhita.
22.
And that Buddha, while awakening, was awakened at the foot of a nāga tree.
24.
It illuminates all directions, like the risen sun.
25.
So too his Scriptures, perfumed with the fragrance of morality.
26.
So too his Scriptures, are not satiable by hearing.
27.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
28.
Having scorched like fire, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
29.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
16-29.
Therein, "like the hundred-rayed one" means like the sun; the meaning is he illuminates all directions.
"Forest wilds" means the great forest.
"Fumigated" means perfumed, scented.
"Not satiable" means one who does not produce satisfaction, or one who generates non-satisfaction.
"At that very moment" means at that time; the meaning is "that much time."
"He helped to cross" means he assisted.
"Exhortation" - a single utterance is called exhortation.
"Advice" - repeated utterance is called advice.
"To the remaining people" means to the remaining people who have not attained the penetration of truth; the locative case is used in the genitive sense.
"Having scorched like fire" means having satisfied like a fire.
Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is the Blessed One attained final Nibbāna through the elimination of clinging.
In the remaining verses, the meaning is manifest everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sobhita is completed.
The sixth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
9.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Anomadassī
Now, when the Buddha Sobhita had attained final Nibbāna, in the period after him, one incalculable period was devoid of the arising of a Buddha. But in the past, in that incalculable period, in one cosmic cycle, three Buddhas arose - Anomadassī, Paduma, and Nārada. Therein, the Blessed One Anomadassī, having fulfilled the perfections for sixteen incalculable periods and a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having been reborn in the Tusita city, being requested by the gods, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of the chief queen named Yasodharā, who had elevated and beautiful breasts, in the family of a king named Yasavā, in the royal capital named Candavatī. When the prince Anomadassī had entered the womb of Queen Yasodharā, it is said, by the power of his merit, a radiance, having pervaded a region of eighty cubits in extent, stood. It was not surpassable by the radiance of the moon and the sun. She, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to the Bodhisatta in the Sucandana pleasure grove. The wonders were in the manner already stated below.
On the name-giving day, those giving him a name, since at his birth seven jewels fell from the sky, because he was the cause for the arising of superior jewels, they named him "Anomadassī." He, having gradually come of age, being entertained with divine types of sensual pleasure, dwelt in the house for ten thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions - Siri, Upasiri, and Sirivaḍḍha. Twenty-three thousand women headed by Queen Sirimā were in attendance. He, when a son named Upavāṇa was born to Queen Sirimā, having seen the four signs, having gone forth in the great renunciation by a palanquin vehicle, went forth. Three crores of people went forth following him.
Surrounded by them, the Great Man practised the practice of striving for ten months. Thereupon, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having walked for almsfood in the brahmin village of Anupama, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Anupama, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Anoma, having circumambulated the Ajjuna tree of enlightenment, having spread a grass mat thirty-eight cubits wide, having determined the fourfold energy, having folded his legs crosswise, having destroyed the forces of Māra together with Māra, having produced the three true knowledges in the three watches - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - he uttered an inspired utterance. Therefore it was said -
1.
Anomadassī, of immeasurable fame, radiant, difficult to surpass.
2.
Taught the path leading to non-return, to gods and humans.
3.
He is infinite like space, like a king of sal trees in full bloom.
4.
Having heard the word he speaks, they attain the Deathless."
1-4.
Therein, "Anomadassī" means one of incomparable vision, or one of immeasurable vision.
"Of immeasurable fame" means of immeasurable retinue, or of immeasurable renown.
"Radiant" means possessed of the radiance of morality, concentration, and wisdom.
"Difficult to surpass" means difficult to assail; the meaning is unable to be surpassed by any other god or Māra or anyone whatsoever.
"He, having cut off all bondage" means having cut through all the tenfold mental fetters.
"Having destroyed the three existences" means having destroyed the action leading to the three existences by the knowledge that brings about the elimination of action, having brought it to non-existence - this is the meaning.
"The path leading to non-return" - Nibbāna, which is the counterpart of the occurrence of turning back, is called "non-return"; that which goes to that non-return by means of this is "leading to non-return."
The meaning is he taught that path leading to non-return, the eightfold path.
"Dasseti" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
"To gods and humans" means of gods and humans; the accusative case should be understood as used in the genitive sense.
"Unshakeable" means unable to be disturbed or shaken, thus imperturbable. Just as indeed the ocean, eighty-four thousand yojanas deep, the abode of beings of many thousands of yojanas, is imperturbable, so too he is imperturbable - this is the meaning. "Infinite like space" - just as space has no end, and is thus infinite, immeasurable, and boundless, so too the Blessed One is infinite, immeasurable, and boundless in the virtues of a Buddha. "He" means that Blessed One. "Like a king of sal trees in full bloom" means because his body is adorned with all the marks and features, he shines like a king of sal trees in full bloom - this is the meaning. "Even by seeing that Buddha" means even by the seeing of that Buddha - this is the meaning. Even in such cases, those skilled in grammar employ the genitive case. "Pleased" means fully pleased, gladdened. "Him who speaks" means of him who speaks; the accusative case is used in the sense of the genitive. "The Deathless" means Nibbāna. "They attain" means they reach. "They" means those who hear his word, the teaching of the Teaching, they attain the Deathless - this is the meaning.
Now the Blessed One, having spent seven weeks at the foot of the Bodhi tree, requested by Brahmā for the teaching of the Teaching, surveying the world with the Buddha-eye, saw three ten million people who had gone forth together with him, accomplished with decisive support - While reflecting "Where indeed are they dwelling now?" having seen them dwelling in the Sudassana Park in the city of Subhavatī, having gone through space, he descended into the Sudassana Park. He, surrounded by them, in the midst of the assembly including gods and humans, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. There, the first full realisation was of a hundred ten million. Therefore it was said -
Hundreds of koṭis fully realised, at the first teaching of the Dhamma."
Therein, "flourishing" means having reached abundance by way of the multitude. "Hundreds of koṭis" means hundreds of koṭis are hundreds of koṭis. "Koṭisatayo" is also a reading; its meaning is a hundred koṭis.
Then at another time, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Osadhī at the foot of an asana tree, seated on the Paṇḍukambala stone in the Tāvatiṃsa realm which is difficult to overcome by the titans, he rained the rain of the Higher Teaching for three months. Then eighty koṭis of deities fully realised. Therefore it was said -
Eighty million fully realised, at the second teaching of the Dhamma.
Therein, "vassante" means when the great cloud of the Buddha was raining. "Dhammavuṭṭhiyo" means the rain showers of the Teaching talk.
Thereupon at a later time, at the exposition of the question on blessings, seventy-eight million fully realised. That was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
For seventy-eight crores, there was the third full realisation."
Therein, "vassante" means when raining the shower of water of the talk on the Teaching. "Tappayante" means satisfying by the rain of the nectar of the Teaching, making satisfaction - with reference to the Blessed One - this is the meaning.
The Blessed One Anomadassī too had three assemblies of disciples. Therein, in the city of Soreyya, when the Teaching was being taught to King Isidatta, having gained confidence, he recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of eight hundred thousand Worthy Ones gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination. This was the first assembly. In the city of Rādhavatī, when the Teaching was being taught to a king named Sundarindhara, he recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of seven hundred thousand Worthy Ones gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination. This was the second assembly. Again in the city of Soreyya itself, together with King Soreyya, he recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of six hundred thousand Worthy Ones gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination. This was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
8.
Of those who had attained the power of direct knowledge, fully blown with liberation.
9.
Of those who had abandoned vanity and delusion, of peaceful minds, such ones.
10.
Of those without blemish, stainless, at peace, such ones.
11.
Of those who had attained the power of direct knowledge, quenched, austere ascetics."
8-11.
Therein, "of that great sage too" means of that great sage Anomadassī too.
"The best of bipeds too" is also a reading; the meaning is of that best of bipeds too.
The grammatical rule should be understood from the science of grammar.
"Of those who had attained the power of direct knowledge" means of those who had attained the power of direct knowledges; the meaning is of those who had attained firmness in the direct knowledges through the swiftness of comprehension by practised mastery.
"Fully blown" means of those who had attained exceeding splendour through the state of being in full bloom on every branch.
"Of liberation" means of the liberation of the fruition of arahantship.
"Without blemish" - here this word "blemish" is seen somewhere in the sense of mental defilements. As he said - "Therein, what are the three blemishes? Lust is a blemish, hate is a blemish, delusion is a blemish." "This, friend, is a designation for evil unwholesome spheres of desire, namely 'blemish'." Sometimes in the sense of whatever stain. As he said - "One strives for the abandoning of that very dust or blemish." Sometimes for such a piece of ground, as in "shrine courtyard, Bodhi-tree courtyard, royal courtyard." But here it should be seen in the sense of mental defilements. Therefore the meaning is "of those free from mental defilements." "Stainless" is a synonym for that very thing. "Austere ascetics" means those for whom there is austere asceticism reckoned as the noble path that effects the destruction of mental defilements, they are austere ascetics; of those austere ascetics; the meaning is of those who have eliminated the mental corruptions.
At that time our Bodhisatta was a certain influential demon general, of great supernormal power and great might, lord over many hundreds of thousands of crores of demons. He, having heard "A Buddha has arisen in the world," having come, having created a pavilion of supremely beautiful appearance, made of the seven precious things, resembling the disc of the exceedingly beautiful moon, gave a great gift there for seven days to the Community headed by the Buddha. Then the Blessed One, at the time of the thanksgiving after the meal, declared concerning him "In the future, when one incalculable period exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles has passed, he will become a Buddha named Gotama." Therefore it was said -
12.
Lord wielding power over many tens of millions of demons.
13.
I satisfied with food and drink the leader of the world together with the Community.
14.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
15.
16.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
12-16.
Therein, "I determined upon further ascetic practice" means for the sake of fulfilling the perfections, he made even more firm effort. That is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One Anomadassī's city was named Candavatī, his father was a king named Yasavā, his mother was named Yasodharā, Nisabha and Anoma were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Varuṇa, Sundarī and Sumanā were the two chief female disciples, the Bodhi tree was an ajjuna tree, his body was fifty-eight cubits in height, the life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Sirimā, his son was named Upavāṇa, and he dwelt in the house for ten thousand years. He departed by a palanquin vehicle. The going by palanquin vehicle, however, should be understood by the method stated in the account of going to the mansion in the commentary on the chronicle of the Buddha Sobhita. A king named Dhammaka was the attendant. It is said that the Blessed One dwelt in the Dhamma Park. Therefore it was said -
17.
The mother was named Yasodharā, of the Teacher Anomadassī.
22.
Varuṇa by name was the attendant of the Teacher Anomadassī.
23.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the Ajjuna tree.
25.
Radiance radiates from him, like the risen sun.
26.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
27.
With those without lust, with the unstained, the Conqueror's Dispensation was made resplendent.
28.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
17-28.
Therein, "radiance radiates forth" means radiance goes forth from his body.
His bodily radiance constantly pervades and remains over a region measuring twelve yojanas in extent.
"Those pairs" means the pairs such as the pair of chief disciples and so on.
"All that has disappeared" means all of the aforesaid manner has entered the door of impermanence and perished - this is the meaning.
"Nanu rittakameva saṅkhārā" is also a reading; its meaning is: are not all activities indeed void and hollow?
The syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector.
In the remaining verses, the meaning is manifest everywhere.
Now, in the presence of this Blessed One Anomadassī, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna - these two chief disciples made their aspiration for the purpose of attaining the state of chief disciples. But the stories of these elders should be told here. They have not been included by me for fear of the expansion of the text.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Anomadassī is completed.
The seventh lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
10.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Paduma
Now, in the period after the Blessed One Anomadassī, human beings with a lifespan of a hundred thousand years, having gradually declined, having become those with a lifespan of ten years, having again gradually increased, having become those of incalculable lifespan, again declining, had a lifespan of a hundred thousand years. Likewise, a Teacher named Paduma arose in the world. He too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of the chief queen named Asamā, who was matchless in beauty and so on, in the family of a king named Asama in the city of Campaka. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Campaka Park. When the prince was born, a rain of lotuses fell from the sky over the entire Indian subcontinent up to the ocean's edge. Therefore, on his name-giving day, those giving him a name - the interpreters of signs and the relatives - gave him the name "Prince Mahāpaduma." He dwelt in the house for ten thousand years. There were three mansions named Nanduttara, Vasuttara, and Yasuttara. Thirty-three thousand women headed by Queen Uttarā were in attendance.
Then the Great Being, when a son named Prince Ramma was born to the great queen named Uttarā, having seen the four signs, departed in the Great Renunciation by a thoroughbred chariot. One ten million men went forth following him as he went forth. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by one named Dhaññavatī, the daughter of the millionaire Sudhañña in the city of Dhaññavatī, having spent the day residence in a great sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic at a ford, having approached the great Soṇa Bodhi tree, having laid out a grass mat thirty-eight cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having determined the fourfold energy, having scattered the forces of Māra, having realised the three true knowledges in the three watches - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having consented to Brahmā's request, investigating persons who were fit vessels for the teaching of the Teaching, having seen monks numbering ten million who had gone forth together with him, at that very moment having gone through the sky, having descended into the Dhanañjaya Park near the city of Dhaññavatī, surrounded by them, in their midst he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the full realisation of a hundred ten million. Therefore it was said -
1.
Paduma by name, matchless, without equal.
2.
His excellent knowledge is incalculable, his liberation too is incomparable.
3.
There were three full realizations, dispelling great darkness."
1-3.
Therein, "matchless morality" means incomparable with the morality of others, the meaning is highest, foremost.
"Concentration too is infinite" means his concentration too is immeasurable; its infinite nature should be seen in the unveiling of the universe, the Twin Wonder, and so on.
"Excellent in knowledge" means the knowledge of omniscience, or the kinds of knowledge not shared with others.
"Liberation too" means the liberation of the fruition of arahantship too of the Blessed One.
"Without comparison" means devoid of comparison.
"Of incomparable power" means of incomparable power of knowledge.
"Atulañāṇatejā" is also a reading.
Its connection should be seen with the subsequent term "three full realisations."
"Dispelling great darkness" means destroying great delusion; the meaning is shattering the darkness of delusion.
Then at another time the Blessed One Paduma, having given the going forth to his own younger brother, Prince Sāla and Prince Upasāla, together with their retinues at a gathering of relatives, teaching them the Teaching, gave ninety koṭis the nectar of the Teaching to drink. But when he taught the Teaching to the Elder Ramma, then there was the third full realisation of eighty koṭis. Therefore it was said -
4.
At the second full realization, the wise one awakened ninety ten million.
5.
Then for eighty koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
But when a king named Subhāvitatta, with a retinue of a hundred thousand koṭis, went forth by the "Come, monk" ordination in the presence of the Buddha Paduma, whose face was like a Buddha-lotus, at that assembly the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly.
4-5.
Then at another time the great Paduma, the bull among sages, whose gait was like that of a bull, entered the rains retreat in dependence on the city of Usabhavatī.
The people dwelling in the city, wishing to see the Blessed One, approached him.
The Blessed One taught them the Teaching.
And there many people with gladdened minds went forth.
Thereupon the One of Ten Powers celebrated the invitation of purity together with them and with others, three hundred thousand monks.
That was the second assembly.
But those who did not go forth there, having heard the benefits of the kathina, on the first day of the fortnight, within five months, gave the kathina robe that bestows five benefits.
Thereupon the monks, having entreated the General of the Dhamma, the chief disciple, the Elder Sāla of broad wisdom, for the purpose of the allocation of kathina-privileges, gave the kathina robe to him.
While the kathina robe was being made for the elder, the monks were helpers in the sewing.
But the Perfectly Self-awakened One Paduma, having threaded the threads through the needle-holes, gave them.
But when the robe was finished, the Blessed One set out on a journey with three hundred thousand monks.
Then at another time the Buddha-lion, walking with the stride of a lion like a lion among men, entered the rains residence in a forest wilds resembling the Gosiṅga Sal grove, with branches and boughs bent down by the burden of supremely fragrant flowers and fruits, adorned with spotless lotuses and water-lilies, filled with cool sweet rain-clouds, frequented by various herds of animals - ruru deer, yaks, lions, tigers, goats, horses, gayals, buffaloes, and so on - forming thickets all around with young female bees and honey-bees whose hearts were captivated by the fragrance of sweet-smelling flowers, who had experienced their wanderings, being sung to by cuckoo-hens with hearts delighted by the flavour of fruits, with sweet calls resembling the kākali note - supremely delightful, secluded, deserted of people, favourable for meditation. Having seen the One of Ten Powers dwelling there with his retinue, the Tathāgata, the King of the Teaching, shining with the Buddha's glory, people, having heard his Teaching and having gained confidence, went forth by the "Come, monk" ordination. Then, surrounded by two hundred thousand monks, he celebrated the pavāraṇā. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis.
7.
For the sake of the General of the Dhamma, the monks sewed the robe.
8.
Three hundred thousand, unconquered, met together.
9.
Then there was a meeting of two hundred thousand."
6-9.
Therein, "at the time of the allocation of kathina-privileges" means at the time of the spreading of the kathina robe.
"For the General of the Teaching" means for the purpose of the Elder Sāla, the General of the Teaching.
"Unconquered" means not defeated; an elision of the inflection should be understood.
"He" means he, the great Paduma.
"Forest wilds" means in a great forest.
"Dwells" means the rains residence.
"Approached" means having approached.
"Of two hundred thousand" means of two hundred thousand.
"Then was the meeting" is also a reading; if it exists, it would be good.
At that time, while the Tathāgata was dwelling in that jungle thicket, our Bodhisatta, having become a lion, having seen him seated having entered upon the attainment of cessation for seven days, having become of gladdened mind, having circumambulated, with joy and happiness arisen, having roared the lion's roar three times, not having abandoned for seven days the rapture with the Buddha as object, having departed for his food resort with just joy and happiness, having made the relinquishment of life, stood attending upon him. Then the Teacher, after the elapse of that week, having emerged from the attainment of cessation, the lion among men, having looked at the lion - "Let there be confidence of mind in the Community of monks too for this one; let the Community come" - thus he thought. Many ten millions of monks came at that very moment. The lion gladdened his mind towards the Community too. Then the Teacher, having observed his mind - "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared. Therefore it was said -
10.
Developing solitude, I saw the Conqueror in the forest wilds.
11.
Having roared three times, for seven days I attended upon the Conqueror.
12.
Having reflected with the mind, brought together ten million monks.
13.
'Immeasurable cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.'
14.
15.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
10-15.
Therein, "developing seclusion" means he had attained the attainment of cessation - this is the meaning.
"Circumambulation" means having circumambulated three times.
"Having resounded" means having roared the lion's roar three times.
"Attended on" means I attended on.
Or this itself is the reading.
"From the excellent attainment" means having emerged from the attainment of cessation.
"Having reflected with the mind" means having thought with the mind alone "Let all the monks come here."
"Brought together" means he assembled.
Now that Blessed One Paduma's city was named Campaka. His father was a king named Asama, his mother too was named Asamā, Sāla and Upasāla were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Varuṇa, Rādhā and Surādhā were the two chief female disciples, the great soṇa tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was fifty-eight cubits in height, the life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen named Uttarā was unsurpassed in virtues such as beauty and so on, and his son named Rammakumāra was exceedingly delightful. Therefore it was said -
16.
The mother was named Asamā, of the great sage Paduma.
21.
Varuṇa by name was the attendant of the great sage Paduma.
22.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Soṇa.
24.
Radiance radiates from him, unequalled in all directions.
25.
All of them are destroyed, having reached the supreme radiance of the Conqueror.
26.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
27.
Having instructed the rest, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
28.
Having abandoned all activities, he attained final Nibbāna like fire."
16-28.
Therein, "the radiance of jewels, fire, and gems" means the radiance of jewels, the radiance of fire, and the radiance of gems.
"Destroyed" means overpowered.
"The highest radiance of the Conqueror" means the meaning is destroyed upon reaching the highest bodily radiance of the Conqueror.
"Those of matured minds" means beings accessible to instruction whose faculties are matured.
"Old leaves" means worn-out leaves.
"A tree or" means like a tree.
"All activities" means all internal and external activities.
"Having abandoned all activities" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
"Like fire" means like a fire, without clinging, the Fortunate One has gone to peace.
The remainder here in the verses is clear in itself, since the method has been stated above.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Paduma is completed.
The eighth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
11.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Nārada
Now, when the Buddha Paduma had attained final Nibbāna and his Dispensation had disappeared, human beings with a lifespan of a hundred thousand years, gradually declining, had a lifespan of ten years. Again, having increased, having become those of incalculable lifespan, declining, they had a lifespan of ninety thousand years. Then a Teacher named Nārada, the bearer of the ten powers, possessor of the threefold true knowledge, confident with the four grounds of self-confidence, confident in liberation, the highest of men and beings, arose in the world. He, having fulfilled the perfections for four incalculable periods and a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, having been reborn in the Tusita realm, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a queen named Anomā, who was incomparable, the queen-consort in the family of a king named Sudeva, a Vāsudeva who had conquered by his own energy, in the city named Dhaññavatī. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Dhanañjaya Park. On the name-giving day, when the naming was being done, ornaments suitable for the enjoyment of human beings, befitting them, fell from the sky by means of wishing trees and so on over the entire Indian subcontinent. Because he gave ornaments befitting men, they gave him the name "Nārada."
He dwelt in the midst of the house for nine thousand years. Vijita, Vijitāvī, and Vijitābhirāma - there were three mansions suitable for the three seasons. They made for the prince Nārada a maiden of the warrior caste named Vijitasenā, exceedingly fortunate, accomplished in family, morality, conduct, and beauty, agreeable to his mind, as queen-consort. Beginning with her, there were a hundred thousand women exceeding by twenty thousand. When a son named Nanduttara, who brought joy to all the world, was born to Queen Vijitasenā, he, having seen the four signs, surrounded by a great fourfold army, wearing various dispassion-coloured excellent fine garments, with pearl necklaces and jewelled earrings put on, wearing excellent bracelets, a crown, and bangles, adorned with supremely fragrant flowers, went on foot to the park, having taken off all ornaments, having given them into the hands of the storekeeper, by himself, having cut off his hair-crown, supremely beautiful and decorated with precious jewels, with a sword exceedingly sharp, resembling a spotless dark blue water-lily petal, he threw it into the sky. Sakka, the king of gods, having received it with a golden casket, having led it to the realm of the Thirty-three, made a shrine of the seven precious things, three yojanas in height, on the summit of Sineru.
The Great Man, however, having put on the ochre robes given by the gods, went forth right there in the park. And a hundred thousand men went forth following him. He, having practised the practice of striving right there for seven days, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the queen-consort Vijitasenā, having spent the day residence right there in the park, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by the park-keeper Sudassana, having circumambulated the great Soṇa Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat fifty-eight cubits wide, having sat down, having scattered the forces of Māra, having produced the three true knowledges in the three watches, having penetrated the knowledge of omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks, being requested by Brahmā, having given his acknowledgment, surrounded by a hundred thousand monks who had gone forth together with him, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching there in the Dhanañjaya Park. Then there was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
Nārada by name, matchless, without equal.
2.
Adorned with garlands and ornaments, approached the pleasure grove.
3.
Having reached it, he sat down close, beneath the great Soṇa tree.
4.
With that he discriminated the activities, upturning and overturning.
5.
He attained consummate enlightenment, and the fourteen Buddha-knowledges.
6.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-6.
Therein, "of a wheel-turning monarch" means of a wheel-turning king.
"Eldest" means firstborn.
"Beloved legitimate son" means a beloved, dear, legitimate son; a son who is beloved, taken to the breast and fondled - he is called "beloved legitimate son."
"Adorned with garlands and ornaments" means adorned with strings of pearls, necklaces, armlets, bracelets, crowns, earrings, and garlands.
"To the pleasure grove" means he went to a park named Dhanañjaya pleasure grove outside the city.
"There was a tree" means in that pleasure grove there was, it is said, a tree named Rattasoṇa. It is said that it was ninety cubits in height, with an evenly rounded trunk, endowed with various kinds of spreading branches, with dark, thick, and broad foliage, giving dense shade, free from the wandering of various flocks of birds because of being inhabited by a deity, being an ornament on the surface of the earth, as if ruling over the kingdom of trees, supremely delightful to behold, with all its branches fully adorned with red flowers, and being a tonic for the eyes of gods and humans. "Of great fame" means of extensive fame; the meaning is renowned throughout the entire world, well-known everywhere through his own achievement, celebrated. Some read "there was a tree, vast." "Lofty" means great; the meaning is like the Pāricchattaka tree of the gods. "Having reached it" means having reached, having arrived at, having approached that Soṇa tree - this is the meaning. "Beneath" means beneath that tree.
"The excellent knowledge arose" means the excellent knowledge arose. "Infinite" means immeasurable, limitless. "Like a thunderbolt" means similar to a thunderbolt, sharp; this is a designation for the insight knowledge of the observation of impermanence and so on. "With that he discriminated the activities" means with that insight knowledge he discriminated the activities beginning with materiality. "Upturning and overturning" means he discriminated the rise and fall of activities - this is the meaning. Therefore, having contemplated the mode of dependent conditions, having risen from the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having focused upon the five aggregates, having seen fifty characteristics by way of rise and fall, having developed insight up to change-of-lineage knowledge, he obtained all the virtues of a Buddha through the successive noble paths - this is the meaning.
"There" means at the Soṇa tree. "All defilements" means all the mental defilements; it is stated having made a change of gender. Some read "there, by all mental defilements." "Entirely" means without remainder. "Swept away" means he swept away all mental defilements by the flood of the path and the flood of the mental defilements; the meaning is he brought them to destruction. "Enlightenment" means the knowledge of the path of arahantship. "And the fourteen Buddha-knowledges" means the fourteen Buddha-knowledges. Which are those? The eight path and fruition knowledges, and the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others - thus these are the fourteen Buddha-knowledges by name. The word "and" has the purpose of combining; by that, he also attained the other four analytical knowledges, the four grounds of self-confidence knowledges, the four knowledges that distinguish the modes of generation, the five knowledges that distinguish the destinations, the ten power knowledges, and all the virtues of a Buddha - this is the meaning.
Thus, having attained the state of a Buddha, having consented to Brahmā's request, having placed before him a hundred thousand monks who had gone forth together with him in the Dhanañjaya pleasure grove, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then the first full realisation was of a hundred thousand ten million. At that time, it is said, in the city of Mahādoṇa, a king of serpents named Doṇa dwelt on the bank of the Ganges, of great supernormal power, of great might, honoured, respected, revered, and venerated by a great multitude. In whatever region the people dwelling in the countryside did not make oblations to him, he destroyed their region by drought, or by excessive rain, or by a shower of hail.
Then the Teacher Nārada, the Seer of the Shore, having seen the decisive support for the taming of many living beings through the king of serpents Doṇa, surrounded by a great community of monks, went to the dwelling place of that king of serpents. Thereupon people, having seen him, said thus - "Blessed One, here dwells a king of serpents with terrible poison, of risen radiance, of great supernormal power, of great might; let him not vex you, you should not go." But the Blessed One went as if not hearing their words. And having gone, he sat down there on a flower-covering of supremely fragrant scent made in honour of that king of serpents. The great multitude, it is said, gathered together thinking "We shall see the battle of both the sage-king Nārada and the king of serpents Doṇa."
Then the serpent, having seen the sage-elephant seated thus, not enduring the contempt, having made his body visible, emitted smoke. The One of Ten Powers also emitted smoke. Again the king of serpents blazed up. The king of sages also blazed up. Then that king of serpents, his body exceedingly wearied by the masses of smoke issuing from the body of the One of Ten Powers, not enduring the suffering, released his poison, thinking "I shall kill him by the force of my poison." By the force of the poison, even the entire Indian subcontinent would have perished. But that poison was not able to cause even a single hair on the body of the One of Ten Powers to tremble. Then that king of serpents - looking about thinking "What indeed is the situation of the ascetic?" having seen the Blessed One, full like the sun and like the moon in the autumn season, shining with the six-coloured Buddha-rays, with the beauty of a serene countenance - "Alas! This ascetic is indeed of great supernormal power; but I, not knowing my own strength, have offended" - having thought thus, he sought shelter and went to the Blessed One himself as refuge. Then Nārada, the king of sages, having tamed that king of serpents, performed the Twin Miracle for the purpose of inspiring confidence in the minds of the great multitude that had assembled there. Then ninety thousand crores of living beings became established in arahantship. That was the second full realisation. Therefore it was said -
7.
He performed a miracle then, showing to the world with its gods.
8.
Ninety thousand crores crossed beyond all doubt."
7-8.
Therein, "he performed a miracle then" means he performed the Twin Miracle. This is the meaning.
Or this itself is the reading.
"Tadā devamanussā vā" is also a reading.
Therein, "of gods and humans" is the nominative case used in the sense of the genitive.
Therefore the meaning is "ninety thousand koṭis of gods and humans."
"They crossed over" means they surpassed.
But when he exhorted his own son, Prince Nanduttara, then there was the third full realisation of eighty thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
For eighty thousand crores, there was the third full realisation."
But when in the city of Thullakoṭṭhita, Bhaddasāla and Vijitamitta, two brahmin companions, seeking the lake of the Deathless, saw the Perfectly Self-awakened One Nārada, exceedingly self-possessed, seated in the assembly. They, having seen the thirty-two characteristics of a great man on the Blessed One's body - Having come to the conclusion "This one is the remover of the veil in the world, the Perfectly Self-awakened One," with faith arisen in the Blessed One, together with their retinues, went forth in the presence of the Blessed One. When those, having gone forth, had attained arahantship, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of a hundred thousand crores of monks. That was the first assembly. Therefore it was said -
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis."
At the time when Nārada, the perfectly Self-awakened One, at the gathering of relatives, beginning from his own aspiration, spoke the Buddha lineage, then there was the second assembly of ninety thousand koṭis of monks. Therefore it was said -
Ninety thousand crores, spotless ones, met together then."
Therein, "spotless" (vimalā) means those whose stains have disappeared, meaning those who have eliminated the mental corruptions.
When, however, a king of serpents named Verocana, pleased at the taming of the great serpent king Doṇa, having created on the river Ganges a pavilion made of the seven precious things measuring three leagues, having caused the Blessed One together with his retinue to sit down there, together with his retinue, having invited the people of his own country for the purpose of seeing his place of giving, and having assembled serpent dancers and cymbal players wearing various costumes and ornaments, with great honour gave a great gift to the Blessed One together with his retinue. At the conclusion of the meal, the Blessed One gave the thanksgiving as if bringing down the great Ganges. Then, in the midst of eighty hundred thousand monks who, having heard the Teaching at the thanksgiving after the meal, having gained confidence, had gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
Then the sons of the Conqueror met together, eighty hundred thousand."
Therein, "eighty hundred thousand" means eighty of hundred thousands.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having built a hermitage on the slopes of the Himalayas, having become a master through practice in the five direct knowledges and the eight attainments, was dwelling there. Then, out of compassion for him, the Blessed One Nārada, surrounded by eighty koṭis of Worthy Ones and ten thousand lay followers established in the fruition of non-returning, went to that hermitage. The hermit, having seen the Blessed One, with a delighted heart, having built a hermitage for the purpose of dwelling for the Blessed One together with his retinue, having praised the Teacher's virtues for the entire night, having heard the Blessed One's talk on the Teaching, on the following day, having gone to Uttarakuru, having brought food from there, gave a great gift to the Buddha together with his retinue. Thus, having given a great gift for seven days, having brought priceless red sandalwood from the Himalayas, he venerated the Blessed One with that red sandalwood. Then the Possessor of the Ten Powers, surrounded by immortals and humans, having spoken a talk on the Teaching - "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared. Therefore it was said -
13.
One who moves through the sky I was, one who has gone beyond in the five direct knowledges.
14.
Having satisfied with food and drink, I honoured with sandalwood.
15.
After incalculable cosmic cycles, he will become a Buddha in the world.
16.
17.
I determined upon a fierce ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
13-17.
Therein, "then I" means "then too I."
"Equal to the matchless" means the matchless are the past Buddhas; equal to, the same as, those matchless ones is "equal to the matchless."
Or else, "asamā" means unrighteous, "samā" means not unrighteous, good persons; among those who are equal to the matchless and unrighteous, one who is equal - where "asamasamasamo" should be said, it should be understood that it is said having made an elision of one word "sama"; the meaning is "equal to the matchless, the unrighteous, and the righteous."
"Together with attendants" means together with lay followers.
"He too then, in the midst of humans and deities, declared of me, the One with Vision" is also a reading; its meaning is manifest.
"Having gladdened the mind even more" means having further gladdened and pleased the heart.
"I determined upon a fierce ascetic practice" means I determined upon a fierce ascetic practice.
"I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections" is also a reading.
Now that Blessed One Nārada's city was named Dhaññavatī, his father was a warrior named Sudeva, his mother was named Anomā, Bhaddasāla and Jitamitta were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Vāseṭṭha, Uttarā and Phaggunī were the two chief female disciples, the great soṇa tree was the Bodhi tree, and his body was eighty-eight cubits in height. His bodily radiance constantly pervades a yojana, the life span was ninety thousand years, his chief queen was named Vijitasenā, his son was named Prince Nanduttara, and Vijita, Vijitāvī, and Vijitābhirāma were the three mansions. He dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. He went forth in the Great Renunciation on foot only. Therefore it was said -
18.
The mother was named Anomā, of the great sage Nārada.
23.
Vāseṭṭha by name was the attendant of the great sage Nārada.
24.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Soṇa.
26.
Resembling the radiance of gold, the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly.
27.
Continuously, by day and night, it pervades a yojana always.
28.
Light torches or lamps, covered by the Buddha's rays.
29.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
30.
So too his Dispensation shines with Worthy Ones.
31.
Having made firm the bridge of the Dhamma, he, the lord of men, attained final Nibbāna.
32.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
18-32.
Therein, "resembling a golden festoon" means having the splendour of form similar to a festoon made of gold decorated with various jewels.
"The ten-thousand world-system shines brightly" means by his radiance even the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly, is resplendent - this is the meaning.
Making known that very meaning, the Blessed One said "The halo from his body radiates in every direction."
Therein, "the halo from the body" means like a fathom-radiance, thus a fathom-radiance; the meaning is like the fathom-radiance of our Blessed One.
In "none whatsoever," the syllable "na" has the meaning of negation; its connection with the word "ujjālenti" should be seen. "Ukkā" means a torch on a stick. No people whatsoever light torches or lamps. If one asks why? Because of being illuminated by the radiance of the Buddha's body. "Buddharaṃsīhi" means by the Buddha's rays. "Otthaṭā" means covered.
"Uḷūhi" means by stars; just as the expanse of the sky appears beautiful, variegated with stars, so too his Dispensation appears beautiful, variegated with Worthy Ones - this is the meaning. "For the crossing over of the stream of the round of rebirths" means for the purpose of crossing over the ocean of the round of rebirths. "The remaining practitioners" means, setting aside the Worthy Ones, the remaining persons in training together with virtuous worldlings - this is the meaning. "The bridge of the Dhamma" means the bridge of the path; having established the bridge of the Dhamma to help the remaining persons cross over from the round of rebirths, having accomplished all tasks, he attained final Nibbāna - this is the meaning. The remainder, since it has been stated below, is clear everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Nārada is completed.
The ninth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
12.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Padumuttara
The Dispensation of the Buddha Nārada, having continued for ninety thousand years, disappeared. And that cosmic cycle was destroyed. Thereafter, for an incalculable number of cosmic cycles, Buddhas did not arise in the world. It was devoid of a Buddha, bereft of the light of a Buddha. Then, when an incalculable number of cosmic cycles had passed, at the summit of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, in one cosmic cycle, one Buddha named Padumuttara - conqueror of Māra, one who had laid down the burden, whose core was like Meru, free from the round of rebirths, whose core was beings' welfare, above all the world - arose in the world. He too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of Queen Sujātā, born in a distinguished family, the chief queen of a king named Ānanda, who brought joy to all people, in the city of Haṃsavatī. She, with protection made by the deities, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to Prince Padumuttara in the Haṃsavatī pleasure grove. At his conception and birth there were wonders of the kind stated below.
At his birth, it is said, a rain of lotuses fell. Therefore, on his name-giving day, the relatives gave him the name "Prince Padumuttara." He dwelt in the house for ten thousand years. And he had three mansions named Naravāhana, Yasavāhana, and Vasavattī, suitable for the three seasons. A hundred and twenty thousand women headed by Queen Vasudattā were in attendance. When a son named Prince Uttara, unsurpassed in all virtues, was born to Queen Vasudattā, having seen the four signs - He thought "I shall go forth in the great renunciation." At the mere thought of his, the mansion named Vasavattī, like a potter's wheel, rose up into the sky, and like a celestial mansion, like a full moon, having gone through the expanse of the sky, centring upon the Bodhi tree, like the mansion that came in the commentary on the chronicle of the Buddha Sobhita, descended to the ground.
The Great Man, it is said, having descended from that mansion, having put on the ochre robes that were the symbol of arahantship, given by the gods, went forth right there. The mansion, however, having come back, stood in its own place. In the assembly that accompanied the Great Being, setting aside the women, all went forth. The Great Man, together with them, having practised the practice of striving for seven days, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in the town of Ujjenī, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Rucānanda, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Sumittā, having approached the Salala Bodhi tree, having circumambulated it, having spread a grass mat thirty-eight cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having determined the fourfold energy, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, in the first watch having recollected past lives, in the second watch having purified the divine eye, in the third watch having contemplated the mode of dependent conditions, having risen from the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having focused upon the five aggregates, having seen fifty characteristics by way of rise and fall, having developed insight up to change-of-lineage knowledge, having penetrated all the virtues of a Buddha through the noble path, the habitual practice of all Buddhas, "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - he uttered an inspired utterance. At that time, it is said, a rain of lotuses fell, as if adorning the entire interior of the ten-thousand world-circles. Therefore it was said -
1.
The Conqueror named Padumuttara, imperturbable, like the ocean.
2.
The populace abundant in wholesome merit, was born in that cosmic cycle."
1-2.
Therein, "like the ocean" means the state of being profound like the ocean.
"That was a maṇḍa cosmic cycle or" - here, in whatever cosmic cycle two perfectly Self-awakened Ones arise, this is called a cream cosmic cycle.
For the cosmic cycle is twofold: an empty cosmic cycle and a non-empty cosmic cycle.
There, in an empty cosmic cycle, Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and universal monarchs do not arise.
Therefore, because of the emptiness of persons possessing virtues, it is called an "empty cosmic cycle."
The non-empty cosmic cycle is fivefold - a core cosmic cycle, a cream cosmic cycle, an excellent cosmic cycle, a core-cream cosmic cycle, and a fortunate cosmic cycle. There, in a cosmic cycle devoid of the core of virtues, through the manifestation of a single perfectly Self-awakened One who produces the core of virtues, who generates the core of virtues, it is called a "core cosmic cycle." But in whatever cosmic cycle two lords of the world arise, that is called a "cream cosmic cycle." In whatever cosmic cycle three Buddhas arise, among them the first gives a prediction about the second, the second about the third; there, human beings, with delighted hearts, choose by the power of their own wished-for aspirations. Therefore it is called an "excellent cosmic cycle." But in whatever cosmic cycle four Buddhas arise, that, because of being more distinguished and more essential than the former cosmic cycles, is called a "core-cream cosmic cycle." In whatever cosmic cycle five Buddhas arise, that is called a "fortunate cosmic cycle." But that is extremely rare. In that cosmic cycle, beings are for the most part abundant in goodness and happiness. For the most part, those with three roots bring about the destruction of mental defilements, those with two roots are bound for a fortunate destination, and those without roots obtain roots. Therefore that cosmic cycle is called a "fortunate cosmic cycle." Therefore it was said - "The non-empty cosmic cycle is fivefold" and so on. For this was said by the ancients:
Three Buddhas in an excellent cosmic cycle, four Buddhas in a core-cream cosmic cycle;
Five Buddhas in a fortunate cosmic cycle, beyond that there are no more Conquerors."
But in whatever cosmic cycle Padumuttara, the Possessor of the Ten Powers, arose, that, although being a core cosmic cycle, because of the similarity to a cream cosmic cycle through the achievement of virtues, was called a "cream cosmic cycle." The word "or" should be understood in the sense of a simile. "Abundant in wholesome deeds" means those who have accumulated merit. "Populace" means a multitude of people.
Now the Blessed One Padumuttara, supreme among assemblies, having spent a week on the seat of enlightenment - Thinking "I shall place my foot upon the earth," he stretched forth his right foot. Then, splitting the earth, lotuses arose - both land-born and water-born - with spotless, soft filaments and pericarps, with unblemished, intact, and extensive petals. Their outer petals, it is said, were ninety cubits, the filaments were thirty cubits, the pericarps were twelve cubits, and the pollen of each one was the measure of nine water-pots. The Teacher, however, was fifty-eight cubits in height. The span between his two arms was eighteen cubits, his forehead was five cubits, and his hands and feet were eleven cubits. When with his eleven-cubit foot he merely stepped upon the twelve-cubit pericarp, the pollen, the measure of nine water-pots, having risen up and having ascended to the height of fifty-eight cubits to the region of his body, showered down as if making it like crushed red arsenic powder. From that point on, the Teacher became known in the world as Padumuttara - so say the reciters of the Connected Collection.
Then the Blessed One Padumuttara, above all the world, having accepted Brahmā's request, surveying beings who were fit vessels for the teaching of the Teaching, having seen in the city of Mithilā two princes named Devala and Sujāta accomplished with decisive support, at that very moment having gone through the sky, having descended into the Mithilā Park, had both princes summoned by the park keeper. And they too, "Our paternal aunt's son, Prince Padumuttara, having gone forth, having attained perfect enlightenment, has arrived at our city; come, let us approach him for an audience" - together with their retinues, having approached the Blessed One Padumuttara, having surrounded him, sat down. Then the One of Ten Powers, surrounded by them, shining like a full moon surrounded by a host of stars, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching there; then there was the first full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
There was the full realization of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis."
Then at another time, at the gathering of the ascetic Sarada, having tormented the great multitude with the torment of hell, teaching the Teaching, he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to beings reckoned as thirty-seven hundred thousand, that was the second full realization of the teaching. Therefore it was said -
For thirty-seven hundred thousand, there was the second full realisation."
But when the great king Ānanda, together with twenty thousand men and twenty ministers, appeared in the presence of the perfectly Self-awakened One Padumuttara in the city of Mithilā. And the Blessed One Padumuttara, having given the going forth to all of them by the "Come, monk" ordination, surrounded by them, having gone, looking after his father, was dwelling in the royal city of Haṃsavatī. There, just as our Blessed One in the city of Kapila, walking up and down on the jewel walking path in the sky, he spoke the Buddha lineage; then there was the third full realisation of the teaching for fifty hundred thousand. Therefore it was said -
5.
Having gone to his father's presence, he beat the drum of the Deathless.
6.
For fifty hundred thousand, there was the third full realisation."
5-6.
Therein, "approached Ānanda" is said with reference to his father, King Ānanda.
"Struck" means he struck.
"Āhate" means "āhatāya" (by the struck one).
"Amatabherimhī" means "amatabheriyā" (of the drum of the Deathless); a change of gender should be understood.
"Āsevite" is also a reading; its meaning is "āsevitāya" (by the one practised).
"Vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyā" means "raining the rain of the Teaching." This is the meaning.
Now, showing the means for bringing about the full realization -
The Buddha, skilled in teaching, helped many people to cross" - He said;
Therein, "an exhorter" means he exhorts by describing the benefits and virtues of undertaking the refuges, morality, and ascetic practices, thus he is an exhorter. "An instructor" means he causes to understand the four truths, thus he is an instructor, an awakener. "A saviour" means one who helps to cross the four floods.
But when the Teacher, in the city of Mithilā, in the Mithilā Park, in the midst of a company of a hundred thousand koṭis of monks, on the full moon day of Māgha, with a face resembling the full moon, recited the Pātimokkha, that was the first assembly. Therefore it was said -
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis."
But when the Blessed One, having spent the rains residence at the peak of Mount Vebhāra, having taught the Teaching to the great multitude who had come for the purpose of seeing the mountain, having given the going forth to ninety thousand crores by the "Come, monk" form, surrounded by them, recited the Pātimokkha, that was the second assembly. Therefore it was said -
The second meeting was of ninety thousand koṭis."
Again, when the Blessed One, the virtuous one, the protector of the three worlds, was bringing about the release from bondage of the great multitude, wandering on a journey through the country, there was an assemblage of eighty thousand koṭis of monks. Therefore it was said -
The third meeting was of eighty thousand koṭis."
Therein, "from villages, towns and countries" means from villages, towns and countries. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is of those who, having gone forth from his villages, towns and countries, had gone forth.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a great official named Jaṭila possessing many tens of millions in wealth, gave an excellent gift together with robes to the Community headed by the Buddha. He too, at the conclusion of the thanksgiving for the meal, declared "In the future, at the summit of a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, a Buddha named Gotama will arise." Therefore it was said -
11.
I gave cloth with food to the Community headed by the Self-Enlightened One.
12.
A hundred thousand cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
13.
14.
I made exceedingly firm energy, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
11-14.
Therein, "the Community headed by the Self-Enlightened One" is the accusative case used in the sense of the genitive, meaning of the Community headed by the Buddha.
"I gave cloth with food" means the meaning is "I gave food together with robes, I."
"Uggadaḷahaṃ" means exceedingly firm.
"Dhiti" means the meaning is "made energy."
But in the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara there were no sectarians at all. All gods and humans went for refuge to the Buddha himself. Therefore it was said -
15.
None attended upon them, they were expelled from the country.
16.
You are the protector, O great hero, be a refuge, O One with Vision.
17.
He established all the sectarians who had arrived in the five precepts.
18.
Decorated with Worthy Ones, by those who had become masters, by such ones."
15-18.
Therein, "defeated" means those whose conceit and arrogance were destroyed.
"Sectarians" - here the belief should be understood, the founder of a sect should be understood, the sectarians should be understood.
Therein, "they cross here by means of views such as eternalism and so on" - thus it is a belief, a view.
The originator of that view is the founder of a sect; those who exist in the sect are sectarians.
In the time of the Blessed One Padumuttara, it is said, there were no sectarians.
But whatever there are, they too were such - it should be understood that "all the sectarians were defeated" and so on was stated for the purpose of showing this.
"Displeased" means those whose minds were disturbed.
"Unhappy" is a synonym for that very thing.
"None attended upon them" means no people whatsoever perform services for those heterodox ones, they do not give almsfood, they do not honour them, they do not respect them, they do not revere them, they do not venerate them, they do not rise from their seats, they do not make salutation with joined palms - this is the meaning.
"From the country" means even from the entire country.
"They were expelled" means they drive out, they banish, they do not give them a dwelling place - this is the meaning.
"They" means the sectarians.
"They approached near the Buddha" means thus being banished by those people dwelling in the country, all the heterodox ones too, having come together, went for refuge to the Possessor of the Ten Powers Padumuttara himself. "You are our Teacher, protector, destination, ultimate goal, refuge" - having said thus, they went for refuge - this is the meaning. "Has compassion" means one who is compassionate. "Acts with compassion" means one who is compassionate. "When they had arrived" means the sectarians who had come and gone for refuge. "He established in the five precepts" means he caused them to be established in the five precepts - this is the meaning. "Undisturbed" means unconfused, not mixed with those of other views - this is the meaning. "Void" means empty, devoid of those sectarians. "That" - the remainder of the expression should be seen as "that Dispensation of the Blessed One." "Variegated" means variegated in diverse ways. "By those who had become masters" means by those who had attained mastery.
Now, that Blessed One Padumuttara's city was named Haṃsavatī. His father was a warrior named Ānanda, his mother was a queen named Sujātā, Devala and Sujāta were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Sumana, Amitā and Asamā were the two chief female disciples, a salala tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was fifty-eight cubits in height, the radiance of his body extended twelve yojanas all around, his life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Vasudattā, and his son was named Uttara. Now the Blessed One Padumuttara, it is said, attained final Nibbāna in the supremely delightful Nanda's park. But his relics did not scatter. The human beings dwelling in the whole Indian subcontinent, having come together, built a shrine twelve yojanas in height, made of the seven precious things. Therefore it was said -
19.
The mother was named Sujātā, of the Teacher Padumuttara.
24.
Sumana by name was the attendant of the great sage Padumuttara.
25.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the sal tree.
27.
Resembling the radiance of gold, bearing the thirty-two excellent characteristics.
28.
There is no obstruction for him, all around for twelve yojanas.
29.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
30.
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna."
19-30.
Therein, "mountain rocks" (nagasiluccayā) means rocks termed mountains.
"Obstruction" (āvaraṇa) means concealment, making invisible.
"For twelve yojanas" means the Blessed One's bodily radiance, having pervaded a place of twelve yojanas all around, stands night and day - this is the meaning.
In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
Henceforth, having abridged the meaning that has come again and again, such as the fulfilment of the perfections and so on, we shall proceed stating only the distinctive meaning. If, however, we were to say again and again what has already been said, when would this exposition come to an end?
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Padumuttara is completed.
The tenth lineage of the Buddha is concluded.
13.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sumedha
But when the perfectly Self-awakened One Padumuttara had attained final Nibbāna and his Dispensation too had disappeared, for seventy thousand cosmic cycles Buddhas did not arise; they were void of Buddhas. Henceforth, at the summit of thirty thousand cosmic cycles, in one cosmic cycle, two perfectly Self-awakened Ones arose, namely Sumedha and Sujāta. Therein, the Bodhisatta named Sumedha, one who had attained wisdom, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, having taken conception in the womb of a queen named Sudattā, the chief queen of a king named Sudatta in the city of Sudassana, after the elapse of ten months, like the young sun emerged from an opening in the clouds, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Sudassana Park. He dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions named Sucandana, Kañcana, and Sirivaḍḍhana. Forty-eight thousand women headed by Queen Sumanā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Punabbasumittā was born to Queen Sumanā, having gone forth in the great renunciation by elephant vehicle, went forth. And a hundred crores of humans went forth after him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for a fortnight, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Nakula in the town of Nakula, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Sirivaḍḍha, having spread a grass mat twenty cubits wide at the foot of the Nīpa Bodhi tree, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, having attained the highest enlightenment, "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, in the eighth week, having accepted Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Teaching, surveying persons capable, having seen his own youngest brother Prince Saraṇa and Prince Sabbakāmī and a hundred crores of monks who had gone forth together with him, capable of penetrating the Teaching of the four truths, having gone through space, having descended into the Sudassana Park near the city of Sudassana, having had his own brothers summoned by the park keeper, in the midst of their retinues he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand crores. This was the first full realisation. Therefore it was said -
1.
Difficult to approach, of risen radiance, the sage highest in all the world.
2.
Seeking the welfare of all beings, he freed many from bondage.
3.
In the city of Sudassana, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
4.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-4.
Therein, "uggatejo" means of risen radiance.
"Pasannanetto" means with very clear eyes; the eyes are clear like gem-balls that have been washed and polished and set in place.
Therefore he is said to be "one with clear eyes."
The meaning is: with eyes that are very clear, adorned with soft, smooth, blue, spotless, fine eyelashes.
It is also proper to say "one with very clear five eyes."
"Sumukho" means with a face like the full moon in the autumn season.
"Brahā" means lofty, great, because of having a body measuring eighty-eight cubits; the meaning is a bodily measure not shared with others.
"Uju" means with a divinely straight body, an upright, risen body, an excellent body like a golden archway raised up in the city of the gods - this is the meaning.
"Patāpavā" means with a shining body.
"Hitesī" means one who seeks welfare.
"Abhisamayā tīṇi" means the full realisations were three; a change of gender has been made.
But when the Blessed One, towards the break of dawn, having entered upon the great compassion attainment, having emerged from it, surveying the world, saw a man-eating demon named Kumbhakaṇṇa, of power similar to Kumbhakaṇṇa, with a terrible body visible at the entrance to a great forest, who was going about having cut off the path through the forest, entirely alone, without a companion, having gone to the dwelling of that demon, having entered inside, he sat down on the prepared royal couch. Then that demon, not enduring the contempt, enraged like a venomous snake struck with a stick, desiring to frighten the One of Ten Powers, having made his own individual existence more terrible, having made his head like a mountain, having created eyes like the orb of the sun, having made fangs exceedingly long, broad, and sharp like the tip of a ploughshare, with a hanging, blue, broad, uneven belly, with arms like the trunk of a palm tree, with a flat, deformed, crooked nose, with a broad, red mouth like a mountain cave, with coarse, tawny, rough, harsh hair, having become exceedingly frightful in appearance, having come, having stood before the Blessed One Sumedha, smoking and blazing, even having rained down nine kinds of showers of the type of rocks, mountains, fire, nets, water, mud, ashes, weapons, embers, and sand, being unable to shake even the tip of a hair of the Blessed One, like Āḷavaka, he asked a question, thinking "Having asked the Blessed One a question, I shall kill him." This Blessed One, by answering the questions, led that demon to the discipline. Then on the second day, it is said, the inhabitants of the country, having brought a prince together with food loaded on carts, gave them to the demon. Then the demon gave the prince to the Buddha. The people standing at the entrance to the forest approached the Blessed One. Then at that assembly, the One of Ten Powers, teaching the Teaching agreeable to the mind of the demon, produced the eye of the Teaching for ninety thousand koṭis of living beings; that was the second full realisation of the Teaching. Therefore it was said -
For ninety thousand crores, there was the second full realisation."
But when he made known the four truths in the Sirinanda park in the city of Upakāri, then there was the third full realisation of the teaching for eighty hundred thousand crores. Therefore it was said -
For eighty thousand crores, there was the third full realisation."
The Blessed One Sumedha too had three assemblies of disciples. At the first assembly in the city of Sudassana there were a hundred crores who had eliminated the mental corruptions. Again, at the second, on Mount Devakūṭa, when the kathina robe was spread, there were ninety crores. Again, at the third, when the Blessed One was wandering on a journey, there were eighty crores. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
Then a hundred koṭis of monks who had eliminated the mental corruptions met together.
9.
Then the second meeting was of ninety koṭis.
10.
Then the third meeting was of eighty koṭis."
7-10.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a young man named Uttara, the highest among all people, having given up the eighty crores of wealth that had been merely deposited and stored away, having given a great gift to the monastic community headed by the Buddha, having then heard the Teaching of the One of Ten Powers, having become established in the refuges, having gone forth, he went forth.
That Teacher too, while giving the thanksgiving after the meal -
"In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared.
Therefore it was said -
11.
Eighty crores of wealth, accumulated in my house.
12.
I went for refuge to him, and I delighted in the going forth.
13.
In thirty thousand cosmic cycles, this one will be a Buddha.
14.
The verses of declaration should be expanded.
15.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
16.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
17.
Having gone to the perfection of direct knowledge, I went to the Brahma world."
11-17.
Therein, "accumulated" means deposited by way of a hidden treasure.
"Consummate" means whole; that is the meaning.
"All" means having given entirely.
"Together with the Community" means to one together with the Community.
"To him I approached" means I approached him; the genitive case is used in the accusative sense.
"I found delight in" means I went forth.
"In thirty thousand cosmic cycles" means when thirty thousand cosmic cycles had passed; that is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One Sumedha's city was named Sudassana, his father was a king named Sudatta, his mother was named Sudattā, Saraṇa and Sabbakāma were the two chief disciples, Sāgara by name was the attendant, Rāmā and Surāmā were the two chief female disciples, the great nīpa tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was eighty-eight cubits in height, the life span was ninety thousand years, he dwelt in the house for nine thousand years, his chief queen was named Sumanā, his son was named Punabbasumitto, and he departed by elephant vehicle. The remainder is seen in the verses. Therefore it was said -
18.
The mother was named Sudattā, of Sumedha, the great sage.
23.
Sāgara by name was the attendant of Sumedha, the great sage.
24.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the great ironwood tree.
26.
He illuminates all directions, as the moon the host of stars.
27.
So too his jewel pervades a yojana all around.
28.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
29.
This was crowded with Worthy Ones, good ones.
30.
Having shown the light of knowledge, those of great fame were quenched.
18-30.
Therein, "as the moon the host of stars" means just as the full moon in the sky illuminates and makes radiant the host of stars, even so it illuminates all directions too - this is the meaning.
Some read "as the moon on the fifteenth"; its meaning is manifest.
"Named the jewel of a universal monarch" means just as the jewel treasure of a universal monarch, four cubits in length, with a circumference equal to a cart-hub, attended by eighty-four thousand gems, as if invoking the splendour of the arising of glory of the full moon of the autumn season surrounded by a host of stars, the jewel treasure of supremely delightful appearance comes from Mount Vepulla; as it thus comes, its radiance pervades an area of one yojana in extent all around; even so the jewel of radiance from the body of that Blessed One Sumedha too pervades one yojana all around - this is the meaning.
"By those possessing the threefold true knowledge and the six higher knowledges" means by those possessing the threefold true knowledge and by those possessing the six higher knowledges - this is the meaning. "By those who have attained power" means by those who have attained supernormal power. "By such ones" means by those who have attained the state of such-likeness. "Crowded" means filled, with a single radiance of orange robes. "This" he said with reference to the Dispensation, or the surface of the earth. "Of boundless glory" means with a boundless retinue, or of incomparable reputation. "Without clinging" means devoid of the four kinds of clinging. The remainder here in the verses is obvious everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sumedha is completed.
The eleventh lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
14.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sujāta
Thereafter, in the later period, in that very Maṇḍa cosmic cycle, gradually, when beings of unlimited lifespan had declined in due course, when they had come to have a lifespan of ninety thousand years, a Teacher named Sujāta, of well-born bodily form, of pure birth, arose in the world. He too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of the chief queen named Pabhāvatī in the family of a king named Uggata in the city of Sumaṅgala, and after the elapse of ten months he came forth from the mother's womb. On the name-giving day, those giving him a name, since he was born generating happiness for all beings in the entire Indian subcontinent, named him "Sujāta." He dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. Sirī, Upasirī, and Sirinanda - he had three mansions. Twenty-three thousand women headed by Queen Sirīnandā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Upasena had been born to Queen Sirīnandā, having mounted an excellent steed named Haṃsavaha, having gone forth in the great renunciation, he went forth. But when he was going forth, ten million people went forth following him. Then he, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for nine months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the supremely sweet milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Sirīnandana in the city of Sirīnandana, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a naked ascetic named Sunanda, having approached the Bamboo Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat thirty-three cubits wide, while the sun was still remaining, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, having penetrated perfect enlightenment, having uttered the inspired utterance practised by all Buddhas, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having been requested by Brahmā, having seen his own youngest brother Prince Sudassana, the chaplain's son, and Prince Deva as capable of penetrating the Teaching of the four truths, having gone through space, having descended into the Sumaṅgala Park near the city of Sumaṅgala, having had his own brother Prince Sudassana, the chaplain's son, and Prince Deva summoned by the park keeper, seated in the midst of them together with their retinues, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. There was the full realisation of the teaching for eighty ten million. This was the first full realisation.
But when the Blessed One, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the Sudassana Park at the foot of a great sal tree, entered upon the rains residence among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, then there was the full realisation of the teaching for thirty-seven hundred thousand. This was the second full realisation. But when Sujāta, the one with ten powers, went to his father's presence, then there was the full realisation of the teaching for sixty hundred thousand. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
1.
With a lion's jaw and bull's shoulders, immeasurable, difficult to approach.
2.
Thus shines the Perfectly Self-awakened One, blazing with splendour always.
3.
In the city of Sumaṅgala, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
4.
Eighty crores fully realised, at the first teaching of the Dhamma.
5.
For thirty-seven hundred thousand, there was the second full realisation.
6.
For sixty hundred thousand, there was the third full realisation."
1-6.
"In that very Maṇḍa cosmic cycle" means in whichever Maṇḍa cosmic cycle the Blessed One Sumedha arose, in that very cosmic cycle the Blessed One Sujāta also arose - this is the meaning.
"Lion-jawed" means he has a jaw like a lion's, thus lion-jawed.
But only the lower jaw of a lion is full, not the upper.
But for this great man, like the lower jaw of a lion, both are full, resembling the moon on the twelfth day of the fortnight.
Therefore it was said "lion-jawed."
"Bull-shouldered" means having shoulders evenly rounded like those of a bull; the meaning is having shoulders resembling a well-turned golden cylinder.
"Like the sun" means like the maker of day.
"With splendour" means with the Buddha's glory.
"The highest enlightenment" means the highest self-enlightenment.
Having taught the Teaching to the human beings who had come to the Sudhamma Park in the city of Sudhammavatī, having given the going forth to sixty hundred thousand by the "Come, monk" form, he recited the Pātimokkha in their midst. That was the first assembly. Thereafter, at the descent from the celestial abode, the second assembly of the Blessed One was of fifty hundred thousand. Again, having heard "Prince Sudassana, having gone forth in the presence of the Blessed One, has attained arahantship," the Elder Sudassana, having taken four hundred thousand men who had come saying "We too shall go forth," approached Sujāta, the lord of men. The Blessed One, having taught them the Teaching, having given the going forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, recited the Pātimokkha at an assembly possessed of four factors. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
Sixty hundred thousand, they first gathered together.
9.
The second meeting was of fifty hundred thousand.
10.
With four hundred thousand, he approached the self-enlightened."
7-10.
Therein, "of those not arrived" means the meaning is "not reached in any kind of existence."
"Non-occurrence in any kind of existence" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
Regarding "descent from the celestial abode," the agent case of one descending from the heavenly world should be understood.
It is stated with an inversion of the grammatical case.
Or alternatively, "descent from the celestial abode" means in the descending from the celestial abode.
"To the Conqueror" means of the Conqueror; the locative should be understood in the genitive sense.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta, having become a wheel-turning monarch, having heard "A Buddha has arisen in the world," having approached the Blessed One, having heard a talk on the Teaching, having given the sovereignty of the four great continents together with the seven treasures to the community of monks headed by the Buddha, he went forth in the Teacher's presence. The inhabitants of the entire island, having taken up the national revenue, having fulfilled the duties of monastery attendants, constantly gave a great gift to the Community headed by the Buddha. That Teacher too declared concerning him - "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared. Therefore it was said -
11.
One who moves through the sky I was, a universal monarch of great power.
13.
Having entrusted to the Buddha, I went forth in his presence.
14.
Bring to the Community of monks, requisites and lodgings.
15.
In thirty thousand cosmic cycles, this one will be a Buddha.
16.
17.
I determined upon a fierce ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
18.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
19.
Having gone to the perfection of direct knowledge, I went to the Brahma world."
11-19.
Therein, "of the four continents" means of the four great continents together with their surrounding islands.
"One who moves through the sky" means one who travels through space having put the wheel treasure in front.
"Seven jewels" means the seven jewels beginning with the elephant treasure.
"Excellent" means the excellent ones.
Or else, the meaning should be understood as "in the excellent Buddha."
"Having given over" means having given.
"Revenue" means the national revenue; the meaning is income.
"Having heaped together" means having made into a heap and collected.
"Requisites" means the various requisites beginning with robes.
"Lord over ten thousand" means lord over the ten-thousand world system; it should be understood that this is said with reference to the birth-field. The Blessed One is lord of infinite world systems.
The Blessed One is lord of infinite world systems.
"In thirty thousand cosmic cycles" means the meaning is at the summit of thirty thousand cosmic cycles henceforth.
Now that Blessed One Sujāta's city was named Sumaṅgala, his father was a king named Uggata, his mother was named Pabhāvatī, Sudassana and Sudeva were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Nārada, Nāgā and Nāgasamālā were the two chief female disciples, a great bamboo tree was the Bodhi tree. It is said that with few fissures, with a compact trunk, supremely delightful, with extensive branches covered with spotless leaves of the colour of lapis lazuli gems, it shone like a peacock's tail-fan. Now that Blessed One's body was fifty cubits in height, his life span was ninety thousand years, his chief queen was named Sirīnandā, and his son was named Upasena. He departed by an excellent horse vehicle. He attained final Nibbāna in the Silā monastery in the city of Candavatī. Therefore it was said -
20.
His mother was named Pabhāvatī, of the well-born great sage.
25.
Nārada was the attendant of the great sage Sujāta.
26.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the great bamboo.
27.
The bamboo is straight, lofty, beautiful to behold, delightful.
28.
Just as a well-bound peacock-tail fan, thus that tree shines.
29.
With widespread branches, dense, giving thick shade, delightful.
31.
Endowed with all excellent qualities, having attained all virtues.
32.
Immeasurable, incomparable, without comparison by similes.
33.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
34.
Thus then the Scriptures, adorned by Worthy Ones.
35.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
20-35.
Therein, "acchidda" means without fissures.
It should be understood as in such cases as "anudarā kaññā" and so on.
Some read "the fissure is small."
"Pattika" means having many leaves; the meaning is covered with leaves of the colour of glass and crystal.
"Straight" means not bent, not crooked.
"Vaṃsa" means bamboo.
"Lofty" means great all around.
"With a single trunk" means the tree growing from the ground is one, without a second - this is the meaning.
"Having grown forth" means having grown.
"From there branches burst forth" means from the top of the bamboo, five kinds of branches came out and burst forth.
"Tato sākhā pabhijjathā" is also a reading.
"Well-bound" means well bound in the manner of a fivefold binding.
"Peacock-hand" means a bound cluster of peacock tail-feathers made for the purpose of warding off the heat of the sun is called thus.
"It has no thorns" means that bamboo, even though a thorny tree, had no thorns. "Dense" means covered with dense branches. "Giving thick shade" means with dense shade; because of being dense, it is said to give thick shade. "Fifty cubits in height" means it was fifty cubits tall. "Endowed with excellent qualities in every way" means endowed with excellent qualities indeed in every way - this is called endowed with excellent qualities in every way. "Having attained all virtues" is merely a synonym for the preceding term.
"Immeasurable" means devoid of measure, or immeasurable because of the impossibility of taking his measure. "Incomparable" means unequalled; the meaning is unlike anyone. "By similes" means by things to be compared with. "Without comparison" means devoid of comparison; the meaning is without comparison because of the impossibility of saying "he is similar to this and to that." "And those qualities" means and those virtues; the meaning is virtues such as omniscient knowledge and so on. It is said with a change of gender. The remainder is of manifest meaning everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sujāta is completed.
The twelfth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
15.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Piyadassī
But in the period after Sujāta, at the summit of one thousand and eight hundred cosmic cycles from now, in one cosmic cycle, three Buddhas arose - Piyadassī, Atthadassī, and Dhammadassī. Therein, the Blessed One named Piyadassī, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, having taken conception in the womb of a queen named Candā, whose face was like the moon, the chief queen of a king named Sudatta in the city of Sudhaññavatī, after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Varuṇa Park. On his name-giving day, because of having shown to the world dear and distinctive wonders, they gave him the name "Piyadassī." He dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions named Sunimmala, Vimala, and Giribraha. Thirty-three thousand women headed by Queen Vimalā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Kañcanaveḷa was born to Queen Vimalā, having gone forth in the great renunciation by a thoroughbred chariot, went forth. And one ten million men went forth following him. He, the great man, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for six months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in the brahmin village of Varuṇa, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the brahmin Vasabha, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a livelihood-seeker named Sujāta, having approached the Kakudha Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat fifty-three cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having penetrated the knowledge of omniscience, having uttered the inspired utterance "Through many births in the round of rebirths," having spent seven weeks right there, having known the capability for the penetration of the noble Teaching of those who had gone forth together with him, having gone there through the sky, having descended in the Usabhavata park near the city of Usabhavatī, surrounded by a ten million monks, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis. This was the first full realisation.
Again, not far from the city named Usabhavatī, on the Sudassana mountain, a king of gods named Sudassana dwelt. He was one of wrong view. Moreover, the people in the whole of Jambudīpa annually offered him a tribute worth a hundred thousand. That Sudassana, the king of gods, having sat down on the same seat together with the human king, received the tribute. Then the Blessed One Piyadassī, thinking "I shall dispel that wrong view of that Sudassana, the king of gods," when that king of gods had gone to an assembly of demons, having entered his dwelling, having ascended the royal bed, emitting six-coloured rays, sat down like the sun in the autumn season on the Yugandhara mountain. His attendant and serving deities, having venerated the One of Ten Powers with garlands, scents, ointments, and so on, having surrounded him, stood there.
Sudassana too, the king of gods, while coming from the assembly of demons, having seen six-coloured rays emanating from his own dwelling, thought - "On other days, such splendour resplendent with a net of many rays has never been seen before in my dwelling. Who indeed has entered here, a god or a human being?" - looking, having seen the Blessed One seated, blazing with a net of six-coloured rays, like the sun at the summit of the eastern mountain peak in the autumn season, he thought - "This shaveling ascetic is seated on the excellent bed, surrounded by my retinue and attendants" - with a mind overcome by wrath - "Come, I shall show him my own power" - having thought thus, he made that entire mountain a single mass of flames. "By this blaze of fire the shaveling ascetic has been reduced to ashes" - looking, having seen the One of Ten Powers blazing, with his excellent body flashing and radiating with a net of many rays, with the beauty of his serene facial complexion, with clear and lustrous skin, he thought - "This ascetic endures the burning of fire; come, I shall submerge this ascetic with a flood of water and kill him" - he set an exceedingly deep flood of water flowing towards the mansion.
Then, when that mansion was filled with the flood of water, not even a thread's worth of the Blessed One's robe who was seated there, nor even a hair's breadth of his body, was moistened. Then Sudassana, the king of gods - having thought "By this the ascetic will be without hope and dead," having withdrawn the water, looking, having seen the Blessed One seated, surrounded by his own assembly, shining with a spreading net of various rays, like the autumn night-maker that has emerged from an opening in the dark clouds, not enduring his own contempt - "Come, I shall kill him" - with wrath he rained down a shower of nine kinds of weapons. Then, by the power of that Blessed One, all the weapons, having become fragrant flower garlands of various kinds, supremely beautiful to behold, fell at the feet of the One of Ten Powers.
Then, having seen that marvel, Sudassana, the king of gods, with a supremely enraged mind, having seized the Blessed One by the feet with both hands, wishing to remove him from his own dwelling, having lifted him up, having crossed over the great ocean, having gone to the encircling world-mountain - "Does the ascetic live or is he dead?" - looking, having seen him seated on that very same seat - "Oh, this ascetic is of great might! I am not able to drag this ascetic out from here. If indeed anyone knows me, no small disgrace will be mine. As long as no one sees this, so long I shall let him go and depart" - thus he thought.
Then the One of Ten Powers, having known the disposition of his mind, determined thus, so that all gods and humans could see him. And on that day, one hundred kings in the whole of Jambudīpa had gathered together for the very purpose of offering gifts to him. Those human kings, having seen Sudassana, the king of gods, seated holding the Blessed One's feet - "Our king of gods performs the service of attending to the feet of the sage-king, the Teacher Piyadassī; oh, Buddhas are indeed marvellous! Oh, the virtues of the Buddha are distinguished!" - with gladdened minds towards the Blessed One, all paying homage to the Blessed One, having made salutation with joined palms on the head, stood there. There the Blessed One Piyadassī, having made that Sudassana, the king of gods, the chief, taught the Teaching. Then ninety thousand koṭis of gods and humans attained arahantship. That was the second full realisation.
Now when in the city of Kumuda, measuring nine yojanas, an elder named Soṇa, an opponent of the Buddha like Devadatta, having consulted with Prince Mahāpaduma, having killed his father, and again having made various kinds of efforts for the murder of the Buddha Piyadassī, yet being unable to kill him, he had the rider of the elephant-king Doṇamukha summoned, and having enticed him, reported that matter to him - "When this ascetic Piyadassī enters this city for almsfood, then having let loose the excellent elephant named Doṇamukha, kill the ascetic Piyadassī."
Then that rider, devoid of examining what is beneficial and what is harmful, a king's favourite - Having thought "This ascetic might dislodge me even from my position," having accepted saying "Very well," on the second day, having observed the time of the One of Ten Powers' entry into the city, having approached that one with a well-formed round head, a pot-like forehead, a trunk-bank long like a bow, very broad soft ears, honey-tawny eyes, a handsome shoulder-seat, rounded compact haunches, closely-set concealed knee-joints, tusks beautiful like a plough-pole, a fine tail, esteemed dark complexion, endowed with all marks, lovely to behold like a black rain-cloud, walking with the graceful gait of a lion's stride, like a moving mountain, with seven points of contact on the ground, in rut in seven ways, oozing from everywhere, like Death embodied - having made him even more intoxicated and heedless with special morsels of food, eye-ointment, incense, unguents and so on, he sent that elephant, a warding off of enemies, like the elephant Erāvaṇa, a warding off of hostile people, for the purpose of killing the elephant among sages. Then that excellent tusker, as soon as it was released, having killed elephants, buffaloes, horses, men and women, its body with tusks and trunk smeared with the blood of the slain, its eyes enveloped in a net of blood, having smashed carts, gate-panels, pinnacled buildings, doors, arched gateways and so on, being followed about by crows, hawks, vultures and so on, having seized the limbs of slain buffaloes, chariots, horses, elephants and so on, devouring them like a demon who feeds on humans, having seen from afar the One of Ten Powers coming surrounded by a company of pupils, with speed like that of the wind or a garuḷa bird, it rushed upon the Blessed One with force.
Then the people dwelling in the city, with minds filled with fear and anguish, having climbed upon mansions, ramparts, walls and trees, having seen it charging towards the Tathāgata, raised a cry of alarm. Some lay followers, however, began to try to restrain it by various methods. Then that Buddha-elephant, having looked at the approaching elephant, with a heart cooled by the diffusion of compassion, pervaded it with friendliness. Thereupon that noble elephant, its mental continuum made soft by the suffusion of friendliness, having known its own offence of hate, being unable through shame to stand before the Blessed One, as if sinking into the earth, fell with its head at the Blessed One's feet. Thus lying down, that one whose body was like a mass of darkness shone like a multitude of black rain-clouds that had approached the vicinity of an excellent golden mountain peak coloured by the radiance of the sun breaking through.
Then, having seen the king of elephants thus falling with its head at the feet of the king of sages, the city people, with hearts filled with supreme joy, raised a lion's roar of applause, a shout of acclamation. They venerated it in manifold ways with fragrant flower-garlands, sandalwood, scented bath powder, ornaments and so on. All around, wavings of garments took place. In the sky, the celestial drums resounded. Then the Blessed One, having looked at the excellent tusker lying at his feet like a black mountain peak, having touched the head of the excellent elephant with his palm adorned with the marks of a goad, banner, net, conch and wheel, instructed it with a teaching of the Teaching suited to its mental disposition -
Remove the corrupt state delighting in murder, approach the peaceful, O one of beautiful tusks.
He, a destroyer of life, for a very long time, experiences terrible suffering in hell.
One who destroys life attains unbearable suffering in Avīci for a cosmic cycle.
One is short-lived, of deformed appearance, a harmer, a partaker of special suffering.
Having known that they are dear to others too, killing of living beings should be avoided.
Avoid the killing of living beings, if you wish for happiness in heaven hereafter.
Upon the collapse of the body, and for that one hereafter, the Buddhas declare a dwelling in heaven.
Therefore, great elephant, having abandoned harm, develop friendliness and compassion at the proper time."
Then, being thus instructed by the one of ten powers, the noble elephant, having regained perception, became like a supremely disciplined pupil accomplished in the conduct of monastic discipline. Thus the Blessed One Piyadassī, just as our Teacher, having tamed the noble elephant Doṇamukha called Dhanapāla, taught the Teaching there at the assembly of the public. Then there was the full realisation of the teaching for eighty thousand crores. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
1.
Difficult to approach, equal to the matchless, Piyadassī of great fame.
2.
Having destroyed all darkness, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
3.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis.
4.
Dispelling his view, the Teacher taught the Dhamma.
5.
For ninety thousand crores, there was the second full realization.
6.
For eighty thousand crores, there was the third full realisation."
1-6.
In the city of Sumaṅgala, there were two companions, namely the prince named Pālita and the son of the royal chaplain, the young man Sabbadassī.
They, having heard that the perfectly Self-awakened One Piyadassī, while wandering on a journey, "has arrived at their own city," with a retinue of a hundred thousand koṭis, having gone out to meet him, having heard his Teaching, having given a great gift for seven days, on the seventh day at the conclusion of the Blessed One's thanksgiving for the meal, together with a hundred thousand koṭis, having gone forth, attained arahantship.
In their midst, however, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly.
Then at another time, at the assembly of the divine king Sudassana, ninety crores attained arahantship.
Surrounded by them, the Teacher recited the Pātimokkha. This was the second assembly.
Again, at the taming of Doṇamukha, eighty crores, having gone forth, attained arahantship.
In their midst, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. This was the third assembly.
Therefore it was said -
7.
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis.
8.
At the third assembly, there were eighty crores."
7-8.
At that time our Bodhisatta, a young brahmin named Kassapa, having gone beyond the three Vedas together with the histories as a fifth, having heard the Teacher's teaching of the Teaching, having had a supreme park, a monastery for the Community, built by the relinquishment of a hundred thousand koṭis, became established in the refuges and in the five precepts.
Then the Teacher said to him -
"After the passing of eighteen hundred cosmic cycles, a Buddha named Gotama will arise in the world" - thus he declared.
Therefore it was said -
9.
A reciter, a bearer of sacred texts, one who has gone beyond the three Vedas.
10.
With a hundred thousand koṭis, I had a monastery built for the Community.
11.
I firmly undertook the refuges and the five precepts.
12.
In eighteen hundred cosmic cycles, this one will be a Buddha.
13.
14.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
9-14.
Therein, "the refuges and the five precepts" means the three refuges and the five moral precepts - this is the meaning.
"In eighteen hundred cosmic cycles" means after the passing of a thousand cosmic cycles exceeding by eight hundred from now - this is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Sudhaññā. His father was a king named Sudatta, his mother was a queen named Sucandā, Pālita and Sabbadassī were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Sobhita, Sujātā and Dhammadinnā were the two chief female disciples, a kakudha tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was eighty cubits in height, the life span was ninety thousand years, his chief queen was named Vimalā, his son was named Kañcanāveḷa, and he departed by a thoroughbred chariot. Therefore it was said -
15.
Candā was the name of the mother, of the Teacher Piyadassī.
20.
Sobhita by name was the attendant of the Teacher Piyadassī.
21.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the kakudha tree.
23.
Eighty cubits in height, he appears like a king of sal trees.
24.
As was the radiance of that matchless great sage.
25.
For ninety thousand years, the one with vision stood in the world.
26.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
15-26.
Therein, "or a king of sal trees" means it appears like a king of sal trees, in full bloom on every branch, supremely delightful to behold, with an evenly rounded trunk.
"Those pairs too" means the pairs such as the pair of chief disciples and so on.
In the remaining verses, the meaning is manifest everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Piyadassī is completed.
The thirteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
16.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Atthadassī
When the perfectly Self-awakened One Piyadassī had attained final Nibbāna and his Dispensation had disappeared, having declined and increased, when human beings had unlimited lifespans, having gradually declined, when they had come to have a lifespan of a hundred thousand years, the supreme seer of welfare, a Buddha named Atthadassī arose in the world. He, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, in the supremely beautiful city named Sobhana, took conception in the womb of Queen Sudassanā, the queen-consort in the family of a king named Sāgara, dwelt in the womb for ten months, and came forth from his mother's womb in the Sucindhana Park. As soon as the great man had come forth from his mother's womb, the owners of wealth recovered great treasures that had been deposited for a very long time and had come down through the succession of families; therefore, on his name-giving day, they gave him the name "Atthadassī." He dwelt in the house for ten thousand years. And he had three mansions named Amaragiri, Suragiri, and Girivāhana, which were supremely fragrant. There were thirty-three thousand women headed by Queen Visākhā.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Prince Sela had been born to Queen Visākhā, having mounted a king of horses named Sudassana, having gone forth in the great renunciation, went forth. Nine crores of people went forth following him. Surrounded by them, that great man, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice brought for the purpose of making an offering by a female nāga named Sucindharā - the milk-rice given together with the golden dish by the female nāga whose entire body was visible to the great multitude - having spent the day residence in a young sal grove adorned with hundreds of young trees, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of kusa grass given by a serpent king named Mahāruci who had delight in the Teaching, having approached the Campaka Bodhi tree, having spread a mat of kusa grass fifty-three cubits in length and breadth, having folded his legs crosswise, having attained the highest enlightenment, the habitual practice of all Buddhas - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request for the teaching of the Teaching, having seen nine crores of monks who had gone forth together with him, capable of penetrating the noble Teaching, having gone through space, having descended into the Anoma Park near the city of Anoma, surrounded by them, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching there. Then there was the first full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis.
Again, when the Blessed One, the leader of the world, having gone on a journey to the heavenly world, was teaching the Teaching there, there was the second full realisation for a hundred thousand koṭis. But when the Blessed One Atthadassī, just as our Blessed One entered the city of Kapilavatthu, entered the city of Sobhana and taught the Teaching, then there was the third full realisation of the teaching for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
Having dispelled the great darkness, attained the highest enlightenment.
2.
He satisfied the world with the deathless, the ten-thousandfold world with its gods.
3.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis.
4.
For a hundred thousand koṭis, there was the second full realization.
5.
For a hundred thousand koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
1-5.
"Right there" means in that very cosmic cycle - this is the meaning.
But here an excellent cosmic cycle is intended as a "cream cosmic cycle."
"In whatever cosmic cycle three Buddhas arise, that cosmic cycle is an excellent cosmic cycle" - this was said below in the commentary on the Chronicle of the Buddha Padumuttara.
Therefore the excellent cosmic cycle is here called a "cream cosmic cycle."
"Nihantvānā" means having dispelled.
Or this itself is the reading.
"Santo" means being.
"With the Deathless" means with the deathless beverage of the achievement of path and fruition.
"Tappayī" means he satisfied; the meaning is he gladdened.
"The ten-thousand" means the ten-thousandfold world system.
"A journey among the gods" means a journey to the world of the gods for the purpose of training the gods - this is the meaning.
In the city of Sucandaka, it is said, Santa the prince and Upasanta the son of the royal chaplain, not seeing substance in the three Vedas and in all the other doctrines, stationed four wise and confident men at the four gates of the city - "Whatever wise ascetic or brahmin you see or hear of, come and inform us of that." And at that time Atthadassī, the Lord of the World, reached the city of Sucandaka. Then the men who had been appointed by them, having gone, announced to them the arrival there of the One of Ten Powers. Thereupon Santa and Upasanta, having heard of the Tathāgata's arrival, with delighted minds, with a retinue of a thousand, having gone forward to meet the matchless One of Ten Powers, having paid respect, having invited him, having given an incomparable great gift to the Community headed by the Buddha for seven days, on the seventh day together with the people dwelling in the entire city, heard a talk on the Teaching. On that day, it is said, ninety-eight thousand, having gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, attained arahantship. In the midst of that assembly the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly.
But when the Blessed One, teaching the Teaching to his own son, the Elder Sela, having gladdened eighty-eight thousand, having given them the going forth by the "Come, monk" form, having brought them to arahantship, recited the Pātimokkha. That was the second assembly. Again, at the great blessing assembly, on the full moon day of Māgha, teaching the Teaching to gods and humans, having brought seventy-eight thousand to arahantship, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
7.
The second meeting was of eighty-eight thousand.
8.
Liberated by non-clinging, spotless great sages."
6-8.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta was a wealthy brahmin named Susīma in the city of Campaka, esteemed by the world.
He, having given away all his wealth to the destitute, helpless, poor, wayfarers, and so on, having gone to the vicinity of the Himalaya, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, having produced the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges, having become one of great supernormal power and great might, having shown the public the blameless and blameworthy nature of wholesome and unwholesome mental states, stood waiting for the arising of a Buddha.
Then at another time, when the leader of the world Atthadassī had arisen in the world and was raining the rain of the nectar of the Teaching in the midst of the eight assemblies in the great city of Sudassana, having heard his Teaching, having gone to the heavenly world, having brought divine mandārava flowers, lotuses, coral tree blossoms, and so on from the world of the gods, showing his own power, with his body visible, having rained a shower of flowers in the four directions like a great cloud covering the four continents, having made all around a flower pavilion, flower-made arched gateways, golden nets, and so on made of flowers, he venerated the One of Ten Powers with an umbrella of mandārava flowers. That Blessed One too declared of him - "In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared. Therefore it was said -
9.
Susīma by name, considered the best on earth.
10.
Having brought from the world of the gods, I honoured the Self-awakened One.
11.
In eighteen hundred cosmic cycles, this one will be a Buddha.
12.
13.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
9-13.
Therein, "matted-hair ascetic" - he has matted hair, thus he is a matted-hair ascetic.
"Considered the best on earth" means considered, esteemed thus by the entire world as the foremost, the highest, the most excellent - this is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Sobhana. His father was a king named Sāgara, his mother was named Sudassanā, Santa and Upasanta were the two chief disciples, Abhaya was the attendant, Dhammā and Sudhammā were the two chief female disciples, the campaka tree was the Bodhi tree, and his body was eighty cubits in height. The bodily radiance, having pervaded all around at all times to the extent of a yojana, stood; the life span was a hundred thousand years; Visākhā was the name of his chief queen; Sela was the name of his son; and he departed by horse vehicle. Therefore it was said -
14.
The mother was named Sudassanā, of the Teacher Atthadassī.
19.
Abhaya was the attendant of the Teacher Atthadassī.
20.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the champak tree.
22.
Shines like a king of sal trees, like the king of stars when full.
23.
Above, below, the ten directions, always pervade a yojana.
24.
For a hundred thousand years, the one with vision stood in the world.
25.
He too attained impermanence, like a fire with the elimination of fuel."
14-25.
Therein, "full like the king of stars" means like the king of stars whose entire disc is complete and spotless in the autumn season - this is the meaning.
"Natural" means arising by way of nature, not by way of determination.
Whenever the Blessed One wishes, he could pervade even many hundreds of thousands of crores of world-circles with his radiance.
"Rays" (raṃsī) means rays of light.
"Through the extinction of clinging" means through the elimination of clinging, like a fire through the exhaustion of fuel.
That Blessed One too, through the elimination of the four kinds of clinging, attained final Nibbāna through the Nibbāna element without residue of clinging, in the city of Anupama, in the Anomā Park.
But his relics scattered by his determination.
The remainder here in the verses is clear in itself.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Atthadassī is completed.
The fourteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
17.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Dhammadassī
When the perfectly Self-awakened One Atthadassī had attained final Nibbāna and an intermediate cosmic cycle had passed, when beings of unlimited lifespan had gradually declined, when they had come to have a lifespan of a hundred thousand years, a Teacher named Dhammadassī, the bringer of light to the world, the remover of the world's stains of greed and so on, the sole leader of the world, arose in the world. That Blessed One too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a queen named Sunandā, the chief queen of a king named Saraṇa, the refuge of all the world, in the city of Saraṇa. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Saraṇa Park, like a full moon emerged from an opening in the rain clouds during the rainy season. Now, as soon as the great man had come forth from the mother's womb, unlawful statements in the books of legal cases and commercial transactions disappeared of their own accord. Only lawful statements remained. Therefore, on his name-giving day, they gave him the name "Dhammadassī." He dwelt in the house for eight thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions named Araja, Viraja, and Sudassana. There were a hundred thousand women exceeding by twenty thousand, headed by Queen Vicikoḷī.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Puññavaḍḍhana had been born to Queen Vicikoḷī, exceedingly delicate like a divine prince, experiencing splendour as if it were divine splendour, having risen in the middle watch of the night, seated on the royal couch, having seen the altered state of the women who had fallen asleep, with a sense of urgency arisen, he produced the thought for the great renunciation. Immediately upon the arising of that thought, his Sudassana mansion rose up into the expanse of the sky, and surrounded by a fourfold army, like a second sun, and like a divine mansion, having gone and descended right near the Bodhi tree of the red kuravaka tree, it stood there. The great man, it is said, having taken the ochre robes offered by Brahmā, having gone forth, having descended from the mansion, stood not far away. The mansion, again having gone through the sky, having enclosed the Bodhi tree within it, stood firm on the earth. The women too, together with their retinues, having descended from the mansion, having gone about half a league, stood there. There, setting aside the women and their attendant maidservants, all the men went forth following him. There were a hundred thousand crores of monks.
Then the Bodhisatta Dhammadassī, having practised the practice of striving for seven days, having eaten the milk-rice given by Queen Vicikoḷī, having spent the day residence in a jujube grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a barley-field keeper named Sirivaḍḍhana, having approached the Bimbijāla Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat fifty-three cubits wide, having penetrated the knowledge of omniscience there - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having been requested by Brahmā, having known the capability for penetrating the Good Teaching of the hundred thousand crores of monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone to Isipatana by the eighteen-yojana road in a single day, surrounded by them, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching there; then the first full realisation was of a hundred thousand crores. Therefore it was said -
1.
Having dispelled the darkness of ignorance, outshines the world with its gods.
2.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-2.
Therein, "the darkness of ignorance" means the blinding darkness of delusion, termed darkness. This is the meaning.
But when, in a city named Tagara, a king named Sañjaya, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures and renunciation as security, went forth in the going forth of sages. Ninety koṭis went forth following him. They all indeed were attainers of the five direct knowledges and the eight attainments. Then the Teacher Dhammadassī, having seen the achievement of their decisive support, having gone through space, having gone to the hermitage of the ascetic Sañjaya, standing in the sky, having taught the Teaching suited to the disposition of those ascetics, produced the eye of the Teaching; that was the second full realisation. Therefore it was said -
Then for ninety koṭis, there was the second full realisation."
But when Sakka, the lord of the gods, wishing to hear the teaching of the Ten-Powered One, approached him, then there was the third full realisation for eighty koṭis. Therefore it was said -
Then for eighty koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
But when he gave the going forth to the half-brothers Prince Paduma and Prince Phussadeva together with their retinues in the city of Saraṇa, and during that rainy season he celebrated the invitation of purity in the midst of a hundred thousand koṭis of monks who had gone forth, that was the first assembly. Again, at the Blessed One's descent from the world of the gods, the second assembly was of a hundred koṭis. But when in the Sudassana Park, having made known the virtues and benefits of the thirteen virtues of ascetic practice, he established the great disciple named Hārita in the foremost position, then the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of eighty koṭis. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
5.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
6.
The first meeting was of a hundred thousand koṭis.
7.
Then too, the second meeting was of a hundred koṭis.
8.
Then the third meeting was of eighty koṭis."
5-8.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been Sakka, the king of gods, surrounded by gods in the two heavenly worlds, having come, honoured the Tathāgata with divine scents, flowers and so on, and with divine musical instruments.
That Teacher too declared concerning him -
"In the future he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared.
Therefore it was said -
9.
With divine scents and garlands, and with music I honoured him.
10.
In eighteen hundred cosmic cycles, this one will be a Buddha.
11.
12.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
9-12.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Saraṇa.
His father was a king named Saraṇa, his mother was named Sunandā, Paduma and Phussadeva were the two chief disciples, his attendant was named Sunetta, Khemā and Sabbanāmā were the two chief female disciples, the bimbijāla tree was the Bodhi tree, and his body was eighty cubits in height, the life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Vicikoḷidevī, his son was named Puññavaḍḍhana, and he departed by mansion.
Therefore it was said -
13.
The mother was named Sunandā, of the Teacher Dhammadassī.
18.
Sunetta by name was the attendant of the Teacher Dhammadassī.
19.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the bimbijāla.
21.
Outshines with his radiance, in the ten-thousand-fold world system.
22.
Like the midday sun, thus he appeared beautiful.
23.
For a hundred thousand years, the one with vision stood in the world.
24.
He passed away like the moon from the sky, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna."
13-24.
Therein, "bimbijāla" means the red kuruvaka tree.
"In the ten-thousandfold element" means in the ten-thousandfold world system.
"Like lightning" means like a lightning creeper.
"Appeared beautiful" means just as lightning in the sky and the sun at midday appear beautiful, thus that Blessed One appeared beautiful - this is the meaning.
"Was equal" means his life span was exactly equal to that of all human beings - this is the meaning.
"Passed away" means he departed.
"Like the moon" means he passed away like the moon from the sky - this is the meaning.
The Blessed One Dhammadassī, it is said, attained final Nibbāna in the city of Sālavatī, in the Kesa Park. The remainder here in the verses is obvious.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Dhammadassī is completed.
The fifteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
18.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Siddhattha
When the Blessed One Dhammadassī had attained final Nibbāna and his Dispensation had disappeared, when that cosmic cycle had passed, and when one thousand cosmic cycles and seven hundred cosmic cycles and six cosmic cycles had elapsed, at the summit of ninety-four cosmic cycles from now, in one cosmic cycle, a single one who fared for the welfare of the world, who had attained the supreme goal, a Teacher named Siddhattha appeared in the world. Therefore it was said -
Having dispelled all darkness, like the sun that has risen."
The Bodhisatta Siddhattha too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita realm, having passed away from there, having taken conception in the womb of a queen named Suphassā, the chief queen of a king named Udena in the city of Vebhāra, after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Vīriya Park. When the great man was born, the undertakings begun and the purposes desired by all reached accomplishment. Therefore his relatives gave him the name "Siddhattha." He dwelt in the midst of the house for ten thousand years. He had three mansions named Kokā, Suppala, and Paduma. Forty-eight thousand women headed by Queen Somanassā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Prince Anupama was born to Queen Somanassā, on the full-moon day of Āsāḷhī, having gone forth in a golden palanquin, having gone to the Vīriya Park, went forth. A hundred thousand koṭis of people went forth following him. The Great Man, it is said, having practised the practice of striving for ten months together with them, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in the village of Asadisa Brahmin, having eaten the milk-rice given by a brahmin maiden named Sunettā, having spent the day residence in a jujube grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a barley-field keeper named Varuṇa, having approached the Kaṇikāra Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat forty cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having attained omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks, having seen the capability for the penetration of the four truths of the hundred thousand koṭis of monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone through the sky, having descended into the Gayā Deer Park, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching for them; then there was the first full realisation for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
2.
Rained down with the Dhamma-cloud, extinguishing the world including the gods.
3.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
2-3.
Therein, "including the gods" means the world including the gods.
"With the Dhamma-cloud" means with the rain-cloud of the Dhamma talk.
Again, in the city of Bhīmaratha, invited by the king named Bhīmaratha, seated in a council hall built in the middle of the city, filling the ten directions with a divine voice as sweet as the call of the Indian cuckoo, pleasant to hear, supremely sweet, penetrating the hearts of wise people, like a consecration of the Deathless, he struck the drum of the Deathless Dhamma; then the second full realisation was of ninety koṭis.
Therefore it was said -
Then for ninety koṭis, there was the second full realisation."
But when, in the city of Vebhāra, at a gathering of relatives, while teaching the lineage of the Buddhas, he produced the eye of the Teaching for ninety koṭis, that was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
Then for ninety koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
In the immortal and beautiful to behold city named Amara, Sambala and Sumitta, two brothers, exercised kingship. Then the Teacher Siddhattha, having seen the achievement of decisive support of those kings, having gone through the expanse of the sky, having descended into the midst of the city of Amara, as if pressing the surface of the earth with his feet whose soles were adorned with wheels, having shown holy footprints, having gone to the Amara Park, he sat down on a stone surface that was supremely delightful, cool with his own compassion. Thereupon both brother-kings, having seen the holy footprints of the Possessor of the Ten Powers, having followed the footprints, having approached Siddhattha, the Teacher who had attained the ultimate reality, the leader of all the world, together with his retinue, having paid respect, having surrounded the Blessed One, sat down. The Blessed One taught them the Teaching suited to their disposition. Having heard his talk on the Teaching, having become filled with faith, all of them, having gone forth, attained arahantship. In the midst of those hundred koṭis who had eliminated the mental corruptions, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly. In the city of Vebhāra, at a gathering of relatives, in the midst of ninety koṭis of those gone forth, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the second assembly. In the Sudassana monastery, in the midst of eighty koṭis who had gathered together, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
7.
These were the three occasions, at the assembly of the spotless ones."
6-7.
Therein, "of ninety, and also eighty ten million" means there were assemblies of ninety ten million and also eighty ten million - this is the meaning.
"These were the three occasions" means these three assembly occasions were - this is the meaning.
"Ṭhānāne tāni tīṇi ahesu" is also a reading.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a brahmin named Maṅgala in the city of Surasena, having gone to the far shore of the Vedas and the Vedic sciences, having given away an accumulation of wealth reckoned at many ten millions to the destitute, helpless, and so on, having become one delighting in seclusion, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, dwelling - having heard "A Buddha named Siddhattha has arisen in the world," having approached him, having paid homage, having heard his talk on the Teaching, by supernormal power having approached that rose-apple tree by which this Indian subcontinent becomes known, having brought fruit from there, having caused the Teacher Siddhattha with a retinue of ninety ten million monks to sit down in the Surasena monastery, he satisfied and served them with rose-apple fruits. Then the Teacher, having consumed that fruit - declared "At the summit of ninety-four cosmic cycles from now, he will become a Buddha named Gotama." Therefore it was said -
8.
Of risen radiance, difficult to overcome, concentrated with the power of direct knowledge.
9.
The Perfectly Self-awakened One, having received, spoke these words.
10.
Ninety-four cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
11.
12.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
8-12.
Therein, "difficult to overcome" means difficult to approach.
Or this itself is the reading.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Vebhāra.
A king named Udena was the father, Jayasena too was a name for that very one, his mother was named Suphassā, Sambala and Sumitta were the two chief disciples, Revata by name was the attendant, Sīvalā and Surāmā were the two chief female disciples, the kaṇikāra tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was sixty cubits in height.
The life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Somanassā, his son was named Anupama, and he departed in a golden palanquin.
Therefore it was said -
13.
The mother was named Suphassā, of the great sage Siddhattha.
18.
Revata by name was the attendant of the great sage Siddhattha.
19.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the kaṇikāra tree.
21.
Resembling the radiance of gold, the ten-thousand world-system shines brightly.
22.
For a hundred thousand years, the one with vision stood in the world.
23.
Having delighted through attainments, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna."
13-23.
Therein, "sixty ratanas" means the meaning is risen to the sky to the measure of sixty ratanas.
"Resembling a golden festoon" means the meaning is having the appearance similar to a festoon made of gold decorated with various jewels.
"The ten-thousand world-system shines brightly" means it shines brightly in the ten-thousand world-system.
"Extensive" means lofty light.
"Having caused to bloom" means the meaning is having made them bloom with the flowers of meditative absorptions, direct knowledges, paths, fruitions, and attainments, having brought them to the highest splendour.
"Having displayed" means having displayed, having played.
"With attainments" means with mundane and supramundane attainments and direct knowledges.
"Quenched" means quenched through final Nibbāna without clinging.
The Teacher Siddhattha, it is said, attained final Nibbāna in the Anoma Park in the city of Kañcanaveḷu. Right there they made a shrine for him, made of jewels, four yojanas in height. In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Siddhattha is completed.
The sixteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
19.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Tissa
But in the later period of that Blessed One Siddhattha, one cosmic cycle was devoid of a Buddha. At the summit of ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, Tissa and Phussa - two Buddhas arose in one cosmic cycle. Therein, the great man named Tissa, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, having taken conception in the womb of a queen named Padumā, whose eyes were like lotus petals, the chief queen of a king named Janasandha in the city of Khemaka, after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Anoma Park. He dwelt in the house for seven thousand years. He had three mansions named Guhāsela, Nārisaya, and Nisabha. There were thirty-three thousand women headed by Queen Subhaddā.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Ānanda was born to Queen Subhaddā, having mounted an unsurpassed excellent steed named Sonuttara, having gone forth in the great renunciation, he went forth. Ten million people went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Vīra in the town of Vīra, having spent the day residence in a salala grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass brought by a barley-field keeper named Vijitasaṅgāmaka, having approached the Asana Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat forty cubits wide, there having folded his legs crosswise, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, having attained the knowledge of omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having gone through space to the city of Yasavatī, having seen two princes, Brahmadeva and Udaya, together with their retinues, accomplished with decisive support, having descended into the Yasavatī Deer Park, having had the princes summoned by the park keeper, informing the ten-thousandfold world system with a euphonious, pervasive, sweet, divine voice for them together with their retinues, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching; then there was the first full realisation of the teaching for a hundred koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
Of infinite power, of immeasurable fame, Tissa, the chief leader of the world.
2.
The compassionate great hero, the one with vision, arose in the world.
3.
Having gone to perfection in all respects, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching.
4.
Hundreds of koṭis fully realised, at the first teaching of the Dhamma."
1-4.
Therein, "everywhere" means having gone to the far shore in all phenomena.
"In the ten-thousandfold world system" means in the ten-thousandfold world system. Then at another time, a koṭi of monks who had gone forth together with Tissa the Teacher went elsewhere at the time of the Great Man's abandoning group-dwelling and approaching the foot of the Bodhi tree.
That group, having heard that the wheel of the Teaching had been set in motion by Tissa the perfectly Self-awakened One, having come to the Yasavatī deer-park, having paid homage to the One of Ten Powers, having surrounded him, sat down.
The Blessed One taught them the Teaching; then there was the second full realisation for ninety koṭis.
Again, at the great blessing assembly, at the conclusion of the blessing, there was the third full realisation for sixty koṭis.
Therefore it was said -
He released beings from bondage, men and deities, then."
Therein, "the second was of ninety koṭis" means the second full realisation was of ninety koṭis of beings - this is the meaning. "From bondage" means from bondage; he delivered them from the ten mental fetters - this is the meaning. Now, showing the beings who were delivered in their own form, he said "men and deities." "Men and deities" means men and immortals.
In the city of Yasavatī, it is said, surrounded by a hundred thousand Worthy Ones who had gone forth during the rainy season, he celebrated the invitation to admonish. That was the first assembly. When the Blessed One, the Lord of the World, had arrived at the city of Nārivāhana, Prince Nārivāhana, the son of the king named Sujāta who was well-born on both sides, together with his retinue, having gone forward to meet him, having invited the One of Ten Powers together with the community of monks, having given an incomparable gift for seven days, having handed over his own kingdom to his son, together with his retinue, went forth by the "Come, monk" ordination in the presence of Tissa, the perfectly Self-awakened One, the sovereign of all the world. That going forth of his, it is said, became well-known in all directions. Therefore, having come from here and there, the great multitude went forth following Prince Nārivāhana. Then the Tathāgata, having reached the middle of ninety hundred thousand monks, recited the Pātimokkha. That was the second assembly. Again, in the city of Khemavatī, at the gathering of relatives, having heard a talk on the Teaching of the Buddhavaṃsa, eighty hundred thousand, having gone forth in his presence, attained arahantship. Surrounded by them, the Fortunate One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
7.
The second meeting was of ninety hundred thousand.
8.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, fully blown with liberation."
6-8.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a king named Sujāta in the city of Yasavatī, having given up the prosperous, flourishing country, the accumulation of wealth of many tens of millions, and the retinue whose hearts had reached devotion, as if they were grass and reeds, having gone forth with an agitated heart regarding birth and so on, having gone forth into the going forth as a hermit, having become one of great supernormal power and great might, having heard "A Buddha has arisen in the world," with his body pervaded by fivefold rapture, having reverently approached the Blessed One Tissa and having paid homage, he thought -
"Come, I shall venerate the Blessed One with divine flowers such as mandārava, coral tree blossoms, and so on."
Then he, having thought thus, having gone to the heavenly world by supernormal power, having entered the Cittalatā grove, having filled a jewel-made basket measuring one league with divine flowers such as lotuses, coral tree blossoms, mandārava, and so on, having taken it, having come through the expanse of the sky, he venerated the Blessed One with divine fragrant flowers.
And holding a lotus umbrella - with a single jewel handle, a pericarp made of gold, petals made of ruby gems, like a fragrant-stamened umbrella - upon the head of the Blessed One, he stood in the midst of the fourfold assembly.
Then the Blessed One concerning him -
"Ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, he will become a Buddha named Gotama" - thus he declared.
Therefore it was said -
9.
Having abandoned great wealth, I went forth in the seer's going forth.
10.
Having heard the sound "Buddha," rapture arose in me.
11.
Having held up with both hands, shaking them, I approached.
12.
Having taken a flower, I held it on the head of that Conqueror.
13.
Ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
14.
15.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
9-15.
Therein, "when I had gone forth" means when I had attained the state of having gone forth.
They write in manuscripts "mama pabbajitaṃ santa"; that should be understood as a careless writing.
"Upapajjathā" means arose.
"Ubho hatthehī" means with both hands.
"Paggayhā" means having taken up.
"Dhunamāno" means as if shaking off bark garments.
"Cātuvaṇṇaparivutan" means surrounded by the fourfold assembly; the meaning is surrounded by warriors, brahmins, householders and ascetics.
Some read "catuvaṇṇehi parivuta."
Now that Blessed One's city was named Khema. His father was a warrior named Janasandha, his mother was named Padumā, Brahmadeva and Udaya were the two chief disciples, Samaṅga by name was the attendant, Phussā and Sudattā were the two chief female disciples, the asana tree was the Bodhi tree, his body was sixty cubits in height, the life span was a hundred thousand years, his chief queen was named Subhaddā, his son was named Ānanda, and he departed by horse vehicle. Therefore it was said -
16.
Padumā was the name of the mother of Tissa, the great sage.
21.
Samaṅga was the name of the attendant of Tissa, the great sage.
22.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the Asana tree.
24.
Incomparable, matchless, he appears like the Himalaya.
25.
For a hundred thousand years, the one with vision stood in the world.
26.
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
27.
Like darkness by a lamp, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna."
16-27.
Therein, "in loftiness" means by the state of being high.
"Appears like the Himalaya" means he is seen just like the Himalaya.
Or this itself is the reading.
Just as the Himalaya, the five-peaked mountain, a hundred yojanas high, even for those standing very far away, being exceedingly delightful by its state of loftiness and its state of gentleness, appears, so too the Blessed One appears - this is the meaning.
"Unsurpassed" means not too long, not too short.
The meaning is the life span was a hundred thousand years.
"Highest, excellent, foremost" are mutual synonyms.
"Festival" means just as snow-drops, cloud-festival-darkness are troubled by wind, sun, and lamps, so too the Blessed One, troubled by the impermanence-wind, sun, and lamps, attained final Nibbāna together with his disciples - this is the meaning.
The Blessed One Tissa, it is said, attained final Nibbāna in the city of Sunandavatī, in the Sunanda Park. The remainder here in the verses is obvious.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Tissa is completed.
The seventeenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
20.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Phussa
In the later period of that Blessed One Tissa, having gradually declined and then having increased again, having become those of unlimited life span, having gradually diminished, when beings with a life span of ninety thousand years had arisen, in that very cosmic cycle, a Teacher named Phussa arose in the world. That Blessed One too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a queen named Sirimā, the chief queen of King Jayasena in the city of Kāsika, and after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Siri Park. He dwelt in the house for nine thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions - Garuḷapakkha, Haṃsa, and Suvaṇṇabhārā. Thirty thousand women headed by Kisāgotamī were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Anupama had been born to Kisāgotamī, seated on the back of an adorned excellent elephant, having gone forth in the great renunciation, he went forth. Ten million people went forth following that one who had gone forth. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for six months, thereupon having abandoned the group, having dwelt for seven days cultivating the solitary life, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in a certain city, having eaten the milk-rice given by one named Sirivaḍḍhā, the daughter of a certain millionaire, having spent the day residence in a siṃsapā grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a lay follower named Sirivaḍḍha, having approached the Āmalaka Bodhi tree, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, having attained the knowledge of omniscience - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having seen the capability for the penetration of the Teaching of the ten million monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone through space, having descended into the Deer Park at Isipatana in the city of Saṅkassa, in their midst he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the first full realisation for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
Incomparable, equal to the matchless, Phussa, the chief leader of the world.
2.
Satisfying the world including the gods, he rained down with the water of the Deathless.
3.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-3.
"In that very Maṇḍa cosmic cycle" means in whatever cosmic cycle two Buddhas arise, that is called a "cream cosmic cycle" as stated above.
"Having disentangled" means having resolved.
"The great tangle" - here "tangle" is a designation for craving.
For since it arises again and again among objects such as matter and so on, from below and above, in the sense of interweaving, it is called a tangle - like the tangle reckoned as a pancake of a network of a thicket of threads - thus it is called a tangle; that is the great tangle.
"Including the gods" means the world including the gods.
"Rained down" means shed rain.
"With the water of the Deathless" means satisfying with the water of Dhamma discourse reckoned as the Deathless, he shed rain - this is the meaning.
But when in the city of Bārāṇasī, a king named Sirivaḍḍha, having abandoned a great mass of wealth, went forth into the going forth of a hermit. There were ninety hundred thousand hermits who had gone forth together with him. The Blessed One taught them the Teaching. Then there was the second full realisation of ninety hundred thousand. But when he taught the Teaching to his own son, Prince Anupama, then there was the third full realisation of eighty hundred thousand. Therefore it was said -
For eighty hundred thousand, there was the third full realization."
Thereupon at a later time, in the city of Kaṇṇakujja, the prince Surakkhita and the son of the royal chaplain, the young man Dhammasena, having heard that the perfectly Self-awakened One Phussa had arrived at their own city, together with sixty hundred thousand men, having gone out to meet him, having paid homage, having invited him, having given a great gift for seven days, having heard the talk on the Teaching of the One of Ten Powers, having gained confidence in the Blessed One, they together with their retinues, having gone forth, attained arahantship. In the midst of those sixty hundred thousand monks, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly. Again, in the city of Kāsi, at the gathering of about sixty relatives of King Jayasena, he taught the Buddhavaṃsa. Having heard that, fifty hundred thousand, having gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, attained arahantship. Having reached the middle of them, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the second assembly. Again, at the great blessing assembly, having heard the talk on blessings, forty hundred thousand men, having gone forth, attained arahantship. Having reached the middle of them, the Fortunate One recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
5.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
6.
The second meeting was of fifty hundred thousand.
7.
Liberated by non-clinging, whose conception was cut off."
5-7.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a warrior named Vijitāvī in the city of Arindama, having heard his Teaching, having gained confidence in the Blessed One, having given a great gift to him, having abandoned the great kingdom, having gone forth in the presence of the Blessed One, having learnt the three Canons, as one who knew the Triple Canon by heart, gave a talk on the Teaching to the public, and fulfilled the perfection of morality.
He too declared concerning him "He will become a Buddha."
Therefore it was said -
8.
Having abandoned the great kingdom, I went forth in his presence.
9.
Ninety-two cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
10.
12.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
13.
Having gone to the perfection of direct knowledge, I went to the Brahma world."
8-13.
But that Blessed One's city was named Kāsika.
His father was a king named Jayasena, his mother was named Sirimā, Surakkhita and Dhammasena were the two chief disciples, Sabhiya by name was the attendant, Cālā and Upacālā were the two chief female disciples, the emblic myrobalan tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was fifty-eight cubits in height, the life span was ninety thousand years, his chief queen was named Kisāgotamī, his son was named Anupama, and he departed by elephant vehicle.
Therefore it was said -
14.
The mother was named Sirimā, of the great sage Phussa too, etc. ...
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the gallnut tree, etc.
22.
Shines like the sun, like the king of stars when full.
23.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
24.
That Teacher too, of incomparable fame, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna."
14-24.
Therein, "āmaṇḍa" means the emblic myrobalan tree.
"Having exhorted" means having given exhortation; the meaning is "having instructed."
"That Teacher too, of incomparable fame" means that Teacher too was of immeasurable fame - this is the meaning.
"So jahitvā amitayaso" is also a reading; its meaning is that he, having abandoned all the distinction of the aforesaid manner.
The Perfectly Self-awakened One Phussa, it is said, attained final Nibbāna at the Senā Monastery in Kusinārā. His relics, it is said, were widespread. In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Phussa is completed.
The eighteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
21.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Vipassī
In the later period of the Buddha Phussa, in an intermediate cosmic cycle, and when that cosmic cycle had passed, ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, one whose thought was to conquer all cosmic cycles, whose thought was devoted to the welfare of others, seeing clearly everywhere, a Teacher named Vipassī arose in the world. He, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita realm, a dwelling illuminated by the lustre of many jewels and gems, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of the chief queen named Bandhumatī, of King Bandhumā who had many kinsmen, in the city of Bandhumatī. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Khema Deer Park, like a full moon resplendent from a dark mass of clouds. On the name-giving day, the experts in interpreting signs and the relatives, since he sees purely both by day and by night through the absence of darkness produced by blinking now and then, or since he sees with open eyes, gave him the name "Vipassī." They say "He sees having investigated and investigated, thus he is Vipassī." He dwelt in the house for eight thousand years. And he had three mansions named Nanda, Sunanda, and Sirimā.
There were a hundred and twenty thousand women headed by Queen Sudassanā. Sudassanā is also called "Sutanū." He, after the elapse of eight thousand years, having seen the four signs, when a son named Samavaṭṭakkhandha was born to Queen Sutanū, having gone forth in the great renunciation by a thoroughbred chariot, went forth. Eighty-four hundred thousand men went forth following him. He, the great man, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Sudassana, having spent the day residence in a sal grove adorned with flowers, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a barley-field keeper named Sujāta, having seen the Pāṭali Bodhi tree adorned, he approached it from the southern direction.
But the evenly rounded trunk of that trumpet-flower tree on that day, having been fifty ratanas, rose up, and the branches were fifty ratanas, so in height it was a hundred ratanas. On that very day, that trumpet-flower tree was entirely covered from the root upwards with flowers as if bound into sheaves, of supremely fragrant odour. A divine fragrance wafted forth; not only this one alone was in bloom at that time, but all trumpet-flower trees in the ten-thousand world-systems were in bloom. Not only the trumpet-flower trees alone, but all trees, bushes, and creepers in the ten-thousand world-systems bloomed. The great ocean too was covered with lotuses of five colours, with water-lilies, blue lotuses, and white water-lilies, and its waters were cool and sweet. And the entire interior of the ten-thousand world-systems was entangled with garlands of flags. Here and there it was strewn with scattered clusters of tossed garlands, the surface of the earth was adorned with various fragrant flowers, and there was darkness from incense powder. Having approached that, having spread a grass mat fifty-three cubits wide, having determined energy endowed with four factors - Having made the resolution "Until I become a Buddha, I shall not rise from here," he sat down. Having thus sat down, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, in the order of the paths, having brought within his grasp the four path knowledges, immediately after the paths the four fruition knowledges, the four analytical knowledges, the knowledge that distinguishes the four modes of generation, the knowledge that distinguishes the five destinations, the four grounds of self-confidence knowledges, the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others, and all the virtues of a Buddha, with fulfilled thought, while still seated on the seat of enlightenment -
Gradually subsiding, the destination is not known.
There is no destination to be declared for those who have attained unshakeable happiness."
Thus, having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request, having surveyed the achievement of decisive support of his own half-brother Prince Khaṇḍa and the son of the royal chaplain Prince Tissa, having gone through space, having descended into the deer-park called Khema, having had both of them summoned by the park keeper, in the midst of their retinues he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the full realization of the teaching by unlimited deities. Therefore it was said -
1.
The one with vision named Vipassī by name arose in the world.
2.
To set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, he departed for the city of Bandhumatī.
3.
The first full realization was not to be told by counting."
1-3.
Therein, "having split" means having broken; the meaning is having broken the darkness of ignorance.
"Vattetvā cakkamārāme" is also a reading; its meaning is "in the park" means in the secure deer-park.
"He awakened both" means he awakened both his own youngest brother, the prince Khaṇḍa, and Tissa, the chaplain's son.
"Not to be told by counting" means there is no numerical delimitation by way of the full realisation of the deities; this is the meaning.
Then at another time he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to eighty-four thousand monks who had gone forth following the prince Khaṇḍa and Tissa, the chaplain's son. That was the second full realisation. Therefore it was said -
For eighty-four thousand, there was the second full realization."
Therein, "there" means in the deer-park called Khema. In "Eighty-four thousand went forth after the Self-enlightened One," here these men reckoned as eighty-four thousand were indeed the attendant men of the boy Vipassī. They, having come right early to attend upon the boy Vipassī and not seeing the boy, having gone for the purpose of the morning meal, having eaten the morning meal, having asked "Where is the boy?" and thereupon having heard "He has gone to the pleasure ground," having departed thinking "We shall see him right there," having seen his charioteer returning, having heard "The boy has gone forth," right at the place where they heard, they took off all their ornaments, had ochre robes brought from the market place, shaved off their hair and beards, and went forth. And having gone forth, they went and surrounded the Great Man.
Thereupon the Bodhisatta Vipassī, having become dissatisfied with the desire to be in a crowd, thinking "While practising the practice of striving, I dwell crowded; but this is not fitting - just as these, when they were householders, formerly surrounded me and went about, even now it is the same; what is the use of this group?" having thought "I shall go this very day," then again - he thought "Today is an improper time; if I go today, all these will know; I shall go tomorrow itself." And on that very day, the villagers in a village similar to the village of Uruvelā invited the Great Man for the morrow together with his assembly. They prepared milk-rice for those eighty-four thousand and for the Great Man as well. Then the Great Man Vipassī, on the following day, on the full moon day of Vesākha, in that village, having done the meal duty together with those gone forth people, went to the dwelling place itself. There those gone forth ones, having shown their duty to the Great Man, entered their own respective night-quarters and day-quarters.
The Bodhisatta too, having entered the hermitage, seated, thought - "This is the time, let me depart," and having departed, having closed the door of the hermitage, he set out facing the seat of enlightenment. It is said that those gone forth ones, having gone in the evening to attend upon the Bodhisatta, having surrounded the hermitage, sat down - having said "It has become too late, investigate it," and having opened the door of the hermitage, even though not seeing him, did not pursue him asking "Where has the Great Man gone?" "The Great Man, methinks, is disenchanted with living in a group and wishes to dwell alone; we shall see him only when he has become enlightened" - they departed on a journey heading towards the interior of Jambudīpa. Then they - having heard "Vipassī, it is said, having attained the state of a Buddha, has set in motion the wheel of the Teaching," gradually all those gone forth ones gathered together in the deer-park called Khema in the royal city of Bandhumatī. Thereupon the Blessed One taught them the Teaching; then there was the full realization of the teaching for eighty-four thousand monks. That was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
5.
To those who had reached the park, the one with vision taught the Teaching.
6.
They too, having gone to the excellent Teaching, there was the third full realization."
5-6.
Therein, "eighty-four thousand went forth after the Self-enlightened One" - here it should be understood that "the Self-enlightened One" is made into the accusative case by connection with the prefix "anu"; the meaning is they went forth after the Self-enlightened One.
The grammatical rule should be understood from the science of grammar.
"Tattha ārāmapattāna" is also a reading.
"Speaking" means of one who says.
"Sitting near" means having gone and dwelling in dependence on, giving the gift of the Teaching - this is the meaning.
"They too" means those gone forth reckoned as eighty-four thousand who had become attendants of Vipassī.
"Having gone" means having known his Teaching.
Thus there was the third full realisation for them.
The Blessed One Vipassī, seated in the midst of six hundred and eight thousand monks who had gone forth after the perfectly Self-awakened One Vipassī and the two chief disciples, in the Khema Deer Park -
For one who injures others is not one who has gone forth, one who vexes others is not an ascetic.
The purification of one's own mind - this is the instruction of the Buddhas.
Moderation in food, and secluded lodgings;
And devotion to higher consciousness - this is the instruction of the Buddhas."
He recited this Pātimokkha. But it should be understood that these are the verses for the recitation of the Pātimokkha of all Buddhas. That was the first assembly. Again, of a hundred thousand monks who had gone forth having seen the Twin Miracle, there was the second assembly. But when Vipassī's three half-brothers from a different mother, having appeased the borderland, having received a boon for the service of attendance upon the Blessed One, having led him to their own city, while attending upon him, having heard his Teaching, went forth. Having sat down in the midst of those eighty hundred thousand, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha in the Khema Deer Park. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
The second meeting was of a hundred thousand monks.
9.
There, in the midst of the group of monks, the Self-enlightened One outshines."
7-9.
Therein, "of sixty-eight hundred thousand" means the meaning is of a hundred thousand monks exceeding by sixty-eight thousand.
"There" means there in the Khema Deer Park.
"In the midst of the group of monks" means in the middle of the group of monks.
"Tassa bhikkhugaṇamajjhe" is also a reading; its meaning is in the middle of that group of monks.
At that time our Bodhisatta, of great supernormal power and great might, having been a king of serpents named Atula, having been attended by a retinue of many tens of millions of hundreds of thousands of serpents, for the purpose of paying honour to the Possessor of the Ten Powers together with his retinue, whose morality was of matchless power, whose heart was cooled by compassion, having had a pavilion built made of the seven precious things, resembling the disc of the moon, a sphere of the essence of what is to be seen, having caused him to sit down there, having given for a week a great gift befitting divine splendour, he gave to the Blessed One a chair inlaid with the seven precious things, very precious, made of gold, resplendent with the radiance of various scattered gems. Then, at the conclusion of the thanksgiving for the chair, he declared of him: "Ninety-one cosmic cycles from now this one will be a Buddha." Therefore it was said -
10.
Atula by name, possessing merit, resplendent.
11.
Playing divine musical instruments, I approached the elder of the world.
12.
Inlaid with gems, pearls, and precious things, adorned with all ornaments;
Having invited the King of the Dhamma, I gave a golden chair.
13.
Ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
14.
Having striven in striving, having performed austerities.
15.
Having taken up the milk-rice there, he will approach the Nerañjarā.
16.
By the prepared excellent path, he will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree.
17.
At the root of the holy fig tree, the one of great fame will awaken to the highest enlightenment.
18.
His father will be named Suddhodana, this one will be Gotama.
19.
Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples;
Ānanda by name will be the attendant, he will attend upon this Conqueror.
20.
Without mental corruptions, without lust, with peaceful minds, concentrated;
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the holy fig tree, etc.
23.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
10-23.
Therein, "possessing merit" means meritorious; the meaning is one who has accumulated a store of merit.
"Resplendent" means endowed with radiance.
"Of many tens of millions of serpents" means with many tens of millions of serpents; the genitive case should be seen as used in the instrumental sense.
"Having surrounded" means having surrounded the Blessed One.
"I" points out oneself.
"Playing" means sounding and striking.
"Inlaid with gems, pearls, and precious things" means the meaning is inlaid with various precious things such as gems, pearls, and so on.
"Adorned with all ornaments" means the meaning is decorated with all ornaments made of precious things such as animal figures and so on.
"Golden chair" means a chair made of gold.
"Adāsahaṃ" means I gave.
Now that Blessed One Vipassī's city was named Bandhumatī. His father was a king named Bandhumā, his mother was named Bandhumatī, Khaṇḍa and Tissa were the two chief disciples, Asoka by name was the attendant, Candā and Candamittā were the two chief female disciples, the trumpet-flower tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was eighty cubits in height, the lustre of his body at all times having pervaded seven yojanas stood, the life span was eighty thousand years, Sutanu by name was his chief queen, Samavaṭṭakkhandha by name was his son, and he departed by a thoroughbred chariot. Therefore it was said -
24.
His mother was named Bandhumatī, of Vipassī, the great sage.
29.
Asoka by name was the attendant of Vipassī, the great sage.
30.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the trumpet-flower tree.
32.
His radiance radiates all around for seven yojanas.
33.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
34.
And taught the path and non-path to the remaining worldlings.
35.
Having blazed like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
36.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
24-36.
Therein, "from bondage" means he freed gods and humans from the bondage of the mental fetter of sensual lust and so on; the meaning is "he illuminated."
"And taught the path and non-path" means he taught the remaining worldlings thus: "This is the path for the achievement of the Deathless - the middle practice free from the annihilationist and eternalist views is the path; that which begins with bodily mortification is not the path." This is the meaning.
"Having shown light" means having shown the light of path knowledge and the light of insight knowledge.
"And the characteristic in bloom" means the body of the Blessed One was in full blossom and adorned with the variegated characteristics and so on. This is the meaning.
The remainder everywhere in the verses is clear in itself.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Vipassī is completed.
The nineteenth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
22.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sikhī
In the later period of Vipassī, when his Dispensation had disappeared, in that cosmic cycle and thereafter for fifty-nine cosmic cycles, Buddhas did not arise in the world. The light of the Buddha was gone. The sovereign power of the defilements, the son-of-a-god Māra was free from thorns. But thirty-one cosmic cycles from now, like a fire - fuelled with smooth, dry, heartwood timber, anointed with abundant ghee, smokeless - two perfectly Self-awakened Ones, namely Sikhī and Vessabhū, arose in the world. Therein, the Blessed One Sikhī, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, in the city of Aruṇavatī, the city of wholesome deeds, took conception in the womb of a queen named Pabhāvatī, whose radiance was beautiful like the reflection of red gold, the chief queen of a king named Aruṇavā of supreme virtues, and having spent ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Nisabha Park. The fortune-tellers, however, giving him a name, because of his rising up like the crest of a turban, named him "Sikhī." He dwelt in the house for seven thousand years. There were three mansions named Sucandaka, Sirī, and Giriyasanārivasabha. Twenty-four thousand women headed by Queen Sabbakāmā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Atula - incomparable in his accumulation of virtues - had been born to Queen Sabbakāmā, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant by elephant vehicle, having gone forth in the great renunciation, went forth. Seventy hundred thousand men went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having abandoned the company of groups, in the town of Sudassana, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the millionaire Piyadassī, having spent the day residence in a young acacia grove, having taken eight handfuls of kusa grass given by an ascetic named Anomadassī, he approached the Puṇḍarīka Bodhi tree. That Puṇḍarīka Bodhi tree, it is said, was the same measure as a trumpet-flower tree. On that very day it rose up with a trunk of fifty ratanas, and its branches too were just fifty ratanas. It was covered with divine odours and flowers. Not only with flowers; it was covered with fruits too. On one side young fruits, on one side middle fruits, on one side not-overly-ripe fruits, on one side delicious as if infused with divine nutritive essence, endowed with beauty, fragrance, and flavour, hang down from here and there. And just as that one, so in the ten-thousand world-systems, flower-bearing trees were adorned with flowers, and fruit-bearing trees were adorned with fruits.
He, there, having spread a grass mat twenty-four cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having determined the fourfold energy, sat down. Having thus sat down, having scattered the forces of Māra together with Māra, extending thirty-six yojanas wide, having attained the highest enlightenment - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, having accepted Brahmā's request, having seen the achievement of decisive support of seventy hundred thousand monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone through the sky, having descended into the Migājina Park near the royal city of Aruṇavatī of various obstructions, surrounded by those groups of sages, in their midst he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the first full realisation for a hundred thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
The Conqueror named Sikhī arose, matchless, without equal.
2.
He set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, out of compassion for living beings.
3.
There was the first full realization for a hundred thousand koṭis."
1-3.
And again, in the very vicinity of the royal city of Aruṇavatī, having taught the Teaching to the two together with their retinues, namely Prince Abhibhū and Prince Sambhava, he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to ninety thousand crores.
That was the second full realisation.
Therefore it was said -
For ninety thousand crores, there was the second full realisation."
But when the Blessed One, performing the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sūriyavatī, at the foot of a Campaka tree, for the purpose of crushing the vanity and conceit of the heretical teachers and for the purpose of the release from bondage of all people, taught the Teaching, then there was the third full realisation for eighty thousand crores. Therefore it was said -
For eighty thousand crores, there was the third full realisation."
Having sat down in the midst of a hundred thousand Worthy Ones who had gone forth together with Abhibhū and the prince Sambhava, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly. Having sat down in the midst of eighty thousand monks who had gone forth at the gathering of relatives in the city of Aruṇavatī, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the second assembly. In the city of Dhanañjaya, at the time of the taming of the elephant Dhanapālaka, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha in the midst of seventy thousand monks who had gone forth. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
7.
The second meeting was of eighty thousand monks.
8.
Untainted, like a lotus grown in water."
6-8.
Therein, "untainted like a lotus" means just as a lotus born in water and grown in water itself is untainted by water, so too that assembly of monks, though born in the world, was untainted by worldly adversities - this is the meaning.
At that time, it is said, our Bodhisatta, not in company with anyone, having become a king named Arindama in the city of Paribhutta, when the Teacher Sikhī arrived at the city of Paribhutta, the king together with his retinue, having gone forward to meet the Blessed One, with heart, eyes, and ears increased in confidence, together with his retinue, having bowed down with his head at the pair of stainless foot-lotuses of the One of Ten Powers, having invited the One of Ten Powers, having given a great gift for a week in accordance with his sovereignty, family, wealth, and faith, having had the doors of the cloth storehouses opened, he gave very costly garments to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha. And having given his own excellent elephant - adorned with a garland of golden netting, endowed with power, form, marks, and speed, resplendent with a pair of chowries on a beautiful staff and sheath of new gold, with broad soft ears, with the beauty of a face resplendent with a moon-like line, like the elephant Erāvaṇa, a warding off of enemies, a noble elephant - and having made it the measure of an elephant, he also gave allowable requisites. That Teacher too declared concerning him - "Thirty-one cosmic cycles from now he will be a Buddha." Therefore it was said -
9.
I satisfied the Community headed by the Self-Enlightened One, with food and drink.
10.
I gave an adorned elephant vehicle to the Perfectly Self-awakened One.
11.
I filled my mind, constantly and firmly established.
12.
Thirty-one cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
13.
14.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
9-14.
Therein, "having created" means having weighed by the measure of that elephant.
"Allowable" means allowable requisites; whatever requisites are allowable for monks to accept, those are called allowable requisites.
"I filled my mind" means I filled my mind with the joy of giving, the meaning is I made it capable of producing delight in me.
"Constantly and firmly established" means the mind firmly established through the influence of giving, thinking "I shall constantly give gifts" - this is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Aruṇavatī. The king named Aruṇavā was his father, his mother was named Pabhāvatī, Abhibhū and Sambhava were the two chief disciples, Khemaṅkara by name was the attendant, Sakhilā and Madumā were the two chief female disciples, the white lotus tree was the enlightenment tree, and his body was seventy cubits in height. The lustre of his body, having constantly pervaded three yojanas, stood. The life span was seventy thousand years, his chief queen was named Sabbakāmā, his son was named Atula, and he departed by elephant vehicle. Therefore it was said -
15.
His mother was named Pabhāvatī, of the great sage Sikhī.
20.
Khemaṅkara by name was the attendant of the great sage Sikhī.
21.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the white lotus tree.
22.
Cittā and Suguttā were the chief female attendants.
23.
Resembling the radiance of gold, bearing the thirty-two excellent characteristics.
24.
Radiates in every direction, the radiance extending three yojanas.
25.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
26.
Having caused them to attain the secure end, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
27.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
15-27.
Therein, "puṇḍarīka" means the white mango tree.
"Radiance extending three yojanas" means radiance emanating for three yojanas - this is the meaning.
"Dhamma-cloud" means a shower of the Teaching; a Buddha-cloud that rains the Teaching.
"Having moistened" means having moistened with the water of Dhamma discourse, having sprinkled - this is the meaning.
"With its gods" means beings including the gods.
"The secure end" means the secure end, Nibbāna.
"Accomplished in minor features" means accomplished with the eighty minor features such as copper-coloured nails, a prominent nose, and rounded fingers, adorned with the thirty-two marks of a great man - the body of the Blessed One - this is the meaning.
The Perfectly Self-awakened One Sikhī, it is said, attained final Nibbāna at the Assa Monastery in the city of Sīlavatī.
Sikhī, the great sage, abandoned of fuel, like fire, the Fortunate One has gone to peace."
The relics of the Blessed One Sikhī, it is said, having become like a solid mass, stood firm and were not scattered. Moreover, the human beings dwelling in the whole Indian subcontinent built a stūpa three yojanas in height, made of the seven precious things, with splendour resembling the Himalayan mountain. The remainder here in the verses is obvious.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Sikhī is completed.
The twentieth lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
23.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Vessabhū
Now, in the later period of the Perfectly Self-awakened One Sikhī, when his Dispensation had disappeared, human beings with a lifespan of seventy thousand years, having gradually declined, had a lifespan of ten years. Having increased again, having become those of unlimited lifespan, having gradually declined, they had a lifespan of sixty thousand years. Then a Teacher named Vessabhū - the conqueror of mind, the overlord of all the world, the self-become one - arose in the world. He, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a queen named Yasavatī, the chief queen of a king named Suppatīta in the city of Anoma, who was the virtuous Sīlavatī. He, after the elapse of ten months, came forth from the mother's womb in the Anupama Park. Even as he was being born, pleasing the people, he roared a bull's roar. Therefore, because of the bull's roar, on his name-giving day they gave him the name "Vessabhū." He dwelt in the house for six thousand years. He had three mansions named Ruci, Suruci, and Rativaḍḍhana. Thirty thousand women headed by Queen Sucittā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Suppabuddha was born to a queen named Sucittā, having gone in a golden palanquin for the purpose of seeing the park, having taken the ochre robes given by the gods, went forth. Thirty-seven thousand went forth following him. Then he, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for six months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by one named Sirivaḍḍhanā, whose body was visible, in the market town of Sucitta, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by the king of the city of Narinda, he approached the Sāla Bodhi tree from the right. That sal tree too was the same measure as a trumpet-flower tree. The splendour of its flowers and fruits should be understood in the same way. He, having approached the foot of the sal tree, having spread a grass mat forty cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having obtained the unobstructed knowledge, free from mental hindrances, free from the obstruction of all sensual intoxication - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks right there, having seen the achievement of decisive support of his own younger brother Prince Soṇa and Prince Uttara, having gone by the celestial path, having descended into the Aruṇa Park near the city of Anoma, having had the princes summoned by the park keeper, in the midst of them together with their retinues, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the first full realisation of eighty thousand koṭis.
Again, while the Blessed One was wandering on a journey through the country, teaching the Teaching here and there, there was the full realisation of the teaching for seventy thousand koṭis; that was the second full realisation. In the very city of Anoma, breaking the net of wrong view, bringing down the banner of conceit of the sectarians, destroying the vanity of conceit, raising the banner of the Teaching, having performed the Twin Miracle before a human assembly extending ninety yojanas and an assembly of gods beyond measure, having gladdened gods and humans, he satiated sixty koṭis with the nectar of the Teaching; that was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
1.
The Leader named Vessabhū by name arose in the world.
2.
Like an elephant having cut the bond, he attained the highest enlightenment.
3.
There was the first full realization for eighty thousand koṭis.
4.
For seventy thousand crores, there was the second full realization.
5.
Men and deities assembled, in the ten-thousand world-system with its gods.
6.
Sixty koṭis of gods and humans awakened."
1-6.
Therein, "blazing" means this entire threefold world is fully ablaze.
"The fire of lust" means by lust.
"The realm of cravings was conquered" means having known thus: "The realm conquered by cravings is the domain of their control" - this is the meaning.
"Like an elephant having cut the bond" means like an elephant having broken the bond of the rotting creeper, he reached, attained the highest enlightenment.
"The ten-thousand world-system" means in the ten-thousandfold world system.
"With its gods" means in the world with its gods.
"They awakened" means they understood fully.
Now, at the meeting of the two chief disciples Soṇa and Uttara, in the midst of eighty thousand Worthy Ones who had gone forth, on the full moon day of Māgha, he recited the Pātimokkha. That was the first assembly. But when monks numbering thirty-seven thousand who had gone forth together with Vessabhū, the overlord of all the world, had departed from the group at a time of decline, they, having heard the setting in motion of the Wheel of the Teaching of the Perfectly Self-awakened One Vessabhū, having come to a city named Soreyya, saw the Blessed One. The Blessed One, having taught them the Teaching, having given the going forth to all of them by the "Come, monk" ordination, recited the Pātimokkha to an assembly possessed of four factors. That was the second assembly.
But when a prince named Upasanta exercised kingship in the city of Nārivāhana, out of compassion for him the Blessed One went there, and he too, having heard of the Blessed One's arrival, together with his retinue, having gone out to meet the Blessed One, having invited him, having given a great gift, having heard his Teaching, with a gladdened heart, went forth. Sixty thousand men went forth following him. They, together with him, attained arahantship. The Blessed One Vessabhū, surrounded by them, recited the Pātimokkha. That was the third assembly. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
The second meeting was of seventy thousand monks.
9.
Of those who had gone beyond the fear of ageing and so on, legitimate sons of the great sage."
7-9.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a king named Sudassana, supremely dear to behold, in the city of Sarabhavatī, when Vessabhū, the leader of the world, had come to the city of Sarabha, having heard his Teaching, with a gladdened heart, having placed on his head a salutation with joined palms resplendent with the joining of ten fingernails, resembling an unblemished, perfect lotus bud born from water, having given a great giving together with robes to the Community headed by the Buddha, having made right there a perfumed chamber for the purpose of the Blessed One's dwelling, having surrounded it, having had a thousand monasteries built, and having relinquished all his wealth in the Blessed One's Dispensation, having gone forth in his presence, accomplished in the quality of good conduct, delighting in the thirteen virtues of ascetic practice, devoted to the quest for the requisites of enlightenment, fond of the Buddha's Dispensation, he lived.
That Blessed One too declared concerning him -
"In the future, thirty-one cosmic cycles from now, this one will become a Buddha named Gotama."
Therefore it was said -
10.
Having invited the great hero, having given a very precious gift;
With food and drink and cloth, I venerated the Conqueror together with the Community.
11.
Having heard the sublime Teaching, I delighted in the going forth.
12.
Knowing the going forth to be accomplished in virtues, I went forth in the presence of the Conqueror.
13.
Seeking omniscience, I delight in the Conqueror's Dispensation.
14.
Joy arises in me, because of enlightenment itself.
15.
Thirty-one cosmic cycles from now, this one will be a Buddha.
16.
17.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections."
10-17.
Therein, "the wheel was turned" means the wheel of the Teaching was set in motion.
"The superior teaching" means the super-human achievement.
"The going forth accomplished in virtues" means the meaning is having known, he went forth.
"Concentrated in duties and morality" means concentrated in duties and in morality.
The meaning is concentrated in the fulfilment of each of those.
"I delight" means I delighted.
"With faith and joy" means having approached faith and joy.
"I pay homage" means I bowed down; it should be understood as a present tense expression used in a past sense.
"Sattharan" is the Teacher.
"With unwavering mind" means with a mind that does not draw back.
Now that Blessed One's city was named Anoma. His father was a warrior named Suppatīta, his mother was named Yasavatī, Soṇa and Uttara were the two chief disciples, Upasanta by name was the attendant, Rāmā and Samālā were the two chief female disciples, the sāla tree was the enlightenment tree, and his body was sixty cubits in height. The life span was sixty thousand years, his wife was named Sucittā, his son was named Suppabuddha, and he departed in a golden palanquin. Therefore it was said -
18.
The mother was named Yasavatī, of Vessabhū, the great sage.
23.
Upasanta by name was the attendant of Vessabhū, the great sage.
24.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the great sal tree.
25.
Gotamī and Sirimā were the chief female attendants.
26.
Rays emanate from his body, like fire on a mountain at night.
27.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
28.
Having established the boat of the Dhamma, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
29.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
18-29.
Therein, "like a golden sacrificial post" means similar to a golden pillar - this is the meaning.
"Emanates" means transmigrates here and there.
"Rays" means rays of radiance.
"Like fire on a mountain at night" means like a fire on the summit of a mountain at night.
The meaning is "his body illuminated by rays."
"Having classified" means having made a division, by way of the keen-witted and so on, and by way of stream-enterers and so on - this is the meaning.
"The boat of the Teaching" means the boat of the Teaching reckoned as the eightfold path, having established it for the purpose of crossing over the four floods - this is the meaning.
"Fair to behold" means beautiful to see.
"All people" means all people, the Perfectly Self-awakened One together with the Community of disciples - this is the meaning.
"Dwelling" means a dwelling-place; everywhere the accusative expression should be understood as used in the reflexive sense.
The Blessed One Vessabhū, it is said, attained final Nibbāna in the Khema Deer Park in the city of Usabhavatī. But his relics were scattered.
In the delightful park-monastery, he attained the state without residue of clinging, it is said."
The remainder is obvious everywhere in the verses.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Vessabhū is completed.
The twenty-first lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
24.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Kakusandha
When Vessabhū, the Self-Existent One, had attained final Nibbāna, and when that cosmic cycle had passed, for twenty-nine cosmic cycles the suns among conquerors did not arise. But in this fortunate cosmic cycle, four Buddhas arose. Which four? Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, Kassapa, and our Buddha. But the Blessed One Metteyya will arise. Thus this cosmic cycle, because it is adorned with five arisings of Buddhas, was praised by the Blessed One as a fortunate cosmic cycle. Therein, the Blessed One named Kakusandha, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a brahmin woman named Visākhā, the queen-consort of a chaplain named Aggidatta, of a king named Khemaṅkara, an adviser in the principles of welfare, in the city of Khemavatī. But when warriors honour, respect, revere, and venerate brahmins, then Bodhisattas are born in a brahmin family.
But when brahmins honour, respect, revere, and venerate warriors, then they arise in a family of the warrior caste. At that time, it is said, brahmins were honoured and respected by warriors; therefore the reliable Kakusandha, the Bodhisatta, arose in an unconfused brahmin family with the arising of the splendour of prosperity, resounding throughout and causing the ten-thousandfold world system to tremble. The wonders of the kind stated above arose. Thereupon, after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Khemavatu Park, like a flame of fire from a golden creeper. He dwelt in the house for four thousand years. He had, it is said, three mansions named Kāma, Kāmavaṇṇa, and Kāmasuddhi. Thirty thousand women headed by the brahmin woman Rocinī were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when an unsurpassed son named Uttara was born to the brahmin woman Rocinī, having gone forth in the great renunciation by a harnessed thoroughbred chariot, went forth. Forty thousand went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for eight months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the brahmin Vajirindha in the town of Sucirindha, having spent the day residence in an acacia grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass brought by a barley-field keeper named Subhadda, having approached the Sirīsa Bodhi tree, a trumpet-flower tree of the stated measure, wafting divine fragrance, having spread a grass mat thirty-four cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having attained the highest enlightenment - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks, having seen the capability for the penetration of the truths of the forty thousand monks who had gone forth together with him, in a single day, having entered the deer park named Isipatana arisen near the city of Makila, having reached the middle of them, the Blessed One set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. Then there was the first full realisation of the teaching for forty thousand koṭis.
Again, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Kaṇṇakujja at the foot of a great sal tree, he produced the eye of the Teaching for thirty thousand koṭis; that was the second full realisation. But when, not far from the city of Khemavatī, at a certain shrine of a god, a wished-for king of men, a demon named Naradeva, having assumed a visible human body, standing in the middle of the wilderness near a lake whose water was cool, adorned with lotuses, water-lilies, and blue lotuses, with supremely sweet and cool water, fragrant and delightful to all people, having enticed beings with lotuses, water-lilies, white water-lilies, and so on, devoured humans. When that road was cut off and devoid of the concourse of people, having entered the great forest, he devoured beings who arrived there. That was a great wilderness road renowned in the world. At both entrances to the wilderness, it is said, a great multitude of people having assembled, stood for the purpose of crossing the wilderness. Then the Teacher Kakusandha, free from the bond of existence, one day at the time towards the break of dawn, having emerged from the attainment of great compassion, surveying the world, saw that influential demon Naradeva who had come within the net of knowledge, and that multitude of people. And having seen them, having gone through the expanse of the sky, while that very crowd of people was watching, the Blessed One, performing various kinds of wonders, having descended into the dwelling of that demon Naradeva, sat down on his auspicious divan.
Then that man-eating demon, having seen the sage-sun, the sun emitting six-coloured rays, as if surrounded by a rainbow, coming by the path of the wind - "The One of Ten Powers comes here out of compassion for me" - with a gladdened heart, together with his retinue of demons, having gone to the Himalayas abounding with many herds of deer, having gathered flowers of various colours and fragrances, born of water and born of land, supremely delightful, and fragrant scents, having venerated with garlands, scents, ointments, and so on Kakusandha, the leader of the world, free from faults, seated on his own divan, uttering praises and songs, having made salutation with joined palms on his head, paying homage, he stood. Thereupon the humans, having seen that wonder, with gladdened hearts, having assembled together, having surrounded the Blessed One, paying homage, they stood. Then the Blessed One Kakusandha, free from renewed existence, having inspired the demon Naradeva, the demon who had been greatly venerated, by showing the connection between actions and their fruits, having terrified him with a talk on hell, gave a talk on the four truths; then there was the full realisation of the teaching for unlimited beings. This was the third full realisation. Therefore it was said -
1.
Kakusandha by name, immeasurable, difficult to approach.
2.
Like a lion having broken through a cage, attained the highest enlightenment.
3.
There was the full realization of the teaching for forty thousand koṭis.
4.
He awakened thirty thousand crores of gods and humans.
5.
The full realization of the teaching for him was incalculable by counting."
1-5.
Therein, "having abolished" means having uprooted.
"All existence" means all ninefold existence; the meaning is action which is the sign for the arising of existence.
"Gone to perfection in conduct" means gone to the far shore by way of fulfilling all the perfections.
"Like a lion having broken through a cage" means the meaning is like a lion breaking through a cage, the bull among sages destroyed the cage of existence.
For Kakusandha, who had destroyed the bonds of existence, there was only one assembly of disciples.
In the city of Kaṇṇakujja, at Isipatana in the Deer Park, surrounded by forty thousand Worthy Ones who had gone forth together with him, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha on the full moon day of Māgha.
Therefore it was said -
6.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
7.
Of those who had attained the plane of the tamed, through the elimination of the host of enemies, the mental corruptions."
6-7.
At that time our Bodhisatta, having been a king named Khema, having given bowl and robes as a great gift to the monastic community headed by the Buddha, gave eye ointment and other medicines and all medicines.
And having given other ascetic's requisites, having heard his teaching of the Teaching, having become one with a gladdened heart, he went forth in the presence of the Blessed One.
That Teacher however -
declared "In the future, in this very cosmic cycle, he will become a Buddha."
Therefore it was said -
8.
Having given no small gift to the Tathāgata, to the sons of the Conqueror.
9.
All this that is wished for, I prepare, the choicest of the choicest.
10.
In this fortunate cosmic cycle, this one will be a Buddha.
11.
13.
Seeking omniscience, I went forth in his presence."
8-13.
Therein, "eye ointment" is obvious.
"Madhulaṭṭhikā" means liquorice.
"Imeta" means "this" (imaṃ etaṃ).
"Patthita" means wished for.
"Paṭiyādemī" means I give; the meaning is I gave.
"Varaṃ vara" means the foremost of the foremost - this is the meaning.
"Yadetaṃ patthita" is also a reading; its meaning is whatever he wishes, all that he gave.
This is the more beautiful.
Now that unhesitating Blessed One Kakusandha's city was named Khema. His father was a brahmin named Aggidatta, his mother was a brahmin woman named Visākhā, Vidhura and Sañjīva were the two chief disciples, Buddhija by name was the attendant, Sāmā and Campā were the two chief female disciples, the great sirīsa tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was forty cubits in height, the bodily radiance emanated ten yojanas all around, his life span was forty thousand years, his wife was a brahmin woman named Rocinī, his son was named Uttara, and he departed by a thoroughbred chariot. Therefore it was said -
14.
Visākhā was the name of the mother, of the Teacher Kakusandha.
15.
The excellent, the foremost among men, of good birth, of great fame.
20.
Buddhija by name was the attendant of the Teacher Kakusandha.
21.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the Sirīsa tree.
23.
The colour of gold emanates, ten yojanas all around.
24.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
25.
Having roared like a lion's roar, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
26.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
14-26.
"There dwelt, there in the secure city" - this verse should be understood as spoken for the purpose of showing the birth-city of Kakusandha.
"Great family" means the risen and exalted father's family of the Blessed One.
"The excellent, the foremost among men" means the excellent, the foremost among all human beings by reason of birth - this is the meaning.
"Of good birth" means possessing noble birth, of the highest noble birth.
"Of great fame" means of great retinue. What is that great family of the Buddha?
Therein, the connection should be seen with the term "the great family dwelt in the secure city."
"Ten yojanas all around" means the meaning is that a gold-coloured radiance, having pervaded ten yojanas all around, constantly emanating from the body, radiates forth. "Bazaar of the Dhamma" means a bazaar reckoned as the Dhamma. "Having spread out" means the meaning is having spread out the bazaar of the Dhamma, like a bazaar prosperous with various goods for the purpose of selling goods. "For men and women" means for the purpose of the attainment of the distinction of the jewels of meditative absorption, attainment, path and fruition by tractable men and women. "A lion's roar" means like a lion's roar, having roared the roar of fearlessness. "Accomplished in speech with eight factors" means the Teacher whose voice is endowed with eight factors. "Without holes" means moral practices that are devoid of the state of holes and so on are without holes, unspotted, unblemished. Or else, "without holes" means without gaps - the pairs of disciples and so on. "Continuously" means constantly, at all times. "All that has disappeared" means the Teacher and the pairs of disciples and so on, all that, having entered the state of a sage, has reached the state of disappearance - this is the meaning.
The junction of the three worlds, indeed devoted to truth, in the secure city he arranged his dwelling."
In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Kakusandha is completed.
The twenty-second lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
25.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Koṇāgamana
Now, in the period after the Blessed One Kakusandha, when his Dispensation had disappeared, when beings had been born with a life span of thirty thousand years, the Teacher named Koṇāgamana, who came for the welfare of others, arose in the world. Or else, because of the coming of gold, the Teacher named Koṇāgamana arose in the world. Therein, having made the substitution of "ko" for the letter "ka," having made the substitution of "ṇa" for the letter "na," having made the elision of one letter "ka," by the method of language analysis, the Blessed One at whose time of arising there was the coming, the raining down of gold and ornaments beginning with gold, he is named Koṇāgamana. But here, the life span appears to have been made as a gradual decline, but it did not decline in this way; it should be understood that it declined after having increased again. How? In this very cosmic cycle, the Blessed One Kakusandha arose at the time when the life span was forty thousand years. But that life span, declining, having reached the time of ten years, again having reached the incalculable, then declining, stood at the time when the life span was thirty thousand years; then it should be understood that the Blessed One Koṇāgamana arose in the world.
He too, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a brahmin woman named Uttarā, who was unsurpassed in virtues such as beauty and so on, the wife of the brahmin Yaññadatta, in the city of Sobhavatī, and after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb in the Subhavatī Park. Now, when he was being born, the god rained a rain of gold over the entire Indian subcontinent. Therefore, because of the reason of the coming of gold, they gave him the name "Kanakāgamana." But that name of his, gradually transforming, became "Koṇāgamana." He then dwelt in the house for three thousand years. He had three mansions named Tusita, Santusita, and Santuṭṭha. There were sixteen thousand women headed by the brahmin woman Rucigattā.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Satthavāha was born to the brahmin woman Rucigattā, mounted upon the excellent back of an elephant, having gone forth in the great renunciation by elephant vehicle, went forth. Thirty thousand men went forth following him. He, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for six months, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by the daughter of the brahmin Aggisona, the brahmin maiden Aggisona, having spent the day residence in an acacia grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a barley-field keeper named Jaṭātinduka, having approached the Udumbara Bodhi tree from the south, a white lotus of the stated measure, accomplished in the splendour of fruit, having spread a grass mat twenty cubits wide, having folded his legs crosswise, having destroyed the forces of Māra, having obtained the ten power knowledges - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks, having seen the achievement of decisive support of the thirty thousand monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone through the sky-path, having descended into the Deer Park at Isipatana near the city of Sudassana, having reached the middle of them, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching; then there was the first full realisation for thirty thousand koṭis.
Again, having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sundara at the foot of a great sal tree, he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to twenty thousand koṭis; that was the second full realisation. When the Blessed One, having made his own mother Uttarā the chief, was teaching the Canon of the Higher Teaching to the deities assembled in the ten thousand world-systems, there was the third full realisation for ten thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
The Conqueror named Koṇāgamana, the elder of the world, the lord of men.
2.
Having washed away all stain, he attained the highest enlightenment.
3.
There was the first full realization for thirty thousand koṭis.
4.
For twenty thousand crores, there was the second full realization.
5.
There the Perfectly Self-awakened One dwelt, on the Paṇḍukambala stone.
6.
For ten thousand koṭis, there was the third full realisation."
1-6.
Therein, "having fulfilled the ten qualities" means having fulfilled the ten qualities of perfection.
"He crossed over the wilderness" means he crossed over the wilderness of birth.
"Having washed away" means having removed.
"All stain" means the triad of stains beginning with lust.
"And while performing the miracle, in the crushing of the opponents' views" means in the crushing of the views of the opponents' doctrines, when the Blessed One was performing the wonder - this is the meaning.
"Miraculous transformation" means the supernormal power of transformation; having performed the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sundara, he went to the city of the gods and there dwelt on the Paṇḍukambala stone.
How did he dwell?
"Teaching the seven treatises" means there he dwelt teaching to the gods the Canon of the Higher Teaching reckoned as the seven treatises.
Thus, when the Blessed One was teaching the higher teaching there, there was the full realisation for ten thousand koṭis of gods - this is the meaning.
For Koṇāgamana too, whose coming was through the fulfilment of pure perfections, there was one assembly of disciples. While dwelling in the city of Surindavatī in the Surindavata park, having taught the Teaching to both the prince Bhiyyasa and the prince Uttara, each with a retinue of thirty thousand, having given the going forth to all of them by the "Come, monk" ordination, having reached the middle of them, on the full moon day of Māgha he recited the Pātimokkha. Therefore it was said -
7.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
8.
Of those who had overcome the floods, and broken free from death."
7-8.
Therein, "of the mental floods" means of the flood of sensual pleasure and so on; this is a designation for the four mental floods.
But for whomever they are found, they strike him down in the round of rebirths, causing him to sink - thus they are "mental floods"; "of those mental floods" - the genitive case should be seen as used in the accusative sense.
The meaning is those who have gone beyond the fourfold mental floods.
"Of those who have broken" - here too the same method applies.
"Maccuyā" means of Death.
At that time our Bodhisatta was a king named Pabbata in the city of Mithilā; then, having heard "Koṇāgamana, the coming of all beings who have gone for refuge, has arrived at the city of Mithilā," the king together with his retinue, having gone out to meet him, having paid homage, having invited the One of Ten Powers, having given a great gift, having entreated the Blessed One there for the purpose of the rains residence, having attended on the Teacher together with the community of disciples for three months, he gave woollen cloth, Chinese silk, woollen blankets, silk fabric, fine muslin, cotton and other very costly and fine garments, as well as golden slippers and many other requisites. That Blessed One too declared concerning him - "In this very fortunate cosmic cycle, this one will be a Buddha." Then that great man, having heard the declaration of that Blessed One, having given up the great kingdom, went forth in the presence of that very Blessed One. Therefore it was said -
9.
Accomplished with friends and colleagues, with infinite forces and vehicles.
10.
Having invited the Community with the Conqueror, having given a gift as much as wished.
11.
And golden slippers as well, I gave to the Teacher's disciples.
12.
In this fortunate cosmic cycle, this one will be a Buddha.
13.
14.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
15.
Having abandoned the great kingdom, I went forth in the presence of the Conqueror."
9-15.
Therein, "with infinite forces and vehicles" means many, infinite forces of mine, such as horses, elephants and so on, and vehicles - this is the meaning.
"Seeing the Perfectly Self-awakened One" means for the purpose of seeing the Perfectly Self-awakened One.
"As much as wished" means having invited the Community headed by the Buddha with the fourfold nutriment to the point of saying "enough, enough," having made them cover with the hand - this is the meaning.
"To the Teacher and disciples" means I gave to the Teacher and to the disciples.
"Of the lord of men" means to the lord of men.
"Having left behind" means having given up, having relinquished.
Now that Blessed One Koṇāgamana's city was named Sobhavatī, his father was a brahmin named Yaññadatta, his mother was a brahmin woman named Uttarā, Bhiyyaso and Uttara were the two chief disciples, Sotthija by name was the attendant, Samuddā and Uttarā were the two chief female disciples, the glamorous fig tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was thirty cubits in height, his life span was thirty thousand years, his wife was a brahmin woman named Rucigattā, his son was named Satthavāha, and he departed by elephant vehicle. Therefore it was said -
16.
There in that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Self-awakened One.
17.
The mother was named Uttarā, of the Teacher Koṇāgamana;
22.
Sotthija by name was the attendant of the Teacher Koṇāgamana.
23.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the glamorous fig tree.
25.
Like gold in the mouth of a forge, thus adorned with rays.
26.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
27.
Having made a garland-ball of Dhamma-flowers, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
28.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
16-28.
Therein, "in the mouth of a forge" means in a smith's furnace.
"Like gold" means like a gold coin.
"Thus adorned with rays" means thus adorned with rays, decorated.
"Having raised up a shrine of the Dhamma" means having established a shrine made of the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment.
"Adorned with the cloth of the Dhamma" means adorned with the banners of the Teaching of the four truths.
"Having made a garland-ball of Dhamma-flowers" means having made a garland-ball of flowers made of the Teaching.
The meaning is that having established a shrine of the Teaching for the purpose of veneration by the public standing in the courtyard of the insight shrine, the Teacher together with the Community of disciples attained final Nibbāna.
"Of great splendour" means one who had attained the splendour of great supernormal power.
"Of him" means of that Blessed One.
"People" means the people who were disciples.
"The proclaimer of the glorious Teaching" means the proclaimer of the supramundane Teaching; the meaning is that Blessed One and all that has disappeared.
In the forest of seclusion named Glorious, he of pure lineage who came, the best."
In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
The commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Koṇāgamana is completed.
The twenty-third lineage of the Buddhas is concluded.
26.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Kassapa
Now, in the period after the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, when his Dispensation had disappeared, beings with a life span of thirty thousand years, having gradually declined, having become those with a life span of ten years, having again increased, having become those of unlimited life span, again having gradually declined, when beings with a life span of twenty thousand years had arisen, a Teacher named Kassapa, of many human lifetimes, arose in the world. He, having fulfilled the perfections, having been reborn in the Tusita city, having passed away from there, took conception in the womb of a brahmin woman named Dhanavatī, possessed of abundant virtues, the wife of a brahmin named Brahmadatta in the city of Bārāṇasī, and after the elapse of ten months, he came forth from the mother's womb at Isipatana in the Deer Park. By way of his clan, they gave him the name "Prince Kassapa." He dwelt in the house for two thousand years. Haṃsavā, Yasavā, and Sirinanda - he had three mansions. Forty-eight thousand women headed by a brahmin woman named Sunandā were in attendance.
He, having seen the four signs, when a son named Vijitasena had been born to the brahmin woman Sunandā, with a sense of urgency arisen, thought "I shall go forth in the great renunciation." Then, immediately upon his reflection, the mansion, having revolved like a potter's wheel, having risen up into the expanse of the sky, with a multitude of supremely beautiful rays, like the autumn night-maker surrounded by a host of stars, surrounded by many hundreds of men, as if adorning the expanse of the sky, as if making known the power of merit, as if drawing the eyes and hearts of the people, and as if beautifying the treetops beyond, having gone, having centred upon the banyan Bodhi tree, was established on the ground. Then the Bodhisatta, the Great Being, having stood firmly on the earth, having taken the banner of arahantship given by the gods, went forth. His dancing women, having descended from the mansion, having gone a distance of half a league, together with their retinues, having set up a lodging encampment, sat down. Then, setting aside the female attendants, all who had come together went forth.
The Great Man, it is said, surrounded by them, having practised the practice of striving for a week, on the full moon day of Vesākha, having eaten the milk-rice given by a brahmin woman named Sunandā, having spent the day residence in an acacia grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass brought by a barley-field keeper named Soma, having approached the banyan Bodhi tree, having spread a grass mat fifteen cubits in length and width, having sat down there, having attained the highest enlightenment - "Through the round of many births, etc. it has reached the elimination of cravings" - having uttered an inspired utterance, having spent seven weeks, having seen the achievement of decisive support of a crore of monks who had gone forth together with him, having gone through the expanse of the sky, having descended at Isipatana in the Deer Park at Bārāṇasī, surrounded by them, he set in motion the wheel of the Teaching there. Then there was the first full realisation of the teaching for twenty thousand koṭis. Therefore it was said -
1.
Kassapa by clan, the king of righteousness, the light-bringer.
2.
Having given gifts to beggars, having fulfilled the mind;
Like a bull having broken through the pen, attained the highest enlightenment.
3.
There was the first full realization for twenty thousand koṭis."
1-3.
Therein, "abandoned" means rejected, forsaken, given up.
"The family estate" means the family house; the meaning is that the unlimited mass of wealth, the accumulation of riches of many thousands of crores, possessions comparable to the dwelling of the Thousand-Eyed One, extremely difficult to give up, was abandoned like grass.
"To beggars" means having given to beggars.
"The enclosure" means a cow-shed; just as a leading bull, having broken through the cow-shed, reaches the desired place as he pleases, so too the Great Man, having broken through the bondage of the household, attained the highest enlightenment - this is the meaning.
Again, when the Teacher was wandering on a four-month journey through the country, there was the second full realisation for ten thousand crores. But when, performing the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sundara at the foot of an asana tree, he taught the Teaching, then there was the third full realisation for five thousand crores. Again, having performed the Twin Miracle, in the Tāvatiṃsa realm which is difficult to overcome by the enemies of the gods, there is a divine assembly hall named Sudhammā; having sat down there, having made his own mother, Queen Dhanavatī, the chief, teaching the seven books of the Canon of the Higher Teaching for the purpose of assisting the deities of the ten-thousandfold world system, he gave the nectar of the Teaching to drink to three thousand crores of deities. Therefore it was said -
4.
For ten thousand crores, there was the second full realization.
5.
For five thousand crores, there was the third full realization.
6.
The Conqueror awakened thirty billion gods.
7.
The full realisations of those are incalculable by counting."
4-7.
Therein, "for four months" means during four months.
Or this itself is the reading.
"Wandered" means he walked about.
"Having performed the twin miracle" means having performed the Twin Wonder.
"The element of knowledge" means the intrinsic nature of omniscient knowledge.
They also say "the element of all-knowledge."
"Proclaimed" means he made known to the public.
"Sudhammā" means in the Tāvatiṃsa realm there is an assembly hall named Sudhammā; the meaning is having sat down there.
"The Dhamma" means the higher teaching.
At that time, it is said, the one whose power conquered the king of men, an influential demon named Naradeva, was a demon of great supernormal power, like the demon Naradeva mentioned below. He, having created in a certain city in the Indian subcontinent a bodily form, manner of speech, and appearance similar to whatever form the king had, having killed that king, having devoured him, having assumed the kingship together with the inner palace, was one who fed on unlimited flesh. It is said that he was also one who indulged in women. But when the skilled and clever women recognised him - "This is not our king, this one is a non-human spirit" - they know, then he, being ashamed, having devoured them all, proceeds to another city. In just the same way, that demon Naradeva, devouring humans, when he went facing towards the beautiful city, then, having seen him, the people dwelling in the city, terrified with the shock of the fear of death, having departed from their own city, fled in all directions. Then, having seen those people fleeing, Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, stood before that demon Naradeva. Naradeva, having seen the god of gods thus standing, having roared a loud and terrible roar, being unable to arouse fear in the Blessed One, having gone to him for refuge, asked a question. Having answered the question, having tamed him, while the Teaching was being taught, there was the full realisation for humans and gods who had arrived, beyond the reach of counting. Therefore it was said - "Of Naradeva, the demon" and so on. Therein, "at another teaching of the Teaching" means at a subsequent teaching of the Teaching. "Of these" means of these. Or this itself is the reading.
Now, of that Blessed One Kassapa there was only one assembly of disciples. In the city of Bārāṇasī there was a son of the royal chaplain named Tissa. He, having seen the excellency of marks on the body of the Bodhisatta Kassapa, having heard his father speaking - "Without doubt this one, having gone forth in the great renunciation, will become a Buddha; having gone forth in his presence, I shall be freed from the suffering of the round of rebirths" - having thought thus, having gone to the Himalayas abounding with groups of pure sages, he went forth into the going forth of a hermit. His retinue consisted of twenty thousand hermits. He, at a later time, having heard "Prince Kassapa, having gone forth, has attained the highest enlightenment," having come with his retinue, in the presence of the Blessed One Kassapa, with his retinue, having gone forth by the "Come, monk" ordination, attained arahantship. At that assembly, the Blessed One Kassapa recited the Pātimokkha on the full moon day of Māgha. Therefore it was said -
8.
Of those who had eliminated the mental corruptions, spotless ones, of peaceful minds, such ones.
9.
Of those who had gone beyond existence, such ones with shame and morality."
8-9.
Therein, "of those who had gone beyond existence" means of those who had gone beyond the worldling, the stream-enterer and so on, the meaning is of all those who had eliminated the mental corruptions only.
"Such ones with shame and morality" means of those who are similar by shame and by morality.
At that time our Bodhisatta was a young man named Jotipāla, one who had gone beyond the three Vedas, well-known on the ground and in the sky, a companion of the potter Ghaṭikāra. He, together with him, having approached the Teacher, having heard his talk on the Teaching, went forth in his presence. He, putting forth strenuous energy, having learnt the three Canons, adorned the Buddha's Dispensation by duty and practice. That Teacher too declared of him. Therefore it was said -
10.
A reciter, a bearer of sacred texts, one who has gone beyond the three Vedas.
11.
Skilled in earth and sky, accomplished in knowledge, without deficiency.
12.
Respectful, deferential, he attained final Nibbāna at the third fruit.
13.
Having heard his teaching, I went forth in his presence.
14.
Nowhere do I decline, I fulfilled the Conqueror's Dispensation.
15.
Having learnt all thoroughly, I made resplendent the Conqueror's Dispensation.
16.
In this fortunate cosmic cycle, this one will be a Buddha.
17.
30.
I determined upon further ascetic practice, for the fulfilment of the ten perfections.
31.
And difficult deeds were done by me, because of enlightenment itself."
10-31.
Therein, "skilled in the earth and the sky" means skilled in the trainings of the ground and in the sky, in the practice of the stellar wheel, and in the knowledge of the stars - this is the meaning.
"Attendant" means one who attends.
"Deferential" means with deference.
"Quenched" means disciplined, or renowned.
"In the third fruit" is a locative of sign; the meaning is quenched by reason of the achievement of the third fruit.
"Having taken" means having taken me.
"In the duties and obligations" means in the minor duties and the major duties.
"Skilled" means skilled in the fulfilment of those.
"Nowhere do I decline" explains that in no place whatsoever, whether in morality or in concentration, attainments and so on, anywhere, from any source, I do not decline; there is no decline for me anywhere at all.
"Nowhere do I decline" is also a reading; the meaning is the same.
"As far as" is an expression of delimitation; the meaning is "however much." "Spoken by the Buddha" means the word of the Buddha. "I adorned" means I adorned, I made known. "My marvel" means the Blessed One Kassapa, having seen my right practice, wonderful and marvellous, not shared with others - this is the meaning. "Having wandered" means having wandered in the round of rebirths. "Misconduct" means inappropriate conduct, what ought not to be done, what is not to be done - this is the meaning.
Now that Blessed One Kassapa's birth city was named Bārāṇasī, his father was a brahmin named Brahmadatta, his mother was a brahmin woman named Dhanavatī of supreme virtue, Tissa and Bhāradvāja were the two chief disciples, Sabbamitto by name was the attendant, Anuḷā and Uruveḷā were the two chief female disciples, the banyan tree was the enlightenment tree, his body was twenty cubits in height, his life span was twenty thousand years, his chief queen was named Sunandā, his son was named Vijitasena, and he departed by a mansion vehicle. Therefore it was said -
32.
There in that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Self-awakened One.
33.
Dhanavatī by name was the mother, of Kassapa the great sage.
38.
Sabbamitto by name was the attendant, of Kassapa the great sage.
39.
The enlightenment tree of that Blessed One is called the banyan tree.
41.
Like a lightning-staff in the sky, like the moon surrounded by a halo.
42.
Remaining for that long, he helped many people to cross.
43.
Having put on the cloth of the Dhamma, having distributed the garland of the Dhamma.
44.
Let those aspiring for Nibbāna see my adornment.
45.
Having wrapped in the leather of the Dhamma, having given the highest armour.
46.
Having given the excellent sword of the Dhamma, for crushing the association with defilements through morality.
47.
Having given the adornment of the six higher knowledges, the ornament of Dhamma flowers.
48.
Having created the flower of fearlessness, he, together with his disciples, attained final Nibbāna.
49.
For he is the jewel of the Teaching, well proclaimed, inviting one to come and see.
50.
All that has disappeared, are not all activities empty?"
32-50.
"Like a lightning staff" means like a lightning creeper established in compactness.
"Like the moon surrounded by a halo" means like a full moon encircled by a halo.
"Having built a lake of the Dhamma" means having built a lake of the Dhamma of the scriptures.
"Having given morality as cosmetic" means having given the cosmetic reckoned as the fourfold purification of morality for the purpose of adorning the continuity of consciousness.
"Having put on the cloth of the Dhamma" means having put on the pair of cloths reckoned as the qualities of moral shame and moral fear.
"Having distributed the garland of the Dhamma" means having distributed the flower garland of the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment.
"Having arranged" is the meaning.
"The spotless mirror of the Dhamma" means having placed the mirror of the Dhamma - the spotless mirror reckoned as the path of stream-entry - on the shore of the lake of the Dhamma for the public, for the purpose of discerning blameworthy and blameless, wholesome and unwholesome mental states - this is the meaning. "The public" means of the public. "Whoever" means whoever. "Aspiring for Nibbāna" means they wander about aspiring for Nibbāna, which causes the dissolution of all unwholesome stains, which is the Deathless, the unconditioned, free from harm, supremely peaceful, of unfailing flavour. The meaning is: let them see this adornment of the aforesaid manner shown by me. "Those aspiring for Nibbāna, let them see my adornment" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "Alaṅkara" is stated having made it short.
"Having given the jacket of morality" means having given the jacket made of the five precepts, the ten precepts, and the fourfold purification of morality. "Armoured with the armour of meditative absorption" means having fastened the armour-bond of the fourfold and fivefold meditative absorptions. "Having wrapped in the leather of the Dhamma" means having wrapped in the leather of the Dhamma reckoned as mindfulness and full awareness. "Having given the highest armour" means having given the highest armour of energy endowed with four factors - this is the meaning. "Having given the shield of mindfulness" means having given the shield-protection of the four establishments of mindfulness for the purpose of warding off the enemies of lust and the like, faults, and evil. "With a sharp knowledge-lance" means possessing a sharp lance of insight knowledge capable of penetration; the meaning is possessing an excellent lance sharpened by insight knowledge; or the meaning is having established an excellent warrior of meditation practice capable of destroying the power of defilements. "Having given the excellent sword of the Dhamma" means having given to that meditation practitioner the excellent sword of path-wisdom with an edge sharpened on the whetstone of energy. "For crushing the association with defilements through morality" means the noble supramundane morality for the purpose of crushing the association with defilements, for the purpose of destroying defilements - this is the meaning.
"Having given the ornament of the threefold true knowledge" means having given the ornament made of the threefold true knowledge. "A garland of the four fruits" means having made the four fruits into a wreath for the head. "The ornament of the six higher knowledges" means having given the six higher knowledges for the purpose of ornament, for the purpose of making adornment. "The adornment of Dhamma-flowers" means having made a flower garland reckoned as the nine supramundane states. "Having given the white umbrella of the Good Teaching, which wards off evil" means having given the utterly pure white umbrella of liberation, which wards off the heat of all unwholesome states. "Having created the flower of fearlessness" means having made the eightfold path, which leads to fearlessness, into a flower - this is the meaning.
It is said that the Blessed One Kassapa attained final Nibbāna in the Kāsi country, in the city of Setabya, in the Setabya park. It is said that his relics did not scatter. The human beings dwelling in the whole Indian subcontinent, having assembled, each contributing one golden brick worth ten million, variegated with jewels, for the purpose of building the exterior, and each contributing one worth half of ten million for the purpose of filling the interior, using red arsenic to serve the function of clay and oil to serve the function of water, built a stūpa one yojana in height.
In the Deer Park in the royal city of Kāsi, the one who brings delight to the world dwelt."
In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
Thus in the Madhuratthavilāsinī, the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa,
the commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Kassapa is completed.
Thus far the commentary on the lineage of the Buddhas of the twenty-four Buddhas
is completed in every way.
27.
Commentary on the Lineage of the Buddha Gotama
The Distant Origin Treatise
Has arrived in due course, therefore this is the commentary on it."
Therein, our Bodhisatta, making aspiration in the presence of twenty-four Buddhas beginning with Dīpaṅkara, came through four incalculable aeons exceeding a hundred thousand cosmic cycles. But in the period before the Blessed One Kassapa, setting aside this Perfectly Self-awakened One, there is no other Buddha. Thus, the Bodhisatta who had received a declaration in the presence of twenty-four Buddhas beginning with Dīpaṅkara, by means of which -
Going forth, achievement of qualities, aspiration and desire;
Through the combination of eight factors, the resolution succeeds."
Having combined these eight factors, by the resolution made at the feet of Dīpaṅkara, having made the effort "Come, the qualities that make a Buddha, I shall investigate here and there," "Searching then I saw the first perfection of giving" - the practices bringing about Buddhahood beginning with the perfection of giving were seen, and while fulfilling them he came as far as the individual existence as Vessantara, and while coming, the benefits that have been praised for Bodhisattas who have made their resolution -
Wandering for a long course, even for hundreds of tens of millions of cosmic cycles.
They do not become those consumed by craving, hunger and thirst, nor Kālakañjika demons.
Being born among human beings, they do not become blind from birth.
They do not go to the state of being a woman, nor become hermaphrodites or eunuchs.
Released from the deeds with immediate result, everywhere of pure conduct.
Even while dwelling in the heavens, they are not reborn in the unconscious realm.
Good persons inclined towards renunciation, unbound from existence to existence;
They practise beneficent conduct for the world, they fulfil all the perfections.
He came having attained those benefits. Thus coming, standing in the individual existence as Vessantara -
Yet even it, by the power of my giving, trembled seven times."
Thus, having performed great meritorious deeds such as the great earth-trembling and so on, at the end of his life span, having passed away from there, he was reborn in the Tusita city.
The Not-Far Origin Treatise
But while the Bodhisatta was still dwelling in the Tusita city, what is called the Buddha uproar arose. For in the world three uproars arise. That is: The cosmic cycle uproar, the Buddha uproar, and the universal monarch uproar. Therein, "by the elapse of a hundred thousand years, the arising of a cosmic cycle will occur" - the sensual-sphere gods called Lokabyūhā, with loosened hair-knots, with dishevelled hair, with weeping faces, wiping tears with their hands, clothed in red garments, having assumed exceedingly ugly appearances, wandering along the paths of humans, announce thus - "Sirs, sirs, by the elapse of a hundred thousand years from now, the arising of a cosmic cycle will occur; this world will be destroyed; the great ocean too will dry up; and this great earth and Sineru, the king of mountains, will be burnt up and destroyed; as far as the Brahmā world, the destruction of the world will occur. Develop friendliness, sirs; develop compassion, altruistic joy, and equanimity, sirs; attend upon your mothers and fathers; be those who honour the elders in the family." This is called the cosmic cycle uproar.
"But by the elapse of a thousand years, an omniscient Buddha will arise in the world" - the guardian deities of the world - Wander about proclaiming: "By the elapse of a thousand years from now, sirs, a Buddha will arise in the world." This is called the Buddha uproar.
"By the elapse of a hundred years, a universal monarch will arise" - the deities - Wander about proclaiming: "By the elapse of a hundred years from now, sirs, a universal monarch will arise." This is called the universal monarch uproar.
Among them, having heard the sound of the announcement about the coming of a Buddha, the deities of the entire ten-thousand world-systems, having assembled together - Having known "Such and such a being will become a Buddha," having approached him, they implore; and they implore when the advanced signs have arisen. At that time, however, all of them, having assembled in each world-system together with the Four Great Kings, Sakka, the Suyāma gods, the Santusita gods, the Sunimmita gods, the Vasavattī gods, and the Great Brahmās from each world-system, having gone to the presence of the Bodhisatta in the Tusita realm, in whom the sign of passing away had arisen - "Sir, the ten perfections have been fulfilled by you; and while fulfilling them, they were not fulfilled by you aspiring for the success of Sakka, Brahmā, and so on; but they were completely fulfilled by you aspiring for omniscience for the purpose of crossing over the world, for the sake of Buddhahood -
Helping the world with its gods to cross over, awaken to the Deathless state."
They requested.
Then the Great Being, being thus implored by the deities, without giving his acknowledgment to the deities, investigated the five great investigations by way of the delimitation of time, continent, region, clan, mother, and life span. Therein, he first investigated the time, thinking "Is it the right time or not the right time?" Therein, a period when the life span has increased above a hundred thousand years is not the right time. Why? For at that time birth, ageing, and death are not apparent to beings, and the teaching of the Teaching of the Buddhas is never free from the three characteristics; when they speak of "impermanent, suffering, non-self," they think "What indeed is this they are speaking of?" and consider it neither worth hearing nor worth believing; from that there is no full realisation, and in its absence the Dispensation is not leading to liberation. Therefore that is not the right time. A period when the life span is less than a hundred years is also not the right time. Why? At that time beings are abundant in defilements, and exhortation given to those abundant in defilements does not remain in the place of exhortation; like a line drawn in water, it quickly disappears. Therefore that too is not the right time. But a life-span period below a hundred thousand years and above a hundred years is the right time. At that time, however, it was a period of a hundred years. Then the Great Being saw the time, thinking "It is the time to be reborn."
Then, looking at the continent, having surveyed the four great continents together with their surrounding islands - he saw the continent, thinking "In three continents Buddhas are not born; they are born only in the Indian subcontinent."
Then, "The Indian subcontinent is great, measuring ten thousand yojanas. In which region indeed are Buddhas born?" - looking at the place, he saw the Middle Country. He came to the conclusion "There is a city named Kapilavatthu; I should be reborn there."
Then, investigating the clan - "Buddhas are not born in a merchant family or in a worker family. But they are born in a family of the warrior caste or in a brahmin family esteemed by the world; at present the warrior clan is esteemed by the world; I shall be reborn there; the king named Suddhodana will be my father" - thus he saw the clan.
Then, investigating the mother - "A Buddha's mother is not greedy or a drunkard, but one who has fulfilled the perfections for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, and from birth she keeps the five precepts unbroken. And this queen named Mahāmāyā is such a one; she will be my mother. But how long is her life span?" - he saw "Seven days beyond ten months."
Thus, having investigated this fivefold great investigation - having given his acknowledgment to the deities, saying "It is the time, sirs, for my Buddhahood" - having dismissed those deities saying "Go, you," surrounded by the Tusita deities, he entered the Nandana grove in the Tusita city. For indeed in all the heavenly worlds there is a Nandana grove. There the deities - wander about reminding him of the opportunity for wholesome action formerly done, saying "Having passed away from here, may you go to a fortunate destination." He, thus surrounded by deities reminding him of wholesome deeds, while wandering about right there, passed away and took conception in the womb of Queen Mahāmāyā under the constellation of Uttarāsāḷha. But at the moment of the Great Man taking conception in his mother's womb, the entire ten-thousandfold world system trembled all at once. Thirty-two advanced signs appeared.
Thus, for the purpose of warding off danger to both the Bodhisatta who had taken conception and the Bodhisatta's mother, four young gods with swords in hand took up protection. In the Bodhisatta's mother, no mind of lust towards men arose, and she was happy, having attained the highest gain and the highest fame, with unwearied body. And she sees the Bodhisatta gone within her womb, like a yellow thread strung through a clear gem-jewel. Because a womb dwelt in by a Bodhisatta is like the inner chamber of a shrine, not able to be dwelt in or used by another being, therefore the Bodhisatta's mother, when the Bodhisatta was seven days old, having died, was reborn in the Tusita city. But just as other women give birth without reaching ten months, or having exceeded them, or while seated, or while lying down, the Bodhisatta's mother does not do so. But the Bodhisatta's mother, having carried the Bodhisatta in the womb for ten months, gives birth while standing. This is the natural law regarding the Bodhisatta's mother.
Queen Mahāmāyā too, having carried the Bodhisatta in her womb for ten months, being full with child, wishing to go to her relatives' home, informed the Great King Suddhodana - "I wish, great king, to go to the city of Devadaha." The king, having accepted saying "Good," having had the road from Kapilavatthu as far as the city of Devadaha made straight and level, having had it decorated with plantain trees, full pitchers, areca palms, flags, banners, and so on, having had her seated in a new golden palanquin, sent her with great splendour and a great retinue. Now between the two cities there is a grove of auspicious Sāla trees named the Lumbinī grove, worthy of use by the residents of both cities. At that time, from the roots up to the topmost branches, everything was in full bloom with a single mass of flowers. Having seen the forest, resplendent like the Nandana grove of the gods, being sung to among the branches and among the flowers by female bees who had experienced the five royal pleasures, intoxicated and joyful, with supremely delightful, sweet, and charming songs, brought from afar by their bee-husbands, the thought arose in the queen to enjoy the sport of the Sāla grove.
Always a garland for the bee-like eyes of the people, as if seizing them, Lumbinī shone exceedingly."
The ministers, having reported to the king, took the queen and entered that Lumbinī grove. She, having gone to the foot of the auspicious Sāla tree, whichever branch of that tree with its straight, even, and round trunk, adorned with flowers, fruits, and young leaves, she wished to grasp, that Sāla branch, like a woman, swaying the hearts of the people, of its own accord hanging down, came to the palm of her hand. Then she grasped that Sāla branch with her right hand, supremely delightful, with copper-coloured lofty nails shining brightly, with fingers rounded like lotus petals, resplendent with bracelets of fresh gold. She, having grasped that Sāla branch and standing, shone like a crescent moon gone through an opening in dark rain clouds, and like a flame of brief duration, and like a goddess born in the Nandana grove. At that very moment her kamma-born winds stirred. Then, having surrounded her with a screen wall, the great multitude withdrew. While she was standing holding the Sāla branch, the delivery took place.
At that very moment four Great Brahmās of pure minds, having taken a golden net, having come, having received the Bodhisatta with that golden net, having placed him before his mother - "Be delighted, queen; an influential son has been born to you" - they said. But just as other beings, emerging from the mother's womb, emerge smeared with repulsive impurity, the Bodhisatta was not thus. But the Bodhisatta, having stretched out both hands and both feet, while still standing, unsmeared by any impurity arising from the mother's womb, pure and clean, shining like a gem-jewel placed on Kāsi cloth, emerged from his mother's womb. Even so, for the purpose of honouring the Bodhisatta and the Bodhisatta's mother, two streams of water came forth from the sky and refreshed the bodies of the Bodhisatta and his mother.
Then, from the hands of the brahmā gods who stood having received him with a golden net, the four great kings took him on a cheetah-hide sheet considered auspicious and of pleasant contact; from their hands human beings took him with a fine cloth pad; having been released from the hands of the human beings, he stood firmly on the earth and looked towards the eastern direction; many thousands of world-systems were like a single open courtyard. There gods and humans, venerating with scents, flower-garlands, and so on - "Great man, here there is none equal to you, how much less one who surpasses you" - they said. Thus, having surveyed the ten directions and not seeing anyone equal to himself, facing the northern direction, he went with seven strides. And while going, he went on the earth itself, not through space. He went naked indeed, not clothed. He went as a young one indeed, not as a youth of sixteen years of age. But to the great multitude he appeared as if going through space, as if decorated and prepared, and as if a youth of sixteen years of age. Then, standing at the seventh step, uttering a bold speech beginning with "I am the foremost in the world," he roared the lion's roar.
For the Bodhisatta uttered speech as soon as he emerged from his mother's womb in three individual existences - in the individual existence as Mahosadha, in the individual existence as Vessantara, and in this individual existence. In the individual existence as Mahosadha, it is said, even as he had just emerged from his mother's womb, Sakka, the king of gods, having come, having placed the essence of sandalwood in his hand, departed; he emerged having made it into a fist. Then his mother - "Dear son, what have you taken and come with?" - she asked. "Medicine, mother." Thus, because he had come having taken medicine, they gave him the name "Medicine-prince."
But in the individual existence as Vessantara, as soon as he emerged from his mother's womb, having stretched out his right hand - "Is there indeed anything in the house, mother? I shall give a gift" - saying thus, he emerged. Then his mother - "You have been born in a wealthy family, dear son" - having placed her son's hand on the palm of her own hand, she placed a bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins there.
But in this individual existence he roared this lion's roar. Thus the Bodhisatta uttered speech as soon as he emerged from his mother's womb in three individual existences. At the moment of his birth too, thirty-two advanced signs appeared. But at the time when our Bodhisatta was born in the Lumbinī grove, at that very time Queen Rāhulamātā, Ānanda, Channa, the councillor Kāḷudāyī, Kaṇḍaka the king of horses, the great Bodhi tree, and four treasure-pots were born; therein one was a league in measure, one was half a yojana in measure, one was three leagues in measure, and one was a yojana in measure. These seven are called "born simultaneously."
The inhabitants of both cities, having taken the Great Man, went to the city of Kapilavatthu itself. On that very day - In the Tāvatiṃsa realm, the hosts of gods, full of mirth, thinking "The son of the Great King Suddhodana in the city of Kapilavatthu, having sat down at the foot of the Bodhi tree, will become a Buddha," sported, setting going the waving of garments and so on. At that time, a hermit named Kāḷadevala, a family attendant of the Great King Suddhodana, an obtainer of the eight meditative attainments, having done the meal duty, having gone to the Tāvatiṃsa realm for the purpose of the day's abiding, seated there for the day's abiding, having seen those deities sporting with satisfied minds, asked "Why are you playing with satisfied minds and delighted hearts? Tell me that reason." Thereupon the deities said - "Dear sir, a son has been born to King Suddhodana; he, having sat down at the seat of enlightenment, having become a Buddha, will set in motion the wheel of the Teaching. 'We shall obtain the opportunity to see his infinite grace of a Buddha' - for this reason we are satisfied."
Then the hermit, having heard the words of those deities, having descended from the world of gods, supremely beautiful with its splendour of jewels, having entered the dwelling of the king of men, sat down on the prepared seat. Thereupon, to the king who had received him with hospitality - "A son, it is said, has been born to you, great king; we shall see him," he said. The king, having had the son brought adorned and prepared, brought him forward to have him pay homage to the hermit Devala. The Great Man's feet turned around and, like lightning on dark rain-cloud peaks, became established on the matted hair of the hermit. For there is no other person to be paid homage to by the Bodhisatta in that individual existence. Thereupon the hermit, having risen from his seat, raised joined palms in salutation to the Bodhisatta. The king, having seen that marvel, paid homage to his own son. The hermit, having seen the excellency of marks of the Bodhisatta - Having adverted "Will he become a Buddha or not?" reflecting - Having known by the knowledge of future events "Without doubt he will become a Buddha" - He smiled, thinking "This is a marvellous person."
Thereupon, reflecting "Shall I obtain the opportunity to see this one become enlightened, or not?" - Having seen "I shall not obtain it; having died right there in the interval, I shall be reborn in an immaterial existence which even a hundred Buddhas or even a thousand Buddhas, having gone, would be unable to awaken" - He wailed, thinking "I shall not obtain the opportunity to see such a marvellous person become enlightened; great indeed will be my loss." But the people, having seen this - "Our lord, having just now smiled, then began to weep; will there indeed be, venerable sir, any obstacle for our young master?" they asked. The hermit said - "There is no obstacle for him; without doubt he will become a Buddha." "Then why did you wail?" "I shall not obtain the opportunity to see such a marvellous person become enlightened; bewailing myself thinking 'Great indeed will be my loss,' I weep," he said.
Thereupon, having bathed the Bodhisatta's head on the fifth day - thinking "We shall take the name," having anointed the royal palace with the four kinds of scent, having scattered flowers with parched corn as the fifth, having had unbroken milk-rice cooked, having invited one hundred and eight brahmins who had gone beyond the three Vedas, having had them seated in the royal palace, having fed them with honey milk-rice, having made honour - they had the characteristics examined, thinking "What indeed will he become?" Among them, Rāma and the others, eight wise brahmins, were the examiners of the characteristics. Among them, seven persons, having raised two fingers, declared in two ways - "One endowed with these characteristics, if dwelling in a house, becomes a king, a universal monarch; if going forth, a Buddha." But the youngest of all of them, a brahmin named Koṇḍañña by clan, having seen the Bodhisatta's excellence of noble characteristics - having raised only one finger, made a definite declaration: "There is no reason for this one to remain in the midst of a household; certainly this one will become a Buddha, one who removes the veil." Then those giving him a name, because he would accomplish the welfare of the whole world, gave the name "Siddhattha."
Then those brahmins, having gone to their own homes, addressed their sons and said thus - "We are old; whether or not we shall be able to honour the son of the great King Suddhodana when he has attained omniscience, you, however, when he has gone forth and attained omniscience, should go forth in his Dispensation." Thereupon those seven persons too, having remained as long as life lasted, went according to their actions. The young man Koṇḍañña was healthy. At that time, however, the king, having heard their words - asked them: "Having seen what will my son go forth?" "Four advanced signs, Sire." "And which and which?" "One feeble with age, one afflicted with disease, a dead one, and one gone forth." The king, having said "Henceforth do not allow those of such a form to come into the presence of my son," for the purpose of preventing the coming of aged persons and the like into the prince's range of vision, set up a guard at every league in the four directions. On that day, when eighty thousand families of relatives had gathered together at the place of the blessing ceremony, each one pledged one son each - "Whether this one becomes a Buddha or a king, we shall give one son each. If he becomes a Buddha, he will go about surrounded by warrior-caste ascetics only. If he becomes a king, a universal monarch, he will go about surrounded by warrior-caste princes only." Then the king gave the Great Man sixty-four nurses accomplished in supreme beauty, free from all faults. The Bodhisatta grew up with a boundless retinue and great splendour of glory.
Then one day there was for the king a festival called the ploughing festival. On that day the king, going forth from the city with great splendour and a great retinue, took his son too and went. At the place of ploughing there was a rose-apple tree, supremely delightful, giving dense thick shade. Having prepared a bed for the prince beneath it, having tied above a canopy of red cloth inlaid with excellent golden stars, having had it enclosed with a screen wall, having set up protection, the king, having adorned himself with all ornaments, surrounded by a company of ministers, went to the place of ploughing. There the king takes the supremely auspicious golden plough; the ministers and others take the silver ploughs and so on. On that day a thousand ploughs are yoked. The nurses who were seated surrounding the Bodhisatta - thinking "We shall see the king's splendour," went out from within the screen.
Then the Bodhisatta, looking here and there, not seeing anyone, suddenly rising, folding his legs crosswise, having taken hold of the breathing, produced the first meditative absorption. The nurses, wandering about amongst the solid and soft food, tarried a little. The shadows of the other trees had turned away, but the shadow of that rose-apple tree, having become circular, stood right there. But the nurses, thinking "The master's son is alone," quickly lifting up the screen wall and searching, having seen him seated cross-legged on the royal couch and that wonder, went and reported that incident to the king. The king, having come quickly and having seen that wonder - "This, dear son, is the second homage to you" - paid homage to his son.
Then the Great Man gradually became sixteen years of age. The king had three mansions built for the Bodhisatta suitable for the three seasons, named Ramma, Suramma, and Subha. One of nine storeys, one of seven storeys, one of five storeys. All three mansions too were equal in height. But there was diversity in the storeys.
Then the king thought - "My son has come of age; having raised the umbrella over him, I shall see the sovereignty." He sent letters to the Sākiyans: "My son has come of age; I shall establish him in the kingdom. Let all send the girls who have come of age in their own houses to this house." They, having heard the king's message - "The prince is merely accomplished in beauty, does not know any craft, will not be able to maintain a wife; we shall not give our daughters" - they said. The king, having heard that incident, having gone to the presence of his son, reported that matter. The Bodhisatta - "What craft is it fitting to show?" he said. "It is fitting to string a bow of a thousand men's strength, dear father." "Then have it brought" he said. The king had it brought and gave it. That bow a thousand men string, a thousand men unstring. The Great Man, having had that bow brought, while seated just cross-legged, having wound the bowstring around his big toe, pulling, with his big toe alone having strung the bow, having grasped the shaft with his left hand, having pulled with his right hand, he set the bowstring. The whole city reached a state as if about to fly up. When it was said "What is this sound?" they said "The sky is thundering." Then others said "You do not know; the sky is not thundering; this is the sound of the bowstring strike of the prince Aṅgīrasa, having strung the bow of a thousand men's strength and striking the bowstring." The Sākiyans, having heard that, by just that much were with won favour and satisfied minds.
Then the Great Man - "What is it fitting to do?" he said. It is fitting to pierce an iron plate eight finger-breadths thick with an arrow. Having pierced that - "What else is it fitting to do?" he said. It is fitting to pierce a board of asana wood four finger-breadths thick. Having pierced that too - "What else is it fitting to do?" he said. It is fitting to pierce a board of udumbara wood a span thick. Having pierced that too, what else is it fitting to do? Then they said "Sand carts." The Great Being, having pierced through both a sand cart and a straw cart, sent an arrow in water to the distance of one usabha, and on dry ground to the distance of eight usabhas. Then they said to him "It is fitting to pierce a hair at the distance marked by a brinjal plant." Having said "Then have a brinjal plant set up at the distance of a yojana," having had a hair tied at the distance of a yojana by the mark of a brinjal plant, in the dark of the night, when the directions were covered by layers of clouds, he shot an arrow. That, having gone, having split the hair at the distance of a yojana, entered the earth. Not only this much; on that day the Great Man showed every craft existing in the world.
Then the Sākiyans, having adorned their own daughters, sent them. There were forty thousand dancing women. And Rāhula's mother was the queen, the queen-consort. The Great Man, like a divine prince, surrounded by celestial maidens, surrounded by human maidens, being entertained with musical instruments played only by women, experiencing great splendour, dwelt in those three mansions according to the turn of the seasons. Then one day the Bodhisatta, wishing to go to the pleasure ground, having addressed the charioteer - "Harness the chariot, I shall see the pleasure ground," he said. He, having assented "Very well," having adorned the very precious excellent chariot with a beautiful, firm pole and thongs, with a more firm rim and nave, with a front inlaid with excellent gold, silver, gems, and precious things, with the side of the rim inlaid with new gold and silver stars, resplendent with various fragrant flower garlands gathered together, beautiful to behold like the chariot of the sun, having yoked four auspicious Sindh thoroughbreds of the colour of the moon and white water-lilies, swift as the wind and Garuḷa, reported to the Bodhisatta. The Bodhisatta, having mounted that excellent chariot resembling a heavenly mansion of the gods, set out facing towards the park.
Then the deities, thinking "The time of Prince Siddhattha's full awakening is near; we shall show him an advanced sign," having made one young god appear with a body feeble and decrepit with age, with broken teeth, grey hair, bent body, with a stick in hand, trembling, showed him. Both the Bodhisatta and the charioteer saw that. Then the Bodhisatta - Having asked according to the method that has come in the Mahāpadāna Sutta, "Charioteer, who indeed is this man? Even his hair is not like that of others," and having heard his words - With an agitated heart, saying "Shame indeed on birth, since ageing will be discerned in one who is born!" turned back from that very place and ascended the mansion itself.
The king asked "Why did my son turn back?" "Having seen an old man, Sire." Thereupon the king, with a trembling mind, established a guard at half a yojana. On another day the Bodhisatta, going to the park, having seen a sick man created by those very deities, having asked in the former method, with an agitated heart, having turned back, ascended the mansion itself. The king, having asked, dispatched dancers. "I shall break his mind away from the going forth," having increased the guard, he established a guard in an area measuring three leagues all around.
Again too the Bodhisatta, one day, going to the park, having seen in the same way a deceased person created by the deities, having asked in the former method, with an agitated heart, having turned back, ascended the mansion. The king, having asked the reason for turning back, having increased the guard again, established a guard in an area measuring one yojana.
Again too the Bodhisatta, one day, going to the park, having seen in the same way one gone forth, well-clothed and well-robed, created by the deities - "Who indeed is this, my dear charioteer?" he asked the charioteer. The charioteer, although due to the absence of the arising of a Buddha he knew neither one gone forth nor the virtues of one gone forth, yet by the power of the deity, having said "This is called one gone forth, Sire," he praised the virtues of the going forth to him.
Thereupon the Bodhisatta, having generated a preference for the going forth, went to the park on that day. Long-lived Bodhisattas saw each one among the aged and so on as every hundred years passed. But our Bodhisatta, having arisen in a time of short lifespan, going to the park after the elapse of every four months, saw each one gradually. But the reciters of the Long Collection said - "Having seen all four signs on a single day, he went." There, having played for the daytime, having experienced the pleasure of the park, having bathed in the auspicious pond, when the sun had set, he sat down on the auspicious stone surface, wishing to have himself adorned. Then, having understood his mental conduct, a young god named Vissakamma, commanded by Sakka, the lord of the gods, having come, having become like his very own barber, adorned him with divine ornaments. Then, when he was adorned with all ornaments, when all the musicians were displaying their own respective inspirations, when the brahmins with words beginning with "Victory and joy," and the learned astrologers and others were honouring him with various kinds of sounds of auspicious words and praises, he ascended the excellent chariot adorned with all ornaments. At that time - Having heard "Rāhula's mother has given birth to a son," the great King Suddhodana - Sent a message "Announce my pleasure to my son." The Bodhisatta, having heard that - "A Rāhu is born, a bondage is born," he said. The king - Having asked "What did my son say?" and having heard those words, said "Henceforth let my grandson be named 'Prince Rāhula.'"
The Bodhisatta too, having mounted that excellent chariot, entered the city with a great retinue, with exceedingly delightful splendour and glory. At that time a maiden of the warrior caste named Kisāgotamī, not lean, who had gone to the excellent upper terrace of a mansion, having seen the personal splendour of the Bodhisatta entering the city, by the splendour of beauty and by the achievement of virtues, filled with joy and happiness -
Quenched surely is that woman, whose husband is such as this."
She uttered this inspired utterance.
The Bodhisatta, having heard that, thought - "She makes me hear something well worth hearing. Indeed I am wandering about seeking Nibbāna. This very day it is fitting for me, having abandoned the household life, having gone forth, having gone forth into homelessness, to seek Nibbāna." "Let this be her teacher's share" - having removed a pearl necklace from his neck, he sent to Kisāgotamī a pearl necklace worth a hundred thousand, supremely delightful. She, thinking "Prince Siddhattha, with his heart enamoured of me, sends a present," was filled with pleasure.
The Bodhisatta too, having ascended the supremely delightful mansion with great splendour and glory, lay down on the royal couch. At that very moment, excellent young women - with lovely excellent faces resembling the full moon, with lips and garments resembling bimba fruit, with white, spotless, even, well-set, close-together, excellent teeth, with dark eyes and tresses of hair, with well-formed eyebrows exceedingly dark and curved like collyrium, with well-formed breasts evenly set like swans, with delightful girdles of excellent gems fashioned of new gold and silver, with broad, full, dense hips on every side, with pairs of thighs resembling an elephant's trunk, skilled in dancing, singing and music, with the splendour of beauty resembling celestial maidens - having taken sweet-sounding musical instruments, having surrounded the Great Man, entertaining him, performed dancing, singing and music. But the Bodhisatta, because of his mind being dispassionate towards mental defilements, not taking delight in dancing, singing and so on, fell into sleep for a moment.
They, having seen that, thinking "He for whose sake we perform dancing and so on has gone to sleep; for what purpose shall we now weary ourselves?" having spread over the musical instruments just as they had been held, lay down, while the scented oil lamps burned. The Bodhisatta, having awoken, seated cross-legged on the back of the bed, saw those women sleeping, having spread over the musical instruments - with dripping spittle, with moist cheeks and bodies; some gnashing their teeth; some snoring; some talking nonsense; some with mouths wide open; some with garments and girdles fallen away, with their repulsive private parts exposed; some with dishevelled tangled hair, bearing the very appearance of a cemetery, they lay. The Great Being, having seen that alteration of theirs, became exceedingly dispassionate in mind towards sensual pleasures. But for him, the excellent terrace of the mansion, though decorated and prepared, resembling the abode of the thousand-eyed one, beautiful and splendid, presented itself as supremely repulsive, like a charnel ground filled with discarded dead bodies and corpses. The three existences too, having become like a house ablaze, presented themselves to him. And he uttered the words "Alas, it is troubled indeed! Alas, it is afflicted indeed!" His mind inclined exceedingly towards the going forth.
He, thinking "This very day it is fitting for me to go forth in the great renunciation," having risen from the royal couch, having gone near the door - said "Who is here?" Channa, lying down with his head at the threshold, said - "I, master's son, Channa." Then the Great Man - "I today wish to go forth in the great renunciation; without informing anyone, quickly harness a single supremely victorious Sindh horse." He, saying "Very well, Sire," having taken the horse-trappings, having gone to the stable, while the scented oil lamps were burning, having seen the excellent steed Kaṇḍaka, the crusher of enemies, standing in a supremely delightful piece of ground beneath a canopy of jasmine cloth - "Today it is fitting for me to harness this very auspicious horse for the purpose of the master's son's departure" - he harnessed Kaṇḍaka. He, even while being harnessed, knew - "This harnessing is exceedingly tight; it is not like the harnessing on other days at the time of going for amusement in the pleasure grove. Without doubt, this very day the master's son will go forth in the great renunciation." Thereupon, with a satisfied mind, he laughed a great laugh. That sound would have made a great noise throughout the entire city of Kapilavatthu, but the deities, having suppressed it, did not allow anyone to hear.
The Bodhisatta, having thought "Let me first see my son," having risen from the place where he was standing, having gone to the dwelling place of Rāhula's mother, opened the door of the chamber. At that moment, inside the chamber a scented oil lamp was burning. Rāhula's mother, on an excellent bed strewn to the brim with jasmine, Arabian jasmine and other flowers, having placed her hand on the head of her son, was sleeping. The Bodhisatta, having placed his foot on the threshold, while standing right there, having looked - "If I remove the queen's hand and take my son, the queen will awaken; thus there will be an obstacle to my renunciation. Having become a Buddha, I shall come back and see my son" - having thought thus, having descended from the mansion floor, having gone near the horse, he spoke thus - "Dear Kaṇḍaka, you today for one night carry me across; I, in dependence on you, having become a Buddha, shall help the world with its gods cross over." Then, having leapt up, he ascended the back of Kaṇḍaka. Kaṇḍaka, starting from the neck, was eighteen cubits in length, endowed with a proportionate height, accomplished in beauty, speed and power, all white, of a colour beautiful to behold like a washed conch shell. Then the Bodhisatta, mounted on the back of the excellent steed, having made Channa hold the tail of the horse, at the time of midnight reached the great gate of the city.
Now at that time the king had already, for the purpose of preventing the Bodhisatta's departure, having caused each of the two door-panels to be openable by a thousand men, established many men as a guard there. The Bodhisatta, it is said, bore the power of a hundred thousand koṭis by the reckoning of men, and of a thousand koṭis by the reckoning of elephants. Therefore he thought - "If the gate is not opened, today, seated on the back of Kaṇḍaka, having made Channa hold the tail, together with him, having squeezed Kaṇḍaka with my thighs, having leapt over the wall eighteen cubits in height, I could pass beyond." Channa thought - "If the gate is not opened, I, having placed the master's son on my shoulder, having clasped Kaṇḍaka with my right hand, having placed him under my armpit, having leapt up, shall pass beyond the wall." Kaṇḍaka thought - "I, when the gate is not being opened, with the master's son seated just as he is, together with Channa holding the tail, having leapt up, shall stand in front of the wall." Just so the three thought. The deities dwelling at the gate opened the great gate.
At that moment Māra the Evil One, having come thinking "I shall turn the Great Being back," standing on the surface of the sky, said -
The divine wheel treasure will surely become manifest.
You will exercise kingship over the four great continents attended by two thousand minor islands. Turn back, sir." The Great Man said: "Who are you?" "I am the Wielder of Power."
I have no need of kingship. Go, Māra, do not stay here.
Having made it resound, shall become a Buddha, a great leader in the world."
He said. He disappeared right there.
The Great Being, at the age of twenty-nine, without concern, having abandoned the wheel-turning sovereignty that was in his hands like a lump of spittle, having gone forth from the royal palace which was the abode of the splendour of a universal monarch, on the full-moon day of Āsāḷhī, while the Uttarāsāḷha constellation was prevailing, having gone forth from the city, became desirous of looking back at the city. Immediately following that thought, that piece of ground turned round like a potter's wheel. Just as he stood, the Great Being, having seen the city of Kapilavatthu, having shown the site of the shrine called the Kaṇḍaka-turning-back at that piece of ground, having turned Kaṇḍaka facing the road to be travelled, set out with great honour, with lofty splendour and glory. Then, as the Great Being was going, deities held sixty hundred thousand torches before him, likewise sixty behind, sixty hundred thousand torches to the right, and likewise to the left. Other deities, honouring him with fragrant flower garlands, strings of flowers, sandalwood powder, chowries, flags and banners, surrounded him and went along. Divine songs and numerous musical instruments were played.
Going with this splendour and glory, the Bodhisatta, in just one night, having crossed over three kingdoms, having gone a road of thirty yojanas, reached the bank of the river Anomā. Then the Bodhisatta, having stood on the riverbank, asked Channa - "What is the name of this river?" "It is named Anomā, Sire." "Our going forth too will be superior," and striking the horse with his heel, he gave a signal to the horse. The horse, having leaped up, stood on the far shore of the river, which was eight usabhas in breadth. The Bodhisatta, having descended from the horse's back, having stood on the sandy bank resembling a heap of pearls, addressed Channa - "My dear Channa, you take my ornaments and Kaṇḍaka and go. I shall go forth." Channa said, "I too, Sire, shall go forth." The Bodhisatta said - "It is not allowable for you to go forth; go indeed," having refused him three times, having entrusted the ornaments and Kaṇḍaka, he thought - "These hairs of mine are not fitting for an ascetic; I shall cut them with a sword," having taken a supremely sharp excellent sword with his right hand, having grasped the topknot together with the top-knot of hair with his left hand, he cut it. The hairs, having become two finger-breadths in length, curling to the right, clung to the head. For as long as he lived, that was the measure of those hairs, and the beard was conforming with that; there was never again the task of removing hair and beard. The Bodhisatta, having taken the topknot together with the top-knot of hair - "If I shall become a Buddha, let it remain in the sky; if not, let it fall to the ground," he threw it into the sky. That crest-jewel binding, having gone to a distance of one yojana, stood in the sky.
Then Sakka, the king of gods, looking with the divine eye, having received it with a jewelled casket one yojana in size, established in the Tāvatiṃsa realm a shrine named the Cūḷāmaṇi Shrine, three yojanas in extent, made of the seven precious things. As he said -
The thousand-eyed one received it upon his head, with an excellent golden casket, Vāsava."
Again the Bodhisatta thought - "These Kāsi cloths are very costly; they are not fitting for me as an ascetic." Then his former companion from the time of the Buddha Kassapa, the Great Brahmā Ghaṭikāra, with a disposition of friendship that had not reached destruction for one interval between Buddhas, thought - "Today my companion has gone forth in the great renunciation; I shall take the requisites of an ascetic and go to him."
With a water strainer these are eight, for a monk devoted to exertion."
Having brought these eight ascetic's requisites, he gave them. The Great Man, having put on the banner of the worthy, having taken on the highest appearance of the going forth, threw the pair of cloths into the sky. That the Great Brahmā received and, having made a shrine in the Brahma world twelve yojanas in extent, made of all jewels, placed it inside. Then the Great Being - having said "Channa, in my name tell my mother and father of my good health," sent him off. Thereupon Channa, having paid homage to the Great Man, having circumambulated, departed. But Kaṇḍaka, while hearing the words of the Bodhisatta who was conversing with Channa, standing - thinking "There is now no more seeing of my master," leaving the range of vision, being unable to endure the suffering of separation, having died with a broken heart, was reborn as a young god named Kaṇḍaka in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, which is difficult to overcome by the enemies of the gods. His rebirth should be taken from the Vimānavatthu Commentary, the Vimalatthavilāsinī. For Channa there was at first only one sorrow. He, being oppressed by a second sorrow through the death of Kaṇḍaka, weeping and lamenting, went with difficulty.
The Bodhisatta too, having gone forth - in that very region there is a mango grove named Anupiya - there, having spent a week in the happiness of the going forth, then afterwards, enveloped in the excellent orange robe like the full moon in the autumn season enveloped by clouds coloured by the radiance of the evening glow, though alone shining as if surrounded by many people, as if providing a nectar-drink for the eyes of the forest-dwelling deer and birds, like a lion wandering alone, the lion among men, walking with the grace of an intoxicated elephant, as if reassuring the earth with the soles of his feet, having gone in a single day a road of thirty yojanas, having crossed the river Ganges with its unobstructed breaking of towering waves, he entered the city named Rājagaha, the excellent and beautiful Rājagaha resplendent with the spreading radiance of jewels. And having entered, he walked for almsfood successively. But the whole city fell into commotion at the sight of the Bodhisatta's form, just as that city when the elephant Dhanapālaka had entered, and just as the city of the gods when the lord of the titans had entered. The people dwelling in the city, when the Great Man was walking for almsfood, with joy and pleasure arisen at the sight of the Great Being's form, filled with astonishment, had their hearts captivated by the sight of the Bodhisatta's form.
Among those people, one said to another thus - "What is this, friend? Has a full moon with its net of rays hidden through fear of Rāhu come to the human world?" Another, having smiled, said thus - "What are you saying, my dear? When indeed have you ever seen a full moon come to the human world? Is this not the god of love, Kāmadeva, with his flower-banner, having taken on the appearance of Vesantara, having seen the supreme grace and splendour of our great king and the citizens, come to sport?" Another, having smiled, said thus - "What, friend, are you mad? Is this not Kāma, whose body was burnt by the fire of the wrath of the Lord Issara, the thousand-eyed lord of the gods, come here with the perception of the city of the immortals?" Another, having smiled slightly - "What are you saying, friend? Your words are self-contradictory. From where then would he have a thousand eyes, from where a thunderbolt, from where Erāvaṇa? Surely this is Brahmā, having known the brahmin people to be heedless, come for the purpose of engaging them in the Vedas, the Vedic supplements, and so on." Having dismissed them all, another, of wise nature, said thus - "This is neither a full moon, nor the god of love, nor the thousand-eyed one, nor indeed Brahmā; this is the Teacher, the leader of all the world, a marvellous human being."
While the citizens were thus conversing, the king's men, having gone, reported that incident to King Bimbisāra - "Sire, is it a god or a gandhabba or else a king of serpents or a demon or who indeed is walking for almsfood in our city?" The king, having heard that, standing on the upper floor of the mansion, having seen the Great Man, with a mind of wonder and amazement arisen, commanded the king's men - "Go, sirs, investigate him. If he is a non-human spirit, having gone out from the city he will disappear. If he is a deity, he will go through the sky. If he is a king of serpents, having dived into the earth he will go. If he is a human being, he will consume whatever almsfood he has obtained."
The Great Man too, with peaceful faculties and peaceful mind, as if drawing the eyes of the public by the splendour of his beauty, looking only a yoke's length ahead, having collected the mixed food just sufficient for sustenance, having gone out from the city by the very gate he had entered, having sat down in the shade of Mount Paṇḍava facing east, having reviewed the food, unchanging, he consumed it. Thereupon the king's men, having gone, reported that incident to the king. Thereupon the king, the lord of Magadha, having heard the messenger's word - Bimbisāra, hard to follow by foolish people, whose core was like Meru and Mandāra, whose core was beings' welfare - with curiosity to see him arisen merely by hearing of the Bodhisatta's virtues, having gone out from the city with speed, having gone facing Mount Paṇḍava, having descended from the vehicle, having gone to the presence of the Bodhisatta, having been permitted by him, having sat down on a stone surface cool with the affection of kinsmen, having become confident in the Bodhisatta's deportment, having exchanged friendly greetings, having asked about his name, clan, and so on, he offered all his sovereignty to the Bodhisatta. The Bodhisatta - "I have no need, great king, of sensual pleasures as objects or sensual pleasures as defilements. I have gone forth aspiring to the supreme highest enlightenment" - thus he said. The king, even though entreating in many ways, not having obtained his mind - "Surely you will become a Buddha; but when you have become a Buddha, you must first come to my kingdom" - having said this, he entered the city.
The excellent king of mountains, the excellent king of sages, gone like the king of beasts, the Fortunate One too went."
Then the Bodhisatta, wandering on a journey gradually, having approached Āḷāra Kālāma and Udaka Rāmaputta, having produced the eight meditative attainments - "This is not the path to enlightenment" - not being satisfied with that meditation of attainments, wishing to make the great striving, having gone to Uruvelā - "Delightful indeed is this piece of ground" - having taken abode right there, he made the great striving. The four sons of the brahmins who had discerned the characteristics and the brahmin Koṇḍañña - these five persons, having already gone forth first, walking for almsfood in villages, market towns, and royal cities, reached the Bodhisatta there. Then, attending upon him as he made the great striving for six years - "Now he will become a Buddha, now he will become a Buddha" - serving him with the duty and practice of sweeping the residential cell and so on, they were his intimate associates. The Bodhisatta too - "I shall perform the austerity that has reached its culmination" - he spent the time with a single sesame seed, a single rice grain, and so on. He also made a complete cessation of food altogether. The deities too, collecting divine nutriment, infused it through his pores.
Then, due to that fasting, his body having reached the supreme state of emaciation, his gold-coloured body became black in colour, and the thirty-two characteristics of a great man were concealed. Then the Bodhisatta, having gone to the end of the performance of austerities - "This is not the path to enlightenment" - having walked for almsfood in villages and market towns in order to take gross food, he took food. Then his thirty-two characteristics of a great man were restored to their natural state, and his body was gold-coloured. Then the group of five monks, having seen him - "This one, even though performing austerities for six years, was not able to penetrate omniscience; now, having walked for almsfood in villages, market towns, and royal cities, taking gross food, what will he be able to do? He is one given to luxurious living, who has strayed from striving. What use is he to us?" - having abandoned the Great Man, they went to Isipatana at Bārāṇasī.
Then, on the full moon day of Vesākha, at Uruvelā in the village of Senāni, a girl named Sujātā, born in the house of the householder Senāni, there was the Great Man. Having eaten the milk-rice into which divine nutriment had been placed, given by her in whom confidence had arisen, having taken the golden bowl, having thrown it against the stream of the Nerañjarā, he awakened the serpent king Kāḷa who was sleeping. Then the Bodhisatta, having spent the day residence on the bank of the Nerañjarā in a delightful sal grove adorned with fragrant flowers, with a blue lustre, in the evening time, along a path adorned by the deities, he set forth facing the Bodhi tree. Gods, serpents, demons, accomplished ones, and others venerated him with divine garlands, perfumes, and cosmetics. At that time, a grass-carrier named Sotthiya, having taken grass, coming along the opposite path, having known the manner of the Great Man, gave eight handfuls of grass. The Bodhisatta, having taken the grass, having approached the foot of the Assattha Bodhi tree - resembling a dark collyrium mountain, with cool shade as if the net of the sun's rays were approaching, cool with compassion as if one's own heart, free from the concourse of various flocks of birds, adorned with dense branches stirred by a gentle breeze, as if dancing, as if delighting with rapture, the shining victory tree among the host of trees - having circumambulated the king of Assattha trees three times, having stood on the north-eastern side, he grasped those grasses at the top and shook them. At that very moment there was a cross-legged seat of fourteen cubits. And those grasses were as if drawn by a painter with lines. The Bodhisatta, there on the fourteen-cubit grass mat, having folded his legs crosswise in the three-jointed cross-legged posture, having determined energy endowed with four factors, like a mass of silver placed on a golden pedestal, having placed behind him the trunk of the Bodhi tree of fifty cubits, being sheltered above by the branches of the Bodhi tree like a jewelled umbrella, he sat down. And upon his gold-coloured robe, the sprouts of the Bodhi tree falling shone like coral placed upon a golden slab.
But while the Bodhisatta was seated right there, Māra the Wielder of Power, a young god - "Prince Siddhattha desires to go beyond my domain; now I shall not allow him to go beyond it" - having reported that matter to Māra's forces, having taken Māra's forces, he set out. That army of Māra, it is said, extended twelve yojanas in front of Māra, likewise to the right and to the left, but to the rear it stood reaching the limit of the world-circle, and upwards it was nine yojanas in height. And when it roared, the sound was heard from nine thousand yojanas away, like the sound of an earthquake. At that time Sakka, the king of gods, stood blowing the conch named Vijayuttara. That conch, it is said, was two thousand cubits in size. Pañcasikha, the gandhabba young god, stood having taken the yellow beluva-wood lute measuring three leagues in length, playing it and singing auspicious songs. Suyāma, the king of gods, stood having taken a divine chowrie measuring three leagues in length, resplendent like the moon in the autumn season, gently, gently fanning. And Brahmā Sahampati stood holding above the Blessed One a white parasol three yojanas in breadth, like a second full moon. Mahākāḷa too, the king of serpents, surrounded by eighty thousand serpent dancers, uttering praises and songs, paying homage to the Great Being, stood. In the ten thousand world-systems, the deities, venerating with various fragrant flower garlands, incense, bath powders, and so on, uttering applause, stood.
Then Māra the young god, having mounted the excellent elephant named Girimekhala, one hundred and fifty yojanas in height, resembling a peak of the Himalaya mountain, supremely beautiful to behold, jewel-studded, a noble war-elephant, a warding off of enemies, having created a thousand arms, caused various weapons to be seized by the taking up of what was not taken up. Māra's retinue too, armed with swords, axes, arrows, and spears, with raised bows, pestles, ploughshares, stakes, lances, javelins, stones, cudgels, bangles, short lances, knives, discuses, bracelets, and blades, with faces of ruru deer, lions, rhinoceroses, sarabha deer, boars, tigers, monkeys, serpents, cats, owls, and with faces of buffaloes, spotted deer, horses, elephants, and so on, with bodies of various dreadful, deformed, and hideous kinds, and with bodies resembling those of humans, demons, and goblins, having gone overwhelming the Great Being, the Bodhisatta, seated at the foot of the Bodhi tree, having surrounded him, looking up for Māra's command, stood.
Then, even as Māra's forces were approaching the ground of enlightenment, not even one of those beginning with Sakka was able to stand. They fled in every direction from their face-to-face positions. But Sakka, the king of gods, having placed that Vijayuttara conch on his back, having fled, stood at the rim of the world-circle. The Great Brahmā, having placed the white parasol at the edge of the world-circle, went to the Brahmā world itself. Kāḷa, the king of serpents, having abandoned all his dancers, having dived into the earth, having gone to the serpent realm of Mañjerika which was five hundred yojanas in extent, having covered his face with his hand, lay down. Not even a single deity was able to stand there. But the Great Man sat alone, like the Great Brahmā in an empty mansion. "Now Māra will come" - at the very first, many kinds of undesirable bad omens appeared.
Terrible meteors fell all around, and the directions were filled with smoke and darkness.
Like a creeper struck by the wind, together with its oceans, the great earth bearing various things trembled.
The peaks with their clusters of various trees, having broken from the mountains, fell to the ground.
The sun was seized by terrible darkness, a headless-body form moved in the sky.
Many forms of bad omens indeed arose all around at the coming of Māra.
Made the sound 'Alas! Alas!' with compassion, together with the celestial women.
That many-formed army together with the Destroyer, they dropped their weapons and sword-hilts from their hands.
The one of great fame, confident, free from fear, sat in the midst of Māra's forces."
Then Māra - "I shall frighten Siddhattha and put him to flight" - being unable to put the Bodhisatta to flight by the nine supernormal powers of Māra, namely, rains of wind, rains of weapons, rains of stones, and further rains of embers, hot ashes, sand, mud, and darkness, with an angered mind - "What, sirs, are you standing about for? Make this Siddhattha into a non-Siddhattha! Seize him, strike him, cut him, bind him, do not release him, put him to flight!" Having thus commanded Māra's assembly, and himself seated on the back of Girimekhala, spinning an arrow with one hand, having approached the Bodhisatta - "My dear Siddhattha, rise from the cross-legged posture!" he said. Māra's assembly too inflicted extremely terrible oppression upon the Great Being. Then the Great Man - Having said such words as "When were your perfections fulfilled, Māra, for the sake of the cross-legged seat?" and so on, he extended his right hand towards the earth. At that very moment, having first shaken the wind and water that support the earth, which are more than fourteen thousand and a million yojanas thick, thereafter this great earth, two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, quaked in six ways. Above in the sky, many thousands of lightning flashes and thunderbolts burst forth. Then the elephant Girimekhala fell upon its knees. Māra, seated on the back of Girimekhala, fell to the ground. Māra's assembly too scattered in the directions and intermediate directions like a handful of chaff.
Then the Great Man too, having destroyed that force of Māra together with Māra by the power of his own perfections of patience, friendliness, energy, wisdom, and so on, in the first watch having recollected past lives, in the middle watch having purified the divine eye, towards the break of dawn having brought down knowledge into the mode of dependent conditions that was the habitual practice of all Buddhas, having produced the fourth meditative absorption of breathing, having made that itself the foundation, having developed insight, having exhausted all mental defilements through the fourth path attained in the succession of paths, having penetrated all the virtues of a Buddha, the habitual practice of all Buddhas -
Seeking the house-builder, painful is birth again and again.
All your ribs are broken, the peak of the house is demolished;
The mind has gone to the unconditioned, it has reached the elimination of cravings."
He uttered an inspired utterance.
The Near Origin Treatise
Having uttered the inspired utterance, this occurred to the Blessed One who was seated - "I transmigrated for four incalculable aeons plus a hundred thousand cosmic cycles for the sake of this cross-legged seat. This cross-legged seat of mine is the victory seat, the auspicious seat; here, for me seated, as long as my thought is not fulfilled, I shall not rise from here" - entering into attainments numbering many hundreds of thousands of tens of millions, he sat right there for a week. With reference to which it was said - "Then the Blessed One sat for seven days in a single cross-legged posture, experiencing the bliss of liberation."
Then for certain deities - "Even today surely Siddhattha has a duty to be done. For he does not give up attachment to the divan" - the reflection arose. Then the Teacher, having known the applied thought of the deities, for the purpose of appeasing their applied thought, having risen up into the sky, displayed the Twin Miracle. Thus, having appeased the applied thought of the deities by this wonder, having stood in the northern direction slightly inclined to the east from the divan - Thinking "On this divan indeed the knowledge of omniscience was penetrated by me," gazing with unwinking eyes at the divan and the Bodhi tree - the place of attaining the fruit of the perfections fulfilled over four incalculable aeons and a hundred thousand cosmic cycles - he spent a week; that place became known as the Unwinking Shrine.
Then, having created a walking path between the divan and the place where he stood, walking up and down on the jewel walking path extending from east to west, he spent a week; that place became known as the Jewel Walking Path Shrine.
But in the fourth week, in the north-western direction from the Bodhi tree, the deities built a jewel house. There, having sat down on a divan, investigating the Canon of the Higher Teaching, he spent a week; that place however became known as the Jewel House Shrine.
Thus the Blessed One, having spent four weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, in the fifth week went from the foot of the Bodhi tree to the goatherd's banyan tree. There too, investigating the Teaching and experiencing the bliss of liberation, he sat down.
The Teacher, having spent a week there, went to the foot of the Mucalinda tree. There, when a week-long heaping of rain clouds had arisen, for the purpose of warding off the cold and so on, encircled seven times with the coils of the serpent king Mucalinda, as if dwelling in an unconfined perfumed chamber, experiencing the bliss of liberation, having spent a week there, he approached the foot of the rājāyatana tree. There too, experiencing the very bliss of liberation, he sat for a week. By this much, seven weeks were completed. In between here, for the Blessed One there was neither washing of the face, nor attending to the body, nor the function of food; he spent the time by the happiness of fruition alone. Then, at the end of seven weeks, on the forty-ninth day, having washed his face with a nāgalatā wooden toothbrush and water from Lake Anotatta brought by Sakka, the lord of the gods, he sat down right there at the foot of the rājāyatana tree.
At that time, two merchants named Tapussa and Bhallika, encouraged by a deity who was a blood-relative in the giving of food to the Teacher, having taken parched corn-flour and honey-balls - Having approached the Teacher, they stood saying: "May the Blessed One accept this food out of compassion." The Blessed One, because the bowl given by the gods had disappeared on the very day of receiving the milk-rice - Thought: "Tathāgatas do not accept food in their hands; in what indeed should I accept this?" Then, having known the disposition of that Blessed One, the four great kings from the four directions offered four bowls made of sapphire. The Blessed One rejected them. Again they offered four bowls made of mung-bean-coloured stone. The Blessed One, out of compassion for those four sons of gods, having accepted them, having brought them into unity, having accepted food in that costly stone bowl, having consumed it, gave thanksgiving. Those two brother merchants, having gone for refuge to the Buddha and the Teaching, became lay followers with the double announcement.
Then the Teacher, having gone again to the goatherd's banyan tree itself, sat down at the foot of the banyan tree. Then, for him who had just sat down there, while reviewing the profundity of the Teaching attained, the habitual practice of all Buddhas - The reflection arose, having reached the appearance of unwillingness to teach the Teaching to others, beginning with "This Teaching attained by me." Then Brahmā Sahampati, thinking "Alas, the world is perishing, alas, the world is being destroyed," having taken from the ten thousand world-systems the Sakkas, Suyāmas, Santusitas, Nimmānaratīs, Paranimmitavasavattīs, and Great Brahmās, having come to the Teacher's presence - Requested the teaching of the Teaching by the method beginning with "May the Blessed One teach the Teaching, venerable sir."
Then the Teacher, having given his acknowledgment to him - while reflecting "To whom indeed should I first teach the Teaching?" having known the deceased state of Āḷāra and Udaka - having attended to the group of five, thinking "The group of five monks have been of great service to me" - having reflected "Where indeed are they dwelling at present?" - having known "At Isipatana in the Deer Park at Bārāṇasī" - thinking "Having gone there, I shall set in motion the wheel of the Teaching," having dwelt for a few days walking for almsfood right in the vicinity of the seat of enlightenment, thinking "On the full-moon day of Āsāḷhī I shall go to Bārāṇasī," having taken his bowl and robe, he set out on the eighteen-yojana road. On the way, having seen a naked ascetic named Upaka who was joyfully approaching, having told him of his own Buddhahood, on that very day in the evening he went to Isipatana.
The group of five, however, having seen the Tathāgata coming from afar - "This, friends, the ascetic Gotama, having reverted to abundance of requisites, comes with a perfect body, with full faculties, having become golden-coloured; we shall not perform paying respect and so on for him, but we shall prepare merely a seat for him." They made an agreement. The Blessed One, having known the disposition of their minds, having contracted the mind of friendliness capable of pervading all beings in an unrestricted manner, pervaded them with a mind of friendliness in a restricted manner. They, touched by the Blessed One's mind of friendliness, as the Tathāgata was approaching, being unable to abide by their own agreement, performed all duties such as paying respect and so on. The detailed discussion should be understood according to the method stated in the Mahāvagga of the Vinaya and so on.
Then the Blessed One, having informed them of his own Buddhahood, having sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared, while the conjunction of the Uttarāsāḷha constellation was occurring, surrounded by eighteen crores of brahmā gods, having addressed the elders of the group of five, taught the Discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching. Among them, Aññāsikoṇḍañña, sending forth knowledge in accordance with the teaching, at the conclusion of the discourse, became established in the fruition of stream-entry together with eighteen crores of brahmā gods. Therefore it was said -
1.
Having striven in striving, I attained the highest enlightenment.
2.
There was the first full realization for eighteen koṭis."
1-2.
Therein, "I" (ahaṃ) points out oneself.
"At present" (etarahi) means at this time.
"Increaser of the Sakyans" (sakyavaḍḍhano) means increaser of the Sakyan family.
"Sakyapuṅgavo" (bull of the Sakyans) is also a reading.
"Striving" (padhānaṃ) means energy.
"Having striven" (padahitvāna) means having exerted, having endeavoured; the meaning is having performed austerities.
"Of eighteen koṭis" means the first full realization was for eighteen koṭis of Brahmās headed by the Elder Aññāsikoṇḍañña through the discourse on the Setting in Motion of the Wheel of the Teaching at Isipatana in the Deer Park at Bārāṇasī. This is the meaning.
Now, the Blessed One, having spoken of the past, speaking of the future full realization -
The second full realization was not to be told by counting." He said beginning with;
Therein, "at the assembly of humans and gods" means of humans and gods who had passed beyond the path of counting, at a later time, at the great blessing assembly, in the midst of gods and humans in the ten thousand world-systems, at the conclusion of the Maṅgala Sutta. "The second full realization was" means "it will be" - this is the meaning. Although the future tense expression should be used, because of the certainty of the event, the past tense expression "was" was used, or by way of reversal of tense. This same method applies in the subsequent expressions of this kind as well. Again, through the teaching of the Rāhulovāda Suttanta, he gave the deathless drink of full realization to beings who had passed beyond the path of counting. This was the third full realization. Therefore it was said -
The third full realization was not to be told by counting."
It is said that for the Blessed One there was only one assembly of disciples. A thousand of the matted-hair ascetics beginning with Uruvelakassapa, and two hundred and fifty of the two chief disciples - thus there was an assembly of these one thousand two hundred and fifty. Therefore it was said -
A meeting of one thousand two hundred and fifty monks."
Therein, "one assembly" means there was only one. "Of one thousand two hundred and fifty" means of my disciples, twelve hundred plus fifty. "Of monks there was" means there was of monks. However, having reached the middle of them, the Blessed One recited the Pātimokkha at the four-factored assembly.
Then the Blessed One, showing his own account -
I give all that is wished for, like a gem that grants all desires." He said beginning with;
Therein, "shining" means shining with infinite Buddha-splendour. "Spotless" means free from the stain of defilements such as lust and so on. "Like a gem that grants all desires" means like a wish-fulfilling gem that grants all desires, I too give all that is wished for and desired, the distinction of mundane and supramundane happiness - this is the meaning.
Now, showing the aspiration that was wished for -
I make known the four truths, out of compassion for living beings." He said beginning with;
Therein, "fruition" means the fourfold fruition beginning with the fruition of stream-entry. "For those seeking to abandon desire for becoming" means for those who abandon craving for existence, for those who wish to give up craving for existence. "Out of compassion" means out of sympathy.
8.
Now, showing the full realization at the proclamation of the four truths, he said beginning with "for ten and twenty thousand."
Therein, "for ten and twenty thousand" means for ten thousand and for twenty thousand. The meaning is by the method beginning with "of one or two." The ninth and tenth verses are of manifest meaning.
11-12.
In the eleventh and twelfth verses, "now" and "at present" are both of one meaning, spoken as if they were individual persons by way of those amenable to instruction.
Or else, "now" means when I had arisen.
"At present" means while I am teaching the Teaching.
"Who have not attained their goal" means who have not attained the fruition of arahantship.
"The noble path" means the noble eightfold path.
"Praising" means commending.
"They will understand fully" means in the future they will penetrate the Teaching of the four truths; this is the meaning.
"The stream of the round of rebirths" means the ocean of the round of rebirths.
Now, showing his own birth-city and so on -
13.
My mother who gave me birth is called Queen Māyā.
14.
Ramma, Suramma, and Subhaka, three excellent mansions.
15.
Bhaddakañcanā was the name of that woman, Rāhula was her son.
16.
For six years I practised the striving conduct, hard to do.
17.
I am the Gotama, the Self-awakened One, the refuge of all living beings.
18.
Ānanda by name was the attendant, one who kept near to me;
Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, the nuns who were the chief female disciples.
19.
Nanda's mother and Uttarā, the chief female attendant lay followers.
20.
The halo always around me, risen up to sixteen cubits.
21.
Remaining for that long, I help many people to cross over.
22.
I too, before long, together with the Community of disciples;
Right here I shall attain final Nibbāna, like a fire through the exhaustion of fuel. He said beginning with;
13-22.
Now, I had three mansions named Ramma, Suramma, and Subha, of nine storeys, seven storeys, and five storeys, forty thousand dancing women, my chief queen was named Yasodharā, and I, having seen the four signs, departed by horse vehicle in the great renunciation.
Thereupon, having striven in striving for six years, on the full moon day of Vesākha, at Uruvelā in the village of Senāni, having eaten the milk-rice given by one named Sujātā, the daughter of the householder Senāni, born with serene confidence, having spent the day residence in a sal grove, in the evening time, having taken eight handfuls of grass given by a grass-carrier named Sotthiya, having approached the foot of the Assattha Bodhi tree, there having destroyed the forces of Māra, he declared everything thus: "I have attained the highest enlightenment."
Therein, "together with the Community of disciples" means together with the Community of disciples. "I shall attain final Nibbāna" means I shall attain final Nibbāna. "By the extinction of fuel like fire" means like a fire, through the exhaustion of fuel, just as a fire without clinging is extinguished, so I too, without clinging, shall attain final Nibbāna - this is the meaning.
23-24.
"And those incomparable powers" means those incomparable powers such as the pair of chief disciples and so on.
"And these ten powers" means these ten physical powers; "the body bearing virtues" means this body bearing virtues such as the six kinds of knowledge not shared with others and so on.
"All that will disappear" means all these of the aforesaid kinds will disappear, will be destroyed.
"Are not all activities empty?" - here "nanu" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of affirmation.
"Empty" means hollow, being devoid of permanent substance and stable substance; but all that is conditioned, being subject to destruction, having the nature of falling, subject to fading away, having the nature of cessation, is impermanent because of non-existence after having been; suffering because of being oppressed by arising and so on; non-self because of not being subject to control.
Therefore, having applied the triad of characteristics upon activities, having developed insight, attain the Deathless, the unconditioned, the imperishable Nibbāna.
This is our instruction to you, this is our teaching; strive with diligence.
At the conclusion of the teaching, it is said, the minds of a hundred thousand crores of deities were liberated from the mental corruptions by non-clinging.
But those established in the remaining path-fruitions passed beyond the path of counting.
Thus the Blessed One, having spoken the entire lineage of the Buddhas, defined by cosmic cycle, name, birth, and so on, while walking up and down on the jewelled walking path in the sky, having made the kinsmen pay homage, having descended from the sky, sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared. When the Blessed One, the Lord of the World, had thus sat down, the gathering of relatives reached its peak. All sat down with one-pointed minds. Then a great cloud rained down a shower of lotus petals. At that moment, water flowed below with a rushing sound. It wets only one who wishes to be wet; on the body of one who does not wish to be wet, not even a single drop falls. Having seen that, all became filled with wonder and amazement - "Oh, how wonderful! Oh, how marvellous!" - they raised up a discussion. Having heard that, the Teacher - "Not only now does a shower of lotus petals rain at my gathering of relatives; in the past too it rained" - on this occasion he related the Vessantara Jātaka. That teaching of the Teaching was beneficial. Then the Blessed One rose from his seat and entered the dwelling.
Thus, in the Madhuratthavilāsinī, the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa,
the explanation of the Gotama Buddha Lineage is completed.
The twenty-fifth Buddha lineage is concluded.
28.
The Miscellaneous Talk on the Buddha
1-18.
The eighteen verses beginning with "After incalculable cosmic cycles, there were four great leaders" should be known as concluding verses placed by the Elders who held the convocations.
In the remaining verses, everything is obvious everywhere.
The Talk on Distinction
But in this entire Buddhavaṃsa, eight differences among the twenty-five Buddhas indicated should be known. What are the eight? Difference in life span, difference in measure, difference in clan, difference in striving, difference in radiance, difference in vehicle, difference in enlightenment tree, and difference in divan.
Therein, difference in life span means some are long-lived, some are short-lived. For thus Dīpaṅkara, Koṇḍañña, Anomadassī, Paduma, Padumuttara, Atthadassī, Dhammadassī, Siddhattha, and Tissa - these nine Buddhas had a life span of a hundred thousand years. Maṅgala, Sumana, Sobhita, Nārada, Sumedha, Sujāta, Piyadassī, and Phussa - these eight Buddhas had a life span of ninety thousand years. Revata and Vessabhū - these two Buddhas had a life span of sixty thousand years. The Blessed One Vipassī had a life span of eighty thousand years. Sikhī, Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa - these four Buddhas had life spans of seventy, forty, thirty, and twenty thousand years respectively. But our Blessed One's life-span was a hundred years. Even for Buddhas who had accumulated the requisites of merit and were endowed with action conducive to long life, the life-span was immeasurable by way of the age. This is the difference in life span among the twenty-five Buddhas.
Difference in measure means some are tall, some are short. For thus the Buddhas Dīpaṅkara, Revata, Piyadassī, Atthadassī, Dhammadassī, and Vipassī had a bodily measure of eighty cubits in height. Koṇḍañña, Maṅgala, Nārada, and Sumedha had a body of eighty-eight cubits in height. Sumana had a body of ninety cubits in height. The Buddhas Sobhita, Anomadassī, Paduma, Padumuttara, and Phussa had a body of fifty-eight cubits in height. Sujāta had a body of fifty cubits in height. Siddhattha, Tissa, and Vessabhū were sixty cubits in height. Sikhī was seventy cubits in height. Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa were respectively forty, thirty, and twenty cubits in height. Our Blessed One was eighteen cubits in height. This is the difference in measure among the twenty-five Buddhas.
Difference in clan means some arose in a family of the warrior caste, some in a brahmin family. For thus the Perfectly Self-awakened Ones Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and Kassapa arose in a brahmin family. The twenty-two Buddhas from Dīpaṅkara at the beginning to the Buddha Gotama at the end arose only in a family of the warrior caste. This is the difference in clan among the twenty-five Buddhas.
Difference in striving means the practice of striving of Dīpaṅkara, Koṇḍañña, Sumana, Anomadassī, Sujāta, Siddhattha, and Kakusandha was of ten months. For Maṅgala, Sumedha, Tissa, and Sikhī it was of eight months. For Revata it was of seven months. For Sobhita it was four months. For Paduma, Atthadassī, and Vipassī it was of half a month. For Nārada, Padumuttara, Dhammadassī, and Kassapa it was seven days. For Piyadassī, Phussa, Vessabhū, and Koṇāgamana it was of six months. For our Buddha the practice of striving was six years. This is the difference in striving.
Difference in radiance means the bodily radiance of the Perfectly Self-awakened One Maṅgala, it is said, having pervaded the ten-thousandfold world system, stood. For the Buddha Padumuttara it was twelve yojanas in extent. For the Blessed One Vipassī it was seven yojanas in extent. For Sikhī it was three yojanas in measure. For Kakusandha it was ten yojanas in extent. For our Blessed One it was a fathom's measure all around. For the rest it was unfixed. This difference in radiance is dependent upon disposition; for whoever wishes for however much, to that extent the bodily radiance pervades. But in the qualities that have been penetrated, there is no difference whatsoever for anyone. This is the difference in radiance.
Difference in vehicle means some depart by elephant vehicle, some by horse vehicle, some by one or another among chariot, on foot, mansion, palanquin, and so on. For thus Dīpaṅkara, Sumana, Sumedha, Phussa, Sikhī, and Koṇāgamana departed by elephant vehicle. Koṇḍañña, Revata, Paduma, Piyadassī, Vipassī, and Kakusandha by chariot vehicle. Maṅgala, Sujāta, Atthadassī, Tissa, and Gotama by horse vehicle. Anomadassī, Siddhattha, and Vessabhū by palanquin vehicle. Nārada departed on foot. Sobhita, Padumuttara, Dhammadassī, and Kassapa departed by mansion. This is the difference in vehicle.
Difference in enlightenment tree means the enlightenment tree of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was a kapītana tree; for the Blessed One Koṇḍañña it was a sālakalyāṇī tree, for Maṅgala, Sumana, Revata, and Sobhita it was an ironwood tree, for Anomadassī it was an ajjuna tree, for Paduma and Nārada it was a great soṇa tree, for Padumuttara it was a salala tree, for Sumedha it was a nīpa tree, for Sujāta it was a bamboo, for Piyadassī it was a kakudha tree, for Atthadassī it was a campaka tree, for Dhammadassī it was a red kuruvaka tree, for Siddhattha it was a kaṇikāra tree, for Tissa it was an asana tree, for Phussa it was an emblic myrobalan tree, for Vipassī it was a trumpet-flower tree, for Sikhī it was a white lotus tree, for Vessabhū it was a sāla tree, for Kakusandha it was an acacia tree, for Koṇāgamana it was a glamorous fig tree, for Kassapa it was a banyan tree, for Gotama it was a holy fig tree. This is the difference in enlightenment tree.
Difference in cross-legged seat means for Dīpaṅkara, Revata, Piyadassī, Atthadassī, Dhammadassī, and Vipassī the cross-legged seats were fifty-three cubits; for Koṇḍañña, Maṅgala, Nārada, and Sumedha they were fifty-seven cubits; for Sumana the cross-legged seat was sixty cubits; for Sobhita, Anomadassī, Paduma, Padumuttara, and Phussa they were thirty-eight cubits; for Sujāta it was thirty-two cubits; for Siddhattha, Tissa, and Vessabhū they were forty cubits; for Sikhī it was thirty-two cubits; for Kakusandha it was twenty-six cubits; for Koṇāgamana it was twenty cubits; for Kassapa it was fifteen cubits; for Gotama the cross-legged seat was fourteen cubits. This is the difference in cross-legged seat. These are the eight differences.
The Talk on Unabandoned States
For all Buddhas there are four places called unchanging. For the seat of enlightenment of all Buddhas is unchanging; it is in one and the same place. The setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching at Isipatana in the Deer Park is indeed unchanging. At the time of the descent from the heavenly world, the place of the first footstep at the gate of the city of Saṅkassa is indeed unchanging. In Jeta's Grove, the four places of the bed-legs in the Perfumed Chamber are indeed unchanging. But the monastery may be small or large. The monastery is indeed not abandoned, but the city changes.
The Talk on the Determination of Conascence and the Determination of Constellations
Furthermore, they explained the section on things born simultaneously and the section on constellations for our Blessed One alone. Together with our Omniscient Bodhisatta, it is said, Rāhula's mother, the Elder Ānanda, Channa, Kaṇḍaka the king of horses, the treasure pot, the great Bodhi tree, and Kāḷudāyī - these were the seven things born simultaneously. This is the section on things born simultaneously. The Great Man, under the constellation of Uttarāsāḷha itself, descended into his mother's womb, made the Great Renunciation, set in motion the wheel of the Teaching, and performed the Twin Miracle. Under the constellation of Visākhā he was born, fully awakened, and attained final Nibbāna. Under the constellation of Māgha there was the assembly of his disciples and the relinquishing of the life principle. Under the constellation of Assayuja the descent from the heavenly world. This is the section on constellations.
The Talk on the Natural Law
Now we shall make known the nature common to all Buddhas. For all Buddhas there is a thirty-fold nature. That is: The fully aware descent into the mother's womb of the Bodhisatta in his last existence, sitting cross-legged in the mother's womb and looking outward, the giving birth by the Bodhisatta's mother while standing, the coming forth from the mother's womb only in the forest, having gone with feet established on golden cloths, facing north, taking seven steps, having surveyed the four directions and roaring the lion's roar, the Great Renunciation of the great beings whose sons have just been born having seen the four signs, having taken the banner of the Worthy Ones and gone forth with the very lowest limit of seven days of striving practice, the eating of milk-rice on the day of attaining the highest enlightenment, the achievement of omniscient knowledge having sat down on a grass mat, the preliminary work of the meditation subject of mindfulness of breathing, the destruction of Māra's forces, the acquisition of qualities beginning with the unshared knowledges beginning with the three true knowledges on the seat of enlightenment itself, the spending of seven weeks in the very vicinity of the Bodhi tree, the request of the Great Brahmā for the purpose of teaching the Teaching, the setting in motion of the wheel of the Teaching at Isipatana in the Deer Park, the recitation of the Pātimokkha at the fourfold assembly on the full moon day of Māgha, the fixed dwelling at the place of Jeta's Grove, the performing of the Twin Miracle at the gate of the city of Sāvatthī, the teaching of the Higher Teaching in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, the descent from the world of gods at the gate of the city of Saṅkassa, the constant attaining of fruition attainment, the surveying of beings amenable to instruction on two occasions, the laying down of training rules when a case has arisen, the telling of birth stories when an occasion has arisen, the telling of the chronicle of the Buddhas at the gathering of relatives, the exchanging of friendly greetings with visiting monks, the going without asking permission of those who have been invited and have completed the rains, the performing day after day of the duties before the meal, after the meal, and of the first, middle, and last watches, the eating of meat broth on the day of final Nibbāna, the attaining of final Nibbāna having entered twenty-four hundred thousand koṭis of attainments - these are the thirty natural laws of all Buddhas.
The Talk on Things That Are Obstructions
For all Buddhas there are four qualities that cannot be obstructed. Which four? It is not possible for anyone to create an obstacle to the four requisites brought as offerings to the Buddhas. It is not possible for anyone to create an obstacle to the life span of the Buddhas. For this was said: "This is impossible, there is no chance that one could deprive the Tathāgata of life by attack." It is not possible for anyone to create an obstacle to the thirty-two marks of a great man and the eighty minor features of the Buddhas. It is not possible for anyone to create an obstacle to the rays of the Buddhas. These are the four qualities called unobstructable.
Concluding Discussion
Adorned with variegated methods cognised through excellent terms.
The commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa was composed by me.
Therefore, because of the elucidation, it is the Madhuratthavilāsinī.
In the charming port of Kāvīra, teeming with various women and men.
With a gateway of beautiful walls of various forms.
Free from the confinement of wicked people, affording the happiness of solitude, safe.
While dwelling, the exposition of the Buddhavaṃsa was composed by me.
So may the thoughts of people, connected with the Teaching, reach accomplishment without obstacle.
May the world, by the power of that merit, always certainly proceed to the peaceful, ultimate welfare.
May there always be the excellent happiness even for those in the hells, may the spirits be freed from thirst.
May the Teaching of the Lord of Sages long endure in the world, may the world-guardians happily protect the earth.
Having composed the commentary, the Madhuratthavilāsinī.
Alas, by the nature of not remaining long, he has gone under the power of death.
Thus, by way of recitation sections there are twenty-six recitation sections, by way of knots there are six thousand five hundred knots, by way of syllables there are two hundred and three thousand syllables.
So may the thoughts of beings, based upon the Teaching, succeed.
Thus the work named Madhuratthavilāsinī,
the commentary on the Buddhavaṃsa, is completed.